Nobel Prizes

The Nobel Prizes are awarded annually to people (and, in the case of the Peace Prize,
sometimes to organisations) who have completed outstanding research, invented ground-
breaking techniques or equipment, or made an outstanding contribution to society in
physics, chemistry, literature, peace, medicine or physiology and economics. They are
widely regarded as the supreme commendation in their respective subject areas. Those
honoured are known as Nobel Laureates. The Prizes were instituted by the Swedish
scientist Alfred Nobel through his will. They were first awarded in 1901, five years after
Nobel‘s death. The prize in economics, instituted by the Bank of Sweden, has been
awarded since 1969. As of September 2007, a total of 799 Nobel Prizes have been
awarded, 777 to individuals (33 of these to women), 20 to organizations and 2 were
awarded in different categories.

Prize Categories

Prize Category 2009 winners

Physiology and Medicine Elizabeth H. Blackburn, Carol W. Greider and Jack W. Szostak
Physics Charles K. Kao, Willard S. Boyle and George E. Smith
Chemistry Venkatraman Ramakrishnan, Thomas A. Steitz and Ada E. Yonath
Literature Herta Müller
Peace Barack Obama
Economics Elinor Ostrom and Oliver E. Williamson

For information on Nobel Prize winners of previous years, click on the following link:

http://nobelprize.org/

Man Booker Prize

The Man Booker Prize for Fiction, also known as the Booker Prize, is one of the world‘s
most prestigious literary prizes, awarded each year for the best original full-length novel
written by a citizen of the Commonwealth or the Republic of Ireland in the English
language. The Booker prize was started by Booker McConnel, a multinational
conglomerate company in 1969. This award is administered by Book Trust in the United
Kingdom. For the year 2007, the prize has been awarded to Ireland novelist Anne Enright
for ‗The Gathering‘.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org
Author Country Title
Year
1969 P. H. Newby United Kingdom Something to Answer For
1970 Bernice Rubens United Kingdom The Elected Member
Trinidad and Tobago/United
1971 V. S. Naipaul In a Free State
Kingdom
1972 John Berger United Kingdom G.
1973 J. G. Farrell United Kingdom The Siege of Krishnapur
Nadine Gordimer South Africa The Conservationist
1974
Stanley Middleton United Kingdom Holiday
Ruth Prawer
1975 United Kingdom/Germany Heat and Dust
Jhabvala
1976 David Storey United Kingdom Saville
1977 Paul Scott United Kingdom Staying On
1978 Iris Murdoch Ireland/United Kingdom The Sea, the Sea
Penelope
1979 United Kingdom Offshore
Fitzgerald
1980 William Golding United Kingdom Rites of Passage
1981 Salman Rushdie India Midnight's Children
1982 Thomas Keneally Australia Schindler's Ark
Life & Times of Michael
1983 J. M. Coetzee South Africa
K
1984 Anita Brookner United Kingdom Hotel du Lac
1985 Keri Hulme New Zealand The Bone People
1986 Kingsley Amis United Kingdom The Old Devils
1987 Penelope Lively United Kingdom Moon Tiger
1988 Peter Carey Australia Oscar and Lucinda
1989 Kazuo Ishiguro United Kingdom/Japan The Remains of the Day
1990 A. S. Byatt United Kingdom Possession: A Romance
1991 Ben Okri Nigeria The Famished Road
Michael Ondaatje Sri Lanka/Canada The English Patient
1992
Barry Unsworth United Kingdom Sacred Hunger
1993 Roddy Doyle Ireland Paddy Clarke Ha Ha Ha
How Late It Was, How
1994 James Kelman United Kingdom
Late
1995 Pat Barker United Kingdom The Ghost Road
1996 Graham Swift United Kingdom Last Orders
1997 Arundhati Roy India The God of Small Things
1998 Ian McEwan United Kingdom Amsterdam
1999 J. M. Coetzee South Africa Disgrace
2000 Margaret Atwood Canada The Blind Assassin
True History of the Kelly
2001 Peter Carey Australia
Gang
2002 Yann Martel Canada Life of Pi
2003 DBC Pierre Australia/Mexico Vernon God Little
2004 Alan Hollinghurst United Kingdom The Line of Beauty
2005 John Banville Ireland The Sea
2006 Kiran Desai India The Inheritance of Loss
2007 Anne Enright Ireland The Gathering
2008 Aravind Adiga India The White Tiger
2009 Hilary Mantel United Kingdom Wolf Hall

Ramon Magsaysay Award

Ramon Magsaysay Award or the Magsaysay Award is the Asian equivalent of the Nobel
Prize. The Ramon Magsaysay Award was established in April 1957 by the trustees of the
Rockefeller Brothers Fund (RBF) based in New York City. With the concurrence of the
Philippine government, the prize was created to commemorate Ramon Magsaysay, the
late President of the Philippines, and to perpetuate his example of integrity in
government, courageous service to the people, and pragmatic idealism within a
democratic society.

Every year the Ramon Magsaysay Award Foundation gives away prizes to Asian
individuals and organizations for achieving excellence in their respective fields. The
awards are given in six categories:

• Government Service
• Public Service
• Community Leadership
• Journalism, Literature and Creative Communication arts
• Peace and International Understanding
• Emergent Leadership

The Ramon Magsaysay Award Winners for 2009

1. Krisana Kraisintu – Thailand

2. Deep Joshi – India
3. Yu Xiaogang – China
4. Antonio Oposa Jr. – Philippines
5. Ma Jun – China
6. Ka Hsaw Wa – Burma

For more information on current winners, visit the following link

http://www.rmaf.org.ph/pdf/2-2009-Magsaysay-Awardees.pdf

For more information on the Ramon Magsaysay awards, visit the following link
http://www.rmaf.org.ph
Oscar Awards

Oscar Awards, also called the Academy Awards, are bestowed annually to professionals
in the film industry, including directors, actors, and writers for their excellent
contribution. The award is presented every year by the American Academy of Motion
Picture Arts and Sciences (AMPAS). The formal ceremony at which the awards are
presented is one of the most prominent award ceremonies in the world. It is also the
oldest award ceremony in the media. The first Academy Awards ceremony was held in
May, 1929, at the Hotel Roosevelt in Hollywood to honour outstanding film
achievements of 1927 and 1928.

Members of the Academy represent 15 general areas – actors, animators and short film
makers, art directors and costume designers, cinematographers, composers and
songwriters, documentary filmmakers, directors, executives, film editors, makeup artists
and hairstylists, producers, public relations specialists, sound technicians, visual effects
experts and writers.

Visit the following link for a comprehensive list of nominees and winners of the 81st
Academy Awards, 2008.
http://www.oscars.org/awards/81academyawards/nominees.html

Pulitzer Prize

The Pulitzer Prize is awarded for achievements in newspaper journalism, literature and
musical composition. Prizes are awarded yearly in twenty-one categories. It was
established by Hungarian-American publisher Joseph Pulitzer and is administered by
Columbia University in New York City.

The major categories are:

* Journalism
* Letters and drama
* Others

The category definitions under Journalism are:

Public Service
Breaking News Reporting
Investigative Reporting
Explanatory Reporting
Local Reporting
National Reporting.
International Reporting
Commentary
Criticism
 Editorial Writing
Editorial Cartooning
Breaking News Photography
Feature Photography

The categories under Letters and Drama are:

Fiction
Drama
History
Biography or Autobiography
Poetry
General Non-Fiction

There is one prize given for Music and a number of Special Citations and Awards.
For a complete list of Pulitzer Prize winners for the year 2009, click on the following
link:
http://www.pulitzer.org/awards/2009

Jesse Owens

Established in 1981, The Jesse Owens Award is USA Track & Field's highest accolade,
presented annually to the outstanding U.S. male and female track and field performers.
The permanent commemorative award is maintained at USATF National Headquarters,
and a replica is provided to each of the winners.

The permanent commemorative Jesse Owens Award is maintained at USATF National

Headquarters, and a replica is provided to each of the winners.

Visit the following link for the list of awardees:

http://www.usatf.org/statistics/awards/TF/JesseOwensAward.asp

Bharat Ratna

The title ‗Bharat Ratna‘ translates literally to ‗the Gem of India‘. It is the highest civilian
award in India given for exceptional contribution to the field of Art, Literature, Science
and Public Service. The award was instituted by Dr. Rajendra Prasad, the first president
of India in 1954. The award initially carried a gold medal 35mm in diameter having ‗Sun‘
on one side and state ‗National Emblem‘ on the other. The design of the medal was
altered a year later in 1955. The first Bharat Ratna was awarded to Dr. Sarvapalli
Radhakrishnan in 1954. Pandit Bhimsen Joshi was awarded the Bharat Ratna in 2008 for
his contribution to the field of Indian Classical Music.

Complete list of awardees

Indian state or
Birth /
S.No Name Awarded Notes country of
death
origin
Second President, First
Sarvepalli 1888–
1. 1954 Vice President, Tamil Nadu
Radhakrishnan 1975
Philosopher.
C. 1878– Last Governor-General,
2. 1954 Tamil Nadu
Rajagopalachari 1972 Freedom Fighter.
1888– Nobel-prize winning
3. C. V. Raman 1954 Tamil Nadu
1970 Physicist
1869– Literature, Freedom
4. Bhagwan Das 1955 Uttar Pradesh
1958 Fighter
Civil Engineer, Dam
Mokshagundam 1861–
5. 1955 Architect, Diwan of Karnataka
Visvesvarayya 1962
Princely state of Mysore
1889– First Prime Minister,
6. Jawaharlal Nehru 1955 Uttar Pradesh
1964 Freedom Fighter, Author.
Uttar Pradesh
Govind Ballabh 1887– Freedom Fighter, Home
7. 1957 (now
Pant 1961 Minister
Uttarakhand)
Educationist, Social
Dhondo Keshav 1858–
8. 1958 Reformer, Awarded in his Maharashtra
Karve 1962
birth centenary year.
Physician, Politician,
Bidhan Chandra 1882–
9. 1961 Former Chief Minister of West Bengal
Roy 1962
West Bengal
Purushottam Das 1882– Freedom Fighter,
10. 1961 Uttar Pradesh
Tandon 1962 Educationist
1884– First President, Freedom
11. Rajendra Prasad 1962 Bihar
1963 Fighter, Jurist
1897– Andhra
12. Zakir Hussain 1963 Former President, Scholar.
1969 Pradesh
Pandurang 1880– Indologist and Sanskrit
13. 1963 Maharashtra
Vaman Kane 1972 scholar
Lal Bahadur 1904– Posthumous, Second Prime
14. 1966 Uttar Pradesh
Shastri 1966 Minister, Freedom Fighter
15. Indira Gandhi 1917– 1971 Former Prime Minister Uttar Pradesh
 1984

1894– Former President, Trade

16. V. V. Giri 1975 Orissa
1980 Unionist.
Posthumous, Freedom
1903–
17. K. Kamaraj 1976 Fighter, Chief Minister- Tamil Nadu
1975
Tamil Nadu.
1910– Nobel Laureate (Peace,
18. Mother Teresa 1980 West Bengal
1997 1979).
Posthumous, Social
1895–
19. Vinoba Bhave 1983 Reformer, Freedom Maharashtra
1982
Fighter.
Khan Abdul 1890– First non-citizen, Freedom
20. 1987 Pakistan
Ghaffar Khan 1988 Fighter.
Posthumous, Chief
M. G. 1917–
21. 1988 Minister-Tamil Nadu, Tamil Nadu
Ramachandran 1987
Actor.
Posthumous, Architect-
1891– Indian Constitution,Social
22. B. R. Ambedkar 1990 Maharashtra
1956 Reformer, Economist and
Scholar
Second non-citizen and
23. Nelson Mandela b. 1918 1990 first non-Indian, Leader of South Africa
Anti-Apartheid movement.
1944– Posthumous, Former Prime
24. Rajiv Gandhi 1991 New Delhi
1991 Minister
Posthumous, Freedom
Sardar 1875–
25. 1991 Fighter, First Home Gujarat
Vallabhbhai Patel 1950
Minister of India.
1896– Former Prime Minister,
26. Morarji Deai 1991 Gujarat
1995 Freedom Fighter.
Posthumous, Freedom
1888–
27. Abul Kalam Azad 1992 Fighter, First Education West Bengal
1958
Minister of India
1904– Industrialist and
28. J. R. D. Tata 1992 Maharashtra
1993 philanthropist
1922–
29. Satyajit Ray 1992 Film director West Bengal
1992
A. P. J. Abdul
30. b. 1931 1997 Former President, scientist. Tamil Nadu
Kalam
1898– Freedom Fighter, former
31. Gulzarilal Nanda 1997 Punjab
1998 Prime Minister.
32. Aruna Asaf Ali 1908– 1997 Posthumous, Freedom West Bengal
 1996 Fighter.
M. S. 1916–
33. 1998 Carnatic music vocalist. Tamil Nadu
Subbulakshmi 2004
Freedom Fighter, Minister
Chidambaram 1910–
34. 1998 of Agriculture (Father of Tamil Nadu
Subramaniam 2000
Green revolution).
Jayaprakash 1902– Posthumous, Freedom
35. 1998 Bihar
Narayan 1979 Fighter, Social Reformer.
36. Ravi Shankar b. 1920 1999 Sitar player United States
Nobel-prize winning
37. Amartya Sen b. 1933 1999 West Bengal
Economist
Gopinath 1890– Posthumous, Freedom
38. 1999 Assam
Bordoloi 1950 fighter, Chief Minister
39. Lata Mangeshkar b. 1929 2001 Singer Maharashtra
1916– Classical musician, shehnai
40. Bismillah Khan 2001 Bihar
2006 maestro
Hindustani Classical
41. Bhimsen Joshi b. 1922 2008 Karnataka
vocalist

(Source : http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bharat_Ratna#Complete_list_of_awardees)

Jnanpith Award

The Jnanpith Award instituted in 1961 is the highest literary honour conferred in India. It
is presented by the Bharatiya Jnanpith Trust, which is largely owned by the Sahu Jain
family of The Times group. The award includes a cheque for Rs. 5,00,000, a citation
plaque and a bronze replica of Vagdevi (Devi Saraswati, the goddess of learning). Any
Indian citizen who writes in any of the official languages of India is eligible for the
honour.
Before 1982, the awards were given for a single work by a writer. From 1982, the award
has been given for a lifetime contribution to Indian literature. The first recipient of the
award was Malayalam writer G. Sankara Kurup in 1965. For 2006, the award was
presented to the eminent Sanskrit scholar Satya Vrat Shastri.

Year Name Works Language

1965 G Sankara Kurup Odakkuzhal (Flute) Malayalam
1966 Tarashankar Bandopadhyaya Ganadevta Bengali
Kuppali Venkatappagowda
1967 Sri Ramayana Darshanam Kannada
Puttappa (Kuvempu)
1967 Umashankar Joshi Nishitha Gujarati
1968 Sumitranandan Pant Chidambara Hindi
1969 Firaq Gorakhpuri Gul-e-Naghma Urdu
1970 Viswanatha Satyanarayana Ramayana Kalpavrikshamu (A Telugu
 resourceful tree:Ramayana)
1971 Bishnu Dey Smriti Satta Bhavishyat Bengali
1972 Ramdhari Singh 'Dinkar' Urvashi Hindi
Dattatreya Ramachandra Nakutanti (Naku Thanthi) (Four
1973 Kannada
Bendre Strings)
1973 Gopinath Mohanty Paraja Oriya
1974 Vishnu Sakharam Khandekar Yayati Marathi
1975 P.V.Akilan Chitttrappavai Tamil
1976 Asha Purna Devi Pratham Pratisruti Bengali
Mookajjiya Kanasugalu (Mookajjis
1977 K.Shivaram Karanth Kannada
dreams)
Sachchidananda Hirananda Kitni Navon Men Kitni Bar (How
1978 Hindi
Vatsyayan 'Ajneya' many times in many boats?)
1979 Birendra Kumar Bhattacharya Mrityunjay (Immortal) Assamese
Oru Desattinte Katha (Story of a
1980 S. K. Pottekkatt Malayalam
land)
1981 Amrita Pritam Kagaj te Canvas Punjabi
1982 Mahadevi Varma Yama Hindi
Chikkaveera Rajendra (Life and
1983 Maasti Venkatesh Ayengar struggle of Kodava King Kannada
Chikkaveera Rajendra)
Thakazhi Sivasankara Pillai
1984 Malayalam
|[Kayar {Coir}|]
Maanavi Ni Bhavaai
1985 Pannalal Patel Gujarati
)
1986 Sachidananda Rout Roy Oriya
Vishnu Vaman Shirwadkar
1987 Natsamrat Marathi
(Kusumagraj)
1988 Dr.C. Narayana Reddy Vishwambhara Telugu
1989 Qurratulain Hyder Akhire Shab Ke Humsafar Urdu
V. K. Gokak (Vinayaka
1990 Bharatha Sindhu Rashmi Kannada
Krishna Gokak)
1991 Subhas Mukhopadhyay Bengali
1992 Naresh Mehta Hindi
1993 Sitakant Mahapatra Oriya
1994 U.R. Ananthamurthy Kannada
M. T. Vasudevan Nair
1995 |Randamoozham [second Malayalam
chance}|
1996 Mahasweta Devi Bengali
1997 Ali Sardar Jafri Urdu
"for his contributions to modern
1998 Girish Karnad Kannada
Indian drama"[5]
1999 Nirmal Verma Hindi
1999 Gurdial Singh Punjabi
2000 Indira Goswami Assamese
2001 Rajendra Keshavlal Shah Gujarati
2002 D. Jayakanthan Tamil
2003 Vinda Karandikar Ashtadarshana (poetry) Marathi
Subhuk Soda, Kalami Rahi and Siyah
2004 Rahman Rahi Kashmiri [6]
Rode Jaren Manz
2005 Kunwar Narayan Hindi[3]
2006 Ravindra Kelekar Konkani[3]
2006 Satya Vrat Shastri Sanskrit[4][7]

Dada Saheb Phalke Award

Dada Saheb Phalke Award – The Dada Saheb Phalke Award is the highest honour
presented by the Indian government to an artist who, over the years, has made a
significant contribution to the field of cinema. The award was instituted in 1969, the birth
centenary year of Dada Saheb Phalke, the father of Indian cinema. The first winner of the
award was actress Devika Rani. Tapan Sinha was the recipient of the award for 2006.
National
Year Winner Occupation
Awards
17th 1969 Devika Rani actress
18th 1970 B. N. Sircar producer
19th 1971 Prithviraj Kapoor actor (posthumous)
20th 1972 Pankaj Mullick composer (music director)
21st 1973 Ruby Myers (Sulochana) actress
22nd 1974 Bomireddi Narasimha Reddy Director
23rd 1975 Dhirendranath Ganguly actor, director
24th 1976 Kanan Devi actress
25th 1977 Nitin Bose cinematographer, director, writer,
26th 1978 Rai Chand Boral composer, director
27th 1979 Sohrab Modi actor, director, producer
28th 1980 Paidi Jairaj actor, director
29th 1981 Naushad Ali composer (music director)
30th 1982 L. V. Prasad actor, director, producer
31st 1983 Durga Khote actress
32nd 1984 Satyajit Ray director
33rd 1985 V. Shantaram actor, director, producer
34th 1986 Bommireddy Nagi Reddy producer
35th 1987 Raj Kapoor actor, director
36th 1988 Ashok Kumar actor
37th 1989 Lata Mangeshkar singer
38th 1990 Akkineni Nageswara Rao actor
39th 1991 Bhalji Pendharkar director, producer, writer
40th 1992 Bhupen Hazarika composer (music director)
41st 1993 Majrooh Sultanpuri lyricist
42nd 1994 Dilip Kumar actor
43rd 1995 Rajkumar actor
44th 1996 Sivaji Ganesan actor
45th 1997 Pradeep lyricist
46th 1998 B.R. Chopra director, producer
47th 1999 Hrishikesh Mukherjee director
48th 2000 Asha Bhosle singer
49th 2001 Yash Chopra director, producer
50th 2002 Dev Anand actor, director, producer
51st 2003 Mrinal Sen director
52nd 2004 Adoor Gopalakrishnan director
53rd 2005 Shyam Benegal director
54th 2006 Tapan Sinha director
55th 2007 Manna Dey singer
Padma Bhushan

This awards recognizes distinguished service of a higher order to the nation in any field.
This is a civilian award given by the President of India.On the basis of the
recommendations of the Awards Committee, and after approval of the Home Minister,
Prime Minister and President, the Padma Awards are announced. he fields include
services by the government servants and it can be given posthumously, as well.

List of Awardees - 2009

Name Field State Country

Andhra
G. Sivarama Krishna Murthy Arts India
Pradesh
R. C. Mehta Arts Gujarat India
Shamshad Begum Arts Maharashtra India
V. P. Dhananjayan Arts Tamil Nadu India
Shanta Dhananjayan Arts Tamil Nadu India
Dr. Vaidyanathan Ganapathi
Art Tamil Nadu India
Sthapati
S.K. Misra Civil Service Haryana India
Shekhar Gupta Journalism Delhi India
Alappat Sreedhara Menon Literature & Education Kerala India
C.K. Prahalad Literature & Education
D. Jayakanthan Literature & Education Tamil Nadu India
Isher Judge Ahluwalia Literature & Education Delhi India
Kunwar Narayan Literature & Education Delhi India
Minoru Hara Literature & Education Japan
Ramachandra Guha Literature & Education Karnataka India
Brijendra Kumar Rao Medicine Delhi India
Vaidya Devendra Triguna Medicine Delhi India
Khalid Hameed Medicine
National Security
Satish Nambiar Delhi India
Affairs
Inderjit Kaur Barthakur Public Affairs Meghalaya India
Kirit Shantilal Parikh Public Affairs Delhi India
Bhakta B. Rath Science & Engineering
Conjeevaram Srirangachari Seshadri Science & Engineering Tamil Nadu India
Gurdip Singh Randhawa Science & Engineering Delhi India
Sam Pitroda Science & Engineering Delhi India
Sarvagya Singh Katiyar Science & Engineering Uttar Pradesh India
Thomas Kailath Science & Engineering Kerala India
Naganath Nayakawadi Social Work Maharashtra India
Sarojini Varadappan Social Work Tamil Nadu India
Abhinav Bindra Sports Punjab India
Anil Manibhai Naik Trade & Industry Maharashtra India

Padma Vibhushan

This civilian honour is given by the President of India and is India‘s second highest
civilian honour. he award is presented by the Government of India to recognize
excellence of Indian citizens in any field and also to recognize notable services to the
nation, including services rendered by government servants. The Padma Vibhushan
Award was established by Presidential decree on 2nd January, 1954 and since then, a
total of 235 people have been given the award so far. The award can be given
posthumously, as well.

For complete list of awardees visit:

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Padma_Vibhushan#List_of_Awardees

Padma Shri Awards

The Padma Shri Awards are the fourth highest civilian awards conferred by the
Government of India to recognize distinguished contribution of Indian citizens in various
fields like Arts, Literature, Education, Industry, Science, Sports, Social Science and
Public life.

List of Awardees - 2009

Year
Name Field State Country
2009
2009 Balbir Singh Kullar Sports Punjab India
Literature &
2009 Shashi Deshpande Karnataka India
Education
Bhai Nirmal Singh Ji Khalsa
2009 (Hazoori Raagi, Sri Darbar Sahib, Arts Punjab India
Sri Amritsar)
2009 Pankaj Advani Sports Karnataka India
Technology
2009 Shri Surinder Mehta New Delhi India
Solutions
2009 Dr.Brahmanandam Kanneganti Arts Andhra India
 Pradesh
Literature and
2009 J. A. K. Tareen Puducherry India
Education
Literature and
2009 Ravindra Nath Shrivastav Bihar India
Education
Literature &
2009 Jayanta Mahapatra Orissa India
Education
Literature &
2009 Bannanje Govindacharya Karnataka India
Education
2009 Mahendra Singh Dhoni Sports Jharkhand India
Literature &
2009 Mathoor Krishnamurty Karnataka India
Education
2009 Akshay Kumar Arts Punjab India
2009 Aishwarya Rai Bachchan Arts Maharashtra India
Trade &
2009 Bavaguthu Raghuram Shetty Karnataka UAE
Industry
2009 Kumar Sanu Arts West Bengal India
2009 Udit Narayan Arts Maharashtra India
Jammu &
2009 Hashmat Ullah Khan Arts India
Kashmir
2009 Vivek Arts Tamil Nadu India
2009 Rajiv Hari Om Bhatia Arts Maharashtra India
2009 Ameen Sayani Arts Maharashtra India
Literature & United
2009 Dr. John Ralston Marr
Education Kingdom
2009 Thilakan Arts Kerala India
2009 Kalamandalam Gopi Arts Kerala India
2009 Mattannoor Sankarankutty Marar Arts Kerala India
2009 Helen Richardson Arts Maharashtra India
2009 Iravatham Mahadevan Arts Tamil Nadu India
2009 Kiran Seth Arts Delhi India
2009 Ameena Ahmed Ahuja Arts Delhi India
Literature and
2009 Prof Ngawang Samten Tibet
Education
2009 Prof. Syed Iqbal Hasnain Geography India
Science &
2009 Pramod Tandon Meghalaya India
Engineering
Literature & United States
2009 Dr. Panchapakesa Jayaraman New York
Education of America
Arts

1. Michelangelo di Lodovico Buonarroti Simoni

Sculptor, architect, painter

He was a Renaissance sculptor, architect, painter, and poet. Michelangelo was born near
Arezzo, in Caprese, Tuscany, Italy in 1475. His father, Lodovico, was the resident
magistrate in Caprese. However, Michelangelo was raised in Florence, Italy and later
lived with a sculptor and his wife in the town of Settignano, Italy where his father owned
a marble quarry and a small farm.

Against his father's wishes, Michelangelo chose to be the apprentice of Domenico

Ghirlandaio for three years starting in 1488. Impressed, Domenico recommended him to
the ruler of Florence, Lorenzo de' Medici. From 1490 to 1492, Michelangelo attended
Lorenzo's school and was influenced by many prominent people who modified and
expanded his ideas on art

After the death of Lorenzo in 1492, Piero di Lorenzo de' Medici (new head of the Medici
family), refused to support Michelangelo's artwork. So Michelangelo decided to leave
Florence and stay in Bologna, Italy. Four years later, Michelangelo returned to Florence
where he produced arguably his most famous work, the marble Michelangelo's David.
Michelangelo was summoned back to Rome in 1503 by the newly appointed Pope Julius
II and was commissioned to build the Pope's tomb. However, under the patronage of
Julius II, Michelangelo had to constantly stop work on the tomb in order to accomplish
numerous other tasks. The most famous of those were the monumental paintings on the
ceiling of the Vatican's Sistine Chapel, which took four years (1508 - 1512) to complete.
Due to those interruptions, Michelangelo worked on the tomb for 40 years without ever
finishing it.

Pope Paul III commissioned the fresco of The Last Judgment on the altar wall of the
Sistine Chapel, and Michelangelo worked on it from 1534 to 1541. Then in 1546,
Michelangelo was appointed architect of St. Peter's Basilica in the Vatican, and designed
its dome. On February 18 1564, Michelangelo died in Rome at the age of 89.

2. Johannes Chrysostomus Wolfgangus Theophilus Mozart

Composer of Classical Music

Known widely for the Titan Watches‘ signature tune, which is Mozart‘s symphony
number 25, he was a prolific and highly influential composer of Classical music. His
enormous output of more than six hundred compositions includes works that are widely
acknowledged as pinnacles of symphonic, chamber, piano, operatic, and choral music.
Mozart is among the most enduringly popular of European composers, and many of his
works are part of the standard concert repertoire.
Mozart was born to Leopold and Anna Maria Pertl Mozart, in the front room of nine
Getreidegasse in Salzburg, the capital of the sovereign Archbishopric of
Salzburg, in what is now Austria, then part of the Holy Roman Empire.

Mozart's father Leopold (1719–1787) was one of Europe's leading musical teachers. His
influential textbook Versuch einer gründlichen Violinschule was published in 1756, the
year of Mozart's birth (English, as "A Treatise on the Fundamental Principles of Violin
Playing‖. He was deputy Kapellmeister to the court orchestra of the Archbishop of
Salzburg, and a prolific and successful composer of instrumental music. Leopold gave up
composing when his son's outstanding musical talents became evident. They first came to
light when Wolfgang was about three years old, and Leopold, proud of Wolfgang's
achievements, gave him intensive musical training, including instruction in clavier,
violin, and organ. Leopold was Wolfgang's only teacher in his earliest years. A note by
Leopold records that little Wolfgang had learned several of the pieces at the age of four.
Mozart's first compositions, a small Andante (K. 1a) and Allegro (K. 1b), were written in
1761, when he was five years old.

During his formative years, Mozart made several European journeys, beginning with an
exhibition in 1762 at the Court of the Elector of Bavaria in Munich, then in the same year
at the Imperial Court in Vienna and Prague. A long concert tour spanning three and a half
years followed, taking him with his father to the courts of Munich, Mannheim, Paris,
London (where Wolfgang Amadeus played with the famous Italian cellist Giovanni
Battista Cirri), The Hague, again to Paris, and back home via Zürich, Donaueschingen,
and Munich. During this trip Mozart met a great number of musicians and acquainted
himself with the works of other great composers.

On September 23, 1777, accompanied by his mother, Mozart began a tour of Europe that
included Munich, Mannheim, and Paris. In Mannheim he became acquainted with
members of the Mannheim orchestra, the best in Europe at the time. He fell in love with
Aloysia Weber, who later broke up the relationship with him. He was to marry her sister
Constanze some four years later in Vienna. During his unsuccessful visit to Paris, his
mother died (1778).

The year 1782 was an auspicious one for Mozart's career: his opera Die Entführung aus
dem Serail ("The Abduction from the Seraglio") was a great success and he began a
series of concerts at which he premiered his own piano concertos as director of the
ensemble and soloist.

Mozart's final illness and death are difficult topics for scholars, obscured by romantic
legends and replete with conflicting theories. Mozart died around 1 a.m. on December 5,
1791 in Vienna. Some days earlier, with the onset of his illness, he had largely ceased
work on his final composition, the Requiem.
Athletes

1. DHYAN CHAND
Hockey Player

Dhyan Chand made great contribution in enhancing prestige of Indian Hockey in the eyes
of the world. He was born on 29th August 1906, in Allahabad (Uttar Pradesh). He joined
army at the age of sixteen. He started playing hockey in army and was included in the
Indian Hockey team for the 1928 Amsterdam Olympics.

By his superior play, Dhyan Chand was held in high esteem with in the country as well as
abroad. Dhyan Chand helped his country in winning gold medals in hokey in 3
successive Olympics games; Amsterdam Olympics (1928), Los Angles Olympics (1932)
and Berlin Olympics (1936). He was the captain of the gold medal winner Indian Hockey
team in the historic 1936 Berlin Olympics. Dhyan Chand scored 101 goals at the
Olympic games and 300 goals in other international matches and his record is unbroken.
Dhyan Chand had a wonderful command in wielding the hockey stick, which earned him
the title " Hockey Wizard". India won one gold medal in Hockey at Amsterdam
Olympics and out of a total of 28 goals scored by Indian hockey Dhyan Chand scored 11
alone. He died on December 3,1979.

2. SACHIN TENDULKAR
Master Blaster of India

The pride of Indian cricket Sachin Tendulkar was the first batsman to score 10,000 runs
in one-day cricket, in a five-day match series against Australia on the 31st of March
2001. He has scored a world record, 28 hundreds and 50 half-centuries in his 10,000 runs.
A perennial crowd-favorite, he is the only Indian cricketer to receive the Rajiv Gandhi
Khel Ratna, India's highest sporting honour for his performance in 1997-1998, Padma
Shri, India's fourth highest civilian award, 1999, Rajiv Gandhi National Awards – Sports
in 2005 and Padma Vibhushan, India's second highest civilian award, 2008.

Sachin Ramesh Tendulkar was born on April 24, 1973, in Mumbai. Young Sachin
wanted to be a fast bowler. He even undertook trials at the MRF pace foundation,
Chennai, but his short stature proved to be a hindrance for bowling. Meeting Mr. R.
Achrekar, his Cricket Coach and changing his school to Shardashram Vidya Mandir in
Dadar marked a turning point in Sachin's cricket career.

Sachin at the age of 16, made his International debut in ODI‘s India v Pakistan at
Gujranwala and Tests debut India v Pakistan at Karachi around 1989/90. He then went to
England as a part of the national team, and has not looked back ever since. He knows
every shot in the book and makes his own improvisations. His shots have tremendous
power and he times the ball perfectly, making him one of the best batsmen in the world.
He is also an effective bowler and also one of the best fielders.
This all rounder has been the captain of the Indian cricket team twice. On the personal
front, Sachin is god fearing and he is married to a doctor Anjali and they have a two
children- Sara and Arjun. In 1998, he won the Coopers and Lybrand Award for 'Player of
the year' and was in the number one position in the Wisden Cricket ratings. In January
2008, British Prime Minister Gordon Brown suggested that Sachin should be conferred
with an honorary knighthood for his contribution to international cricket. He was
mentioned in the TIME magazine as the "The greatest living exponent of his craft."

3. Vijender Singh Beniyal Kumar

Number 1 Middle Weight Category Boxer in AIBA Ranking

Vijender was born on October 29, 1985 in a Hindu Jat family in Kalwas village, 5 km
from Bhiwani, Haryana. His father, Mahipal Singh, is a bus driver. Vijender was inspired
to take to Boxing by younger brother Manoj, a boxer himself.

Vijender‘s early days were spent in his village where he did his schooling, before getting
a bachelor‘s degree when he moved to Bhiwani. He practiced Boxing at the Bhiwani
Sports Authority of India where coach Jagdish Singh recognised his talent and
encouraged him to take to professional boxing.

Vijender went on to compete at the sub-junior nationals where he won a silver medal for
two years in succession. Having won medals in different competitions at the national
level, Vijender was picked to train and compete at several international level
competitions. Including, the 2004 Athens Summer Olympics, the 2006 Commonwealth
Games and the 2006 Asian Games in Doha, where he won the bronze medal in a lost
semifinal bout against Kazakhstan's Bakhtiyar Artayev. After qualifying for the 2008
Beijing Summer Olympics, Vijender competed with European wrestlers in Germany.

At the Beijing Olympics, Vijender defeated Carlos Góngora of Ecuador 9-4 in the
quarterfinals, which guaranteed him a bronze medal—the first ever-Olympic medal for an
Indian boxer. After his win, Vijender was felicitated with a number of awards, including
the Rajiv Gandhi Khel Ratna award—India's highest sporting honour. In 2009 he
participated at the World Amateur Boxing Championships where he won bronze. The
International Boxing Association (AIBA) announced Vijender as the top-ranked boxer in
its annual middleweight (75 kg) category list with 2800 points. He is credited for
bringing back the sport of boxing into limelight in India.

Literature

1. Kalidasa
Writer, Poet, Dramatist

Kalidasa, one of the chief figures in classic Sanskrit literature was also a dramatist and
poet. He was one of the Navaratna (9 gems or the most accomplished men of their times)
at the court of Chandragupta Vikramaditya. Kalidasa's works include plays, Epics and
lyrics. His play 'Abhinjnana Sakunthalam' (Recognition of Sakunthala) is the most well
known of all his works and it has been translated into various languages of the world. In
all, 7 works of Kalidasa are available today. They are: 'Malavikagnimitra',
'Vikramorvasiyam' and 'Abhijnana Sakunthalam' (plays); 'Raghu Vansa' and 'Kumara
Sambhavam' (Epics); 'Meghdoot' and 'Ritu Samhara' (lyrics).

As far as literacy merits are concerned, Meghdoot (cloud messenger) is the most
excellent work.

2. Arundhati Roy
Writer & Social Activist

Susanna Arundhati Roy the first Indian woman to have won Britain's prestigious Booker
Prize, was born on 24th November 1961 in Bengal and grew up in Aymanam village,
Kottayam, Kerala.

She was born to parents Mary Roy a well-known social activist who won a landmark
Supreme Court verdict that granted Christian women in Kerala the right to their parent's
property and father a Bengali Hindu tea planter. Arundhati's parents separated when she
was small and she did her formal education in Corpus Christi school run by her mother in
Kottayam District, Kerala. When she was just 16, she left her home and settled in Delhi.
There she did her degree in Architecture at the Delhi School of Architecture. During this
period she met Gerard Da Cunha a fellow architecture student and married him but their
marriage lasted only four years. After a brief stint in the field of architecture, she found
that it was not for her. She left for Goa, making a life out at the beach, got tired of it after
a few months, came back to Delhi. She took a job at the National Institute of Urban
Affairs, met Pradeep Krishen, a film director now her husband who offered her a small
role in 'Massey Saab'. She went to Italy on a scholarship for eight months to study the
restoration of monuments. She realized she was a writer during those months in Italy.

After she returned from Italy she worked with Pradeep Krishen and they planned an
episode television for Doordarshan called the 'Banyan Tree‘, which didn't materialize and
was shelved by the producers after shooting 2-3 episodes. She wrote and starred in 'In
Which Annie Gives it Those Ones', a film on college life in India, based on her
experiences in the University of Delhi, and wrote the screenplay for Pradip Krishen's film
'Electric Moon' (1992). She quickly became known for her work as screenwriter. Then
she wrote a series of essays called 'The Great Indian Rape Trick' which attracted media
attention, in defense of former dacoit Phoolan Devi, who she felt had been exploited by
Shekhar Kapur's film 'Bandit Queen'. Then came her debut novel 'The God of Small
Things' which shot her into prominence in 1997, by winning the prestigious British
Booker prize in London and becoming an international best seller. The book, which took
almost five years to complete, gives an insight to the social and political life in a village
in South India through the eyes of seven year old twins and how it effects/disrupts their
small lives. The book won £20,000 as prize and sold nearly 400,000 copies globally by
October that year.
In the years following her success, she has turned to activism, writing 'The Cost of
Living' a book comprising two essays 'The Greater Common Good‘ (1999) and 'The End
of Imagination‘ (1998); the former against Indian Governments massive dam projects
which displaced millions of poor people and the latter; its testing of Nuclear weapons.
She has been an active participant in public demonstrations against the construction of
the Sardar Sarovar Dam on the Narmada river in Western India and has donated a
substantial amount around 1.5million rupees, equivalent to her Booker Prize money, for
the cause. She was even arrested along with other protestors for campaigning for the
cause. 'Power Politics' her latest book published, takes on Enron the power corporation
based in Houston trying to take over Maharashtra's energy sector. She has also spoken on
and published several articles such as 'Promotion of equal rights' supporting equal rights
for lower caste in India and 'War on Terrorism' (2001) against the Iraq war. Roy was
awarded the Sydney Peace Prize in May 2004 for her work in social campaigns and her
advocacy of non-violence. In January 2006 she was awarded the Sahitya Akademi award
for her collection of essays on contemporary issues, The Algebra of Infinite Justice, but
she declined to accept it.

With her latest publications, Arundhati is carving a niche for herself as a political
journalist. This unusual woman who has been on several lists of 'the 50 most beautiful
women in the world' is not intimated by her success and fame but is an inspiration to all
those who seek to speak up against the powers in support of the poor and the oppressed.
She now lives in Delhi with her husband Pradip Krishen, who has two daughters Pia and
Mithva from his previous marriage.

3. Herta Muller
The 2009 Nobel Prize in Literature Winner

Herta Müller was born on August 17, 1953 in the German-speaking town Nitzkydorf in
Banat, Romania. Her parents were members of the German-speaking minority in
Romania. Her father had served in the Waffen SS during World War II. Many German
Romanians were deported to the Soviet Union in 1945, including Müller's mother who
spent five years in a work camp in present-day Ukraine. Many years later, in
Atemschaukel (2009), Müller was to depict the exile of the German Romanians in the
Soviet Union. From 1973 to 1976, Müller studied German and Romanian literature at the
university in Timişoara (Temeswar). During this period, she was associated with
Aktionsgruppe Banat, a circle of young German-speaking authors who, in opposition to
Ceauşescu‘s dictatorship, sought freedom of speech. After completing her studies, she
worked as a translator at a machine factory from 1977 to 1979. She was dismissed when
she refused to be an informant for the secret police. After her dismissal, Securitate
harassed her.

Müller made her debut with the collection of short stories Niederungen (1982), which
was censored in Romania. Two years later, she published the uncensored version in
Germany and, in the same year, Drückender Tango in Romania. In these two works,
Müller depicts life in a small, German-speaking village and the corruption, intolerance
and repression to be found there. The Romanian national press was very critical of these
works while, outside of Romania, the German press received them very positively.
Because Müller had publicly criticized the dictatorship in Romania, she was prohibited
from publishing in her own country. In 1987, Müller emigrated together with her husband
author Richard Wagner.

The novels Der Fuchs war damals schon der Jäger (1992), Herztier (1994; The Land of
Green Plums, 1996) and Heute wär ich mir lieber nicht begegnet (1997; The
Appointment, 2001) give, with chiselled details, a portrait of daily life in a stagnated
dictatorship. Müller has given guest lectures at universities, colleges and other venues in
Paderborn, Warwick, Hamburg, Swansea, Gainsville (Florida), Kassel, Göttingen,
Tübingen and Zürich among other places. She lives in Berlin. Since 1995 she is a
member of Deutsche für Sprache und Dichtung, in Darmstadt.

Political and Military Leaders

1. Manmohan Singh
Prime Minister of India

Manmohan Singh, best known as ' father of Indian Reforms', has emerged as the
Congress party's frontrunner, the 14th Prime Minister of India and also the first Sikh to
reach the country's top legislative position. Hailed to be the cleanest man in Indian
politics, he was Former Finance Minister and author of the post-1991 economic reforms.

He was born to Mr. Gurmukh Singh and Mrs. Amrit Kaur on September 26, 1932 in a
small village Gah (West Punjab), now in Pakistan. A brilliant student, Manmohan Singh
secured top marks in almost all the major examinations he wrote. After his Masters in
Economics from Amritsar's Hindu College under Punjab University he won scholarships
to Cambridge and Oxford, earning a doctorate with a thesis on the critical role of exports
and free trade in India's economy. Manmohan Singh won the prestigious Adam Smith
prize in 1956 from Cambridge University.

The following year, he returned to India as a university lecturer and for the next nine
years remained at Punjab University before being posted for international duty with
UNCTAD (United Nations Conference on Trade and Development). He then joined the
Delhi School of Economics as a professor. Two years later, his academic career was cut
short and he joined the government to serve in various capacities.

Singh held several positions throughout the 1980s and early 1990s. He served as
Economic advisor to the finance ministry in the late 70s, Deputy Chairman of Planning
Commission and Chairman of University Grants Commission in 1980s and early 1990's
and as the Governor of the Reserve Bank of India from 1982 to 1985 etc.

An academician, he was discovered by former Prime Minister Shri. P.V Narasimha Rao.
Rao offered him the finance ministry in 1991 under the Congress Government, and the
chance to rescue a sickly economy threatened by an acute balance of payments crisis.
During his stint as the finance minister (1991-1996), the suave, soft-spoken Sikh guided
India out of financial trouble and put the country on course to becoming an economic
power by opening up the economy to foreign investment and slashing trade barriers.

Singh was always an unlikely politician, who was routed in a parliamentary election in
1999. In fact, he has never won an election and sits in the upper house. Politically,
Manmohan Singh is the classic example of the stateless politician.

After the Indian National Congress won the 2009 general elections, Singh was
reappointed as the Prime Minister of India on May 22, 2009, making him the first Indian
Prime Minister since Jawaharlal Nehru to return to power after completing a full five-
year term before this over 40 years ago.
He is married to Gursharan Kaur they have three daughters.

2. Barack Obama
The 2009 Nobel Peace Prize Winner and 44th President of the USA

Barack Hussein Obama was born in Hawaii, USA in 1961. His mother was Caucasian
and American, and his father was from Kenya. At the age of 2, they divorced and his
father returned to Kenya to continue working in the field of economics. He was a very
intelligent man who had been schooled in Harvard. Anyways, Barack ended up moving
to Indonesia and lived with his mom and new step dad while eventually coming back to
Hawaii to finish high school in the states. Years later, he ended up graduating from
Columbia University with a Political Science major specializing in international relations.
After graduating from there, he continued his education at the prestigious Harvard Law
School, graduating magna cum laude (basically at the head of his class, or with
"honors"). This is where he becomes the first African American president of Harvard's
Law Review group. When he finished school, he ended up working as a very amazing
community organizer and civil rights lawyer in and around Chicago.

He taught at the University of Chicago's Law School, and during 1996 through 2004, he
served in the Illinois State Senate representing Chicago's South Side. In 2004, he got
elected to the United States Senate over the conservative republican black candidate Alan
Keyes with over 70 percent of the votes. Barack Obama was the only serving black
Senator, and only the fifth in the entire United States History. His great commitment to
civil rights, idealistic thoughts, and charmingly good looks helped make his Senate
Campaign. After his keynote address at the 2004 Democratic National Convention in
2004, he became known as one of the most inspirational and freshest new leaders of the
Democratic Party.

Obama also published a book called "Dreams from my father" in 1995 and more recently
"the Audacity of Hope". Both became best sellers fairly soon after being released.
Barack is married to Michelle Obama and also has two daughters named Malia Ann and
Sasha. Barack Currently lives in the Chicago area and is becoming one of the major
candidates of the 2008 presidential elections.

3. ADOLF HITLER
Leader of the Third Reich

Adolf Hitler was born on April 20, 1889 in Braunau, Austria, a small town across the Inn
River from Germany. Soon after Hitler's birth, his father, Alois Hitler, moved the family
to Linz, Austria. Hitler attended school in Linz and at first was a good student, but in high
school he was a very poor student. Hitler's academic abilities angered his father because
his father hoped that Hitler would study to become a government worker as he had been.
Hitler, however, wanted to become an artist.

In 1907, Hitler went to Vienna Austria in an attempt to fulfill his dream of becoming an
artist. This attempt ended when he failed the entrance exam to the Academy of Fine Arts.
When Hitler's mother died in 1907, he decided to remain in Vienna. He took the entrance
exam a year later and failed again. He did not have steady work in Vienna, but, instead,
took a variety of odd jobs. He lived in cheap rooming houses or slept on park benches
and he often had to get meals from charity kitchens. During his time in Vienna Hitler
learned to hate non-Germans. Hitler was a German-speaking Austrian and considered
himself German. He ridiculed the Austrian government for recognizing eight languages
as official and believed that no government could last if it treated ethnic groups equally.

In 1913, Hitler went to Munich, Germany and when World War I began in 1914, he
volunteered for service in the German army. Hitler was twice decorated for bravery, but
only rose to the rank of corporal. When World War I ended. Hitler was in a hospital
recovering from temporary blindness possibly caused by a poison gas attack. The
Versailles Treaty that ended the war stripped Germany of much of its territory, forced the
country to disarm, and ordered Germany to pay huge reparations. When the army
returned to Germany. the country was in despair. The country was bankrupt and millions
of people were unemployed.

In 1920, Hitler joined the National Socialist German Workers Party known as the Nazis.
The Nazis called for all Germans, even those in other countries, to unite into one nation;
they called for a strong central government; and they called for the cancellation of the
Versailles Treaty. Hitler became leader of the Nazi party and built up membership
quickly, mostly because of his powerful speaking ability. Hitler organized an army for
the Nazi party called the Storm Troopers ("Brown Shirts") who were called upon to fight
groups seeking to disband the Nazi rallies.

On November 9, 1923, Hitler led more than 2,000 Storm Troopers on a march to seize
the Bavarian government. The attempt failed and Hitler was arrested and sentenced to
prison for five years for treason. While in prison, Hitler wrote Mein Kampf (My
Struggle). In this book. he stated his beliefs and plans for Germany's future. Hitler only
served nine months in prison and when he was released, he began to rebuild the party
again. He set up a private battle-ready elite guard known as the "Schutzstaffel" (SS). By
1929, the Nazis had become an important minor political party.

In 1930, a worldwide depression hit Germany, yet Germany also had the debt of paying
for the damage it had caused in World War I. Hitler protested against paying the debt and
said that the Jews and Communists were the cause for Germany's defeat in World War I.
He promised to rid Germany of Jews and Communists and to reunite the German
speaking part of Europe.

In July 1932, the Nazis received about 40% of the vote and became the strongest party in
Germany. On January 30,1933, President Paul von Hindenburg appointed Hitler
Chancellor of Germany. Once in this position, Hitler moved quickly toward attaining a
dictatorship. When von Hindenburg died in 1934, Hitler already had control of Germany
and he gave himself the title "Fuehrer" (leader).

Under Hitler's government, called the Third Reich, there was no place for freedom. The
government controlled every part of one's life. Hitler used extensive propaganda to
brainwash the nation into believing his theory about creating the perfect Aryan or Nordic
race. Therefore, it was Hitler's plan to rid the nation and eventually the world of Jews,
Gypsies, Negroes, handicapped, and mentally ill persons. This plan was called the "Final
Solution."

World War II began in 1939 when Hitler invaded Poland to begin his unification of all
German-speaking peoples. By this time extermination camps were being established
throughout Germany, Poland, and Russia. Before Hitler was stopped in 1945 by the
Allied countries, he had caused the extermination over 12 million people. Hitler
committed suicide in his bunker on April 30,1945 and seven days later, Germany
surrendered.

Religious Leaders and Philosophers

1. GAUTAMA BUDDHA
Founder of Buddhism

Gautama Buddha was born in 563BC in the Lumbini forests in Nepalese Terai. He was
the founder of 'Buddhism'. Buddha's childhood name was Siddhartha and he was a child
with a contemplative bent of mind. At the age of 29, Siddhartha left his home and all the
royal comforts behind in search of peace and truth.

Siddhartha got enlightenment when he was sitting in meditation under a pipal tree in
Gaya. Siddhartha now got transformed into 'Buddha' or 'enlightened' and the pipal tree
under which he got enlightenment became Bodhi tree or Bodhi Vriksha.

Buddha delivered his first sermon in Sarnath (near Varanasi). Buddha taught that the root
cause of mankind's suffering was desire. People could get rid of the torment of desires by
following the Eightfold path: right belief, right thought, right speech, right action, right
livelihood, right effort, right memory and right meditation.

Buddha attained Nirvana in Kushinagar (UP) in 483 B.C. After his death, his teachings
spread through Asia. Today, the religion numbers 500 million followers, many others in
the East and West practice Buddhist teachings to achieve self-awareness.

2. SOCRATES
Founder of Western Philosophy

Socrates was an ancient Greek philosopher who is widely credited for laying the
foundation for Western philosophy. He was born and lived in Athens, where he spent
most of his time in enthusiastic pursuit of wisdom (philosophy). He "followed the
argument" in his personal reflection, and in a sustained and rigorous dialogue between
friends, followers, and contemporary itinerant teachers of wisdom. Later in his life he
became known as the wisest man in all of Greece.

Most of what is known about Socrates is derived from information that recurs across
various contemporary sources: the dialogues written by Plato, one of Socrates' students;
the works of Xenophon, one of his contemporaries; and writings by Aristophanes and
Aristotle. Anything Socrates wrote himself has not survived.

According to accounts from antiquity, Socrates' father was the sculptor Sophroniscus and
his mother Phaenarete, a midwife. Socrates married Xanthippe, who bore him three sons
– Lamprocles, Sophroniscus and Menexenus – who were all quite young at the time of
his death. Traditionally, Xanthippe is thought to have been an ill-tempered scold, mainly
due to her characterization by Xenophon.

Socrates lived during the time of the transition from the height of the Athenian Empire to
its decline after its defeat by Sparta and its allies in the Peloponnesian War. At a time
when Athens was seeking to stabilize and recover from its humiliating defeat, the
Athenian public court was induced by three leading public figures to try Socrates for
impiety and for corrupting the youth of Athens. This was a time in culture when the
Greeks thought of gods and goddesses as being associated with protecting particular
cities. Athens, for instance, is named after its protecting goddess Athena. The defeat of
Athens in the Peloponnesian War was interpreted as Athena judging the city for not being
pious. The last thing Athens needed was more punishment from Athena for one man
inciting its citizens to question her or the other gods. In the Apology, Socrates insists that
this is a false charge.

According to the version of his defense speech presented in Plato's Apology, Socrates'
life as the "gadfly" of Athens began when his friend Chaerephon asked the oracle at
Delphi if anyone was wiser than Socrates; the Oracle responded negatively. Socrates,
interpreting this as a riddle, set out to find men who were wiser than he was. He
questioned the men of Athens about their knowledge of good, beauty, and virtue. Finding
that they knew nothing and yet believed themselves to know much, Socrates came to the
conclusion that he was wise only in so far as he knew that he knew nothing. Socrates'
superior intellect made the prominent Athenians he publicly questioned look foolish,
turning them against him and leading to accusations of wrongdoing.

He was nevertheless found guilty as charged, and sentenced to death by drinking a silver
goblet of hemlock. Socrates turned down the pleas of his disciples to attempt an escape
from prison, drinking the hemlock and dying in the company of his friends. According to
the Phaedo, Socrates had a calm death, enduring his sentence with fortitude.

3. MAHATMA GANDHI
Father of the Nation

Mohan Das Karam Chand Gandhi called the father of the nation was born in Porbunder
in Gujarat. He passed the examination for barrister in 1890 and started practicing Law.
He went to South Africa to take-up a case. There he was disturbed by the oppression of
Indians by the whites. He formulated the path of Satyagraha and protested against the
injustice. He returned to India in 1916, and took up the leadership of the National
Freedom struggle.

Gandhi launched many Movements to force the British to concede India its
Independence. The most Well-known being: 'Non-Co-operation Movement' (1920), 'Civil
Disobedience Movement' (1930) and 'Quit India Movement' (1942). In 1930, Gandhiji
led the famous 'Dandi March' for breaking the Salt Laws. Gandhiji also worked hard for
the upliftment of the Harijans, the name given by him to the untouchables. Gandhiji
declared untouchability as a sin against God and man.

'My experiments with truth' is the famous autobiography written by Gandhiji. On 30th
January 1948 he was shot dead by a religious fanatic Nathu Ram Godse.

Scientists

Venkatraman Ramakrishnan
The 2009 Nobel Prize in Chemistry Winner

Born in 1952 in Chidambaram, Tamil Nadu, Ramakrishnan did his PhD in Physics in
1976 from Ohio University, US. He is a senior scientist and group leader at Structural
Studies Division, MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge, Britain.

Ramakrishnan earned his B.Sc. in Physics (1971) from Baroda University in Gujarat and
later migrated to the US to continue his studies where he later got settled and attained US
citizenship. He earned his Ph.D in Physics from Ohio University in the US and later
worked as a graduate student at the University of California from 1976-78.
During his stint at the varsity, Ramakrishnan conducted a research with Dr Mauricio
Montal, a membrane biochemist and later designed his own 2-year transition from
physics to biology. As a postdoctoral fellow at Yale University, he worked on a neutron-
scattering map of the small ribosomal subunit of E Coli. He has been studying ribosome
structure ever since.

In the August 26, 2000 issue of Nature, Ramakrishnan and his co-workers published the
structure of the small ribosomal subunit of Thermus thermophilus, a heat-stable
bacterium related to one found in the Yellowstone hot springs.
With this 5.5 Angstrom-resolution structure, Ramakrishnan's group identified key
portions of the RNA and, using previously determined structures, positioned seven of the
subunit's proteins.

In the September 21, 2000 issue of Nature, Ramakrishnan published two papers. In the
first of these, he presented the 3-Angstrom structure of the 30S ribosomal subunit.
His second paper revealed the structures of the 30S subunit in complex with three
antibiotics that target different regions of the subunit. In this paper, Ramakrishnan
discussed the structural basis for the action of each of these drugs.

After his postdoctoral fellowship, Ramakrishnan joined the staff of Brookhaven National
Laboratory in the US. There, he began his collaboration with Stephen White to clone the
genes for several ribosomal proteins and determine their three-dimensional structures.

He was also awarded a Guggenheim fellowship during his tenure there, and he used it to
make the transition to X-ray crystallography.

Business Leaders

1. Lakshmi Niwas Mittal

Born on 15 June 1950, he is an Indian born industrialist based in the United Kingdom. He
was born in Sadulpur village, in the Churu district of Rajasthan, India. He is the CEO and
founder of and has been the chairman and CEO of ArcelorMittal since the merge. He also
serves as a non-executive director of Goldman Sachs, EADS and ICICI Bank and is the
chairman of the World Steel Association.

The Financial Times named Lakshmi Mittal its 2006 Person of the Year. In May 2007, he
was named one of the "100 Most Influential People" by Time magazine. As of 2009,
Mittal is the 8th richest person in the world. He is also the richest person in the United
Kingdom with personal wealth of US$19.3 billion. He is the richest Indian in the world,
with an estimated wealth of $25 billion. He resides in London, has his company
registered in the Netherlands, but still holds an Indian passport. Although Mittal Steel
was already the world's biggest steel company, his king-sized ambitions were evident
when he took over steel giant Arcelor to create a new steel behemoth -- Arcelor-Mittal.
L N Mittal left India in the mid-1970s to start his career. He was sent to Indonesia by his
father to shut down the family's ailing steel plant and sell the land. Instead, young Mittal
saw an opportunity and turned the plant around.

To prove that this was no fluke, Mittal acquired a 1.3 million tonne, Iscot Steel plant in
Trinidad & Tobago, which was losing $100,000 a day. One year of Mittal-style
management and it was making profits, the LN Mittal legend was born. That move
helped him get into America.

The Mexican government seeing the success that Mittal made of Iscot, asked him to take
over their ailing steel plants in 1992. But it was not all that smooth. In 1994 Mittal had
differences with his brothers and father, and went on to form his own company. The
following year Mittal entered the European market, acquiring the 5 million tonne Kazakh
steel plant, Karmet. Meanwhile, Mittal had listed Ispat International on the New York
and Amsterdam Stock Exchanges in 1997. Eight years later Mittal Steel became the
world's largest steel maker when he took over the US's largest steel producer -- the
International Steel Group. He then consolidated all his steel holdings into Mittal Steel.

2. Warren Buffett

Born in August 30, 1930, he s a U.S. investor, businessman, and philanthropist. He is one
of the most successful investors in history, the primary shareholder and CEO of Berkshire
Hathaway,and in 2008 was ranked by Forbes as the richest person in the world with an
estimated net worth of approximately $62 billion.

Buffett is often called the "Oracle of Omaha"or the "Sage of Omaha"and is noted for his
adherence to the value investing philosophy and for his personal frugality despite his
immense wealth.

Buffett is also a notable philanthropist, having pledged to give away 85 percent of his
fortune to the Gates Foundation. He also serves as a member of the board of trustees at
Grinnell College.

In 1999, Buffett was named the top money manager of the twentieth century in a survey
by the Carson Group, ahead of Peter Lynch and John Templeton. In 2007, he was listed
among Time's 100 Most Influential People in the world.

3. Indra Nooyi

Indra Krishnamurthy Nooyi born October 28, 1955) is the Chairperson and Chief
Executive Officer (CEO) of PepsiCo, one of the world's leading food and beverage
companies. On August 14, 2006, Nooyi was named the successor to Steven Reinemund
as chief executive officer of the company effective from October 1, 2006.On February 5,
2007, she was named Chairperson, effective May 2, 2007.

She is a Successor Fellow of the Yale Corporation. She is a Class B director of the Board
of Directors of the New York Federal Reserve. She serves as a member of the boards of
the International Rescue Committee, Catalyst and the Lincoln Center for the Performing
Arts. She is also a member of the Board of Trustees of Eisenhower Fellowships, and
currently serves as Chairperson of the U.S.-India Business Council.

Forbes magazine ranked Nooyi third on the 2008 and 2009 list of The World's 100 Most
Powerful Women.Fortune magazine has named Nooyi number one on its annual ranking
of Most Powerful Women in business for 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009. In 2008, Nooyi
was named one of America's Best Leaders by U.S. News & World Report.

In 2007, she was chosen as a recipient of the Padma Bhushan award by the Government
of India. In 2008, she was elected to the Fellowship of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences.

In January 2008, Nooyi was elected Chairman of the US-India Business Council
(USIBC), a non-profit business advocacy organization representing more than 300 of the
world's largest companies doing business in India. Nooyi leads USIBC's Board of
Directors, an assembly of more than 60 senior executives representing a cross-section of
American industry.

Quotations

Famous, Funny, Witty and Inspiring words by Some Famous, Funny, Witty and Inspiring
People around the world*

"There are only two ways to live your life. One is as though nothing is a miracle. The
other is as though everything is a miracle."

- Albert Einstein (1879-1955)

We keep moving forward, opening new doors, and doing new things, because we're
curious and curiosity keeps leading us down new paths.

- Walt Disney (1901(1901-12-05)-1966)

The value of an idea lies in the using of it.

- Thomas A. Edison (1847-1931)

· The Internet is becoming the town square for the global village of tomorrow.

- Bill Gates (b.1955 -)

· Stay shockingly up to date. Try and learn everything there is in your line of business.
Try new things in your own organization and learn from those experiences. This is where
most consulting companies fail. They tell others so many things, but rarely ever employ
any of those methods in their own set ups. This is bigotry.

- Sam Walton (1918-1992) (Founder of Wal-Mart Stores)

Never before in history has innovation offered promise of so much to so many in so short
a time.

- Bill Gates (b.1955 -)

It is change, continuing change, inevitable change that is the dominant factor in society
today. No sensible decision can be made any longer without taking into account not only
the world as it is, but the world as it will be.

- Isaac Asimov (1920 –1992)

Business more than any other occupation is a continual dealing with the future; it is a
continual calculation, an instinctive exercise in foresight.

- Henry R. Luce (1898 –1967) Founder of Time magazine

In times of rapid change, experience is your worst enemy.

- John Paul Getty (1892-1976) (American Industrialist)

―The world has never truly had to develop an ethic of interdependence rooted in our
common humanity. And if we do it, the 21st century will be the most interesting,
exciting, peaceful era in history.‖

- Bill Clinton quotes (b.1946)

For more such quotes click on the following links:

http://thinkexist.com/quotes/with/keyword/the_21st_century/

http://www.cs.virginia.edu/~robins/quotes.html

http://www.cs.virginia.edu/%7Erobins/quotes.html

http://www.greatbusinessquotes.com/innovation_quotes.html

http://www.leading-learning.co.nz/famous-quotes.html

http://mr_sedivy.tripod.com/quotes21.html
Ancient India

History is a record of time. Ages have come and brought with them their foundations and
ruins. The study of Ancient India begins with the study of the Stone Age.

1. Stone Age
The Stone Age, or the stages of early man can be classified into:

Paleolithic Age – This period was essentially the stage of hunters and food gatherers.
They used crude tools made of flakes. They had no knowledge of cultivation and house
building. They lived on roots and fruits. By the end of the Paleolithic Age, the flint
industry came up. The important development of this age was the emergence of Homo-
Sapiens.

Mesolithic Age – This age was the transition between the Paleolithic & the Neolithic
Ages. Mesolithic people lived on hunting, fishing and food gathering. At a later stage,
they domesticated animals. They used microlith - a small raw-stone tools.

Neolithic Age – These people used tools and implements of polished stone. They
particularly used stone axes. Parashurama became an important axe-wielding hero.
Dwelling pits, ceramics, a variety of stone and bone tools and a complete absence of
microliths marked this age. Cattle, sheep and goat were domesticated. Men became food
producer.

2. Chalcolithic Age
Copper was the first metal used by men.

3. Indus Valley Civilization

The most important event of ancient Indian history was the development of Indus Valley
Civilization. This Civilization prospered on the banks of river Indus. It extended from
Jammu in the North to Daimabad in the South, and covered various regions of Gujarat.
The main sites which have been found in the excavation are:
• Kalibangan in Rajasthan
• Lothal in Gujarat (Sea Port)
• Banwali in Haryana
• Ropar in Punjab.
• Mohenjodaro in Pakistan (Great Bath)

The Indus Valley Civilization existed between 2350 BC and 1750 BC. The main cities
associated with the civilization were Harappa, Mohenjo-Daro and Lothal. The main
feature of this civilization was Town Planning. They had great buildings, well-planned
roads, cities and drainage systems. Trade and agriculture were the main sources of
livelihood for the people. The people of Indus Valley were the first to produce cotton.
Mother Goddess was the most important deity of worship. Wheat was the main food
crops. They did not know about Iron.
4. Vedic Period
This period is marked by the entry of the Aryans, who were originally inhabitants of
Central Asia around the Caspian Sea and probably came through the Hindu Kush
Mountains. The period in which they existed was between 1500-600 BC.

The Main Features of the Aryans were:

i) They were admirers of nature and worshipped the Sun, Fire and Water.
ii) Indra was an important deity for the Aryans.
iii) Metal iron was used for the first time during this period in 1000 BC.
iv) Sanskrit was first time introduced in India by Aryans.

The following religious books were written during this period:

i) Vedas: These were their most sacred books.

They were four in number, viz. :
a) Rig Veda – The oldest, and it contained prayers of God, Vayu, Varun, Indra and Agni.
b) Sam Veda – It dealt with music.
c) Yajur Veda – It dealt with formulae, sacrifices and rituals.
d) Atharva Veda – It dealt with medicines.

ii) The Upanishads: They are the foundation stones of Indian Philosophy and are 108 in
numbers. Satyameva Jayate (Truth Alone Triumphs) is taken from Mundaka Upanishad.

5. Rise of Religions
The two major religions that came into prominence after the vedic period:

i) Buddhism - Initiated by a Kshatriya prince of the Shakya clan, Siddhartha, (who later
came to be known as Buddha) around 6th century BC. Siddhartha was born in 567 BC at
Lumbini in Kapilavastu (present day Nepal). He was the son of king Shuddhodana. He
went in search of truth and attained enlightenment under a pipal tree at Bodh Gaya, and
delivered his first sermons at Sarnath in U.P. He died at Kushinagar in U.P.

The main Buddhist teachings of the eight–fold path of

• right faith
• thought
• action
• livelihood
• efforts
• speech
• remembrance and concentration
• belief in nirvana (freedom from the cycle of birth and death)

Ahimsa and law of karma were recorded in Triptikas, the religious book of Buddhists.

ii) Jainism - Initiated by Rishabha Dava (a Kshatriya prince), Jainism attained peak
under Vardhamana Mahavira (the 24th Tirthankara). Mahavira was born at Kundagrama
in 540 BC. He left his house at the age of 30 years and attained ‗Kaivalya‘ (Perfect
knowledge) at the age of 42 years. He became a ‗Jina‘ (one who has conquered happiness
and misery) and died at Pavapuri (present day Bihar).
The major teachings of Jainism were based on the Tri-ratna concept and the Tri-ratna
concept was based on
a) Right knowledge,
b) Right faith
c) Right conduct.

• Religious book - Agam (In Pali Language)

• Dilwara Temple at Mount Abu in Rajasthan is a famous religious place of Jainism.

6. Magadha Empire (6th Century BC - 4th Century BC)

Major dynasties of the Magadha Empire were:

i) Haryanka Dynasty - Bimbisara and Ajatashatru laid the foundation of this dynasty in
684 BC.

ii) Shishunaga Dynasty - This dynasty was founded by Shishunag in 413 BC after
defeating the last king of the Haryanka dynasty.

iii) Nanda Dynasty – This dynasty was founded in 382 BC by Mahapadma Nanda.

7. Alexander’s Invasion of India

• Alexander, after establishing his Kingdom in present day Pakistan, crossed the river
Indus and invaded India.
• He defeated Porus, the ruler of Punjab in the Battle of Hydaspes in 326 BC and
extended his kingdom till India.
• He founded the city of Alexandria in present day Afghanistan.

8. The Age of Mauryas (321-198 BC)

• Chandragupta Maurya was the founder of Maurya Empire.
• Kautilya (also known as Chanakya) was in the court of Chandragupta Maurya and he
had written the book titled Arthashastra.
• Megasthenese was a Greek ambassador who came in the court of Chandragupta Maurya
and wrote the book titled ‗INDICA‘.
• Ashoka (273-232 BC) was the important king of this dynasty.
• Ashoka fought the Kalinga war (261 BC) and after that war he adopted Buddhism.
• Ashoka was the first Indian king to talk directly to the people throughout his empire.
• The Ashoka pillar of Sarnath is the most popular of the Eelics left by Ashoka. It has
four lions standing back to back which is adopted as the emblem of modern day
Republic.
• The last king of Maurya empire Brihadratha was killed by his commander in chief
Pushyamitra Sunga
9. Kushan Empire
The Kushan Empire was founded by the Kushan tribe of the Yuezhi Confederation
around 1st century BC.
• Kanishka was the most important king of the empire. He founded the Saka Era in 78
AD.
• His capital was at Pursushpura (now Peshawar).
• He was responsible for organizing the 4th Buddhist council in Kashmir.
• Both Gandhar and Mathura art forms developed during Kanishka‘s reign.

10. Gupta Empire

It was founded by Chandragupta I (320-325 AD). He started the Gupta Era in 320 AD.
Other important kings of the Gupta empire were:

i) Samudra Gupta (335-380 AD): He was known as the Napoleon of India. His coins
depicted him as playing the musical instrument Veena.

ii) Chandragupta II (380-412 AD): He was also known as Vikramaditya.

• Chinese Pilgrim, Fa-hien came in his court.
• Aryabhatta and Kalidas were among the ‗Nine Gems‘ or distinguished men at the court
of Chandragupta II. With Chandragupta II began the Vikram Era in 58 BC.

iii) Kumaragupta I of this dynasty built the Nalanda University (in present day
Bihar).

11. Harshvardhana
Harshvardhana was the last important king of North India.
• His capital was at Kannauj.
• Hiuen-Tsang, the Chinese pilgrime came to his court.
• Harshcharita, a book on the life of Harshvardhana was written by Banabhata, who had
also written Kadambari.
• He was defeated by Pulshekin II of the Chalukya dynasty.

12. South Indian Dynasties

12.1 The Sathavanas

• This dynasty was founded by Simuka. (65 BC)
• Satakarni was an important king.
• They constructed many buddhist worshipping sites- the important ones being at
Amaravati and Nagarjuna Konda.
• They issued the maximum number of lead coins.
• Sangam Literature relates primarily to Pandyan kingdom but also contains information
about Cholas and Cheras.
• Tolkappiyam is the oldest book of Tamil grammar.
 Three Major Southern Kingdoms

12.2 The Chalukyas (6th - 7th Century AD)

• Pulkeshin I founded the Chalukya dynasty and established its capital at Vatapi.
• Pulkeshin II (609 AD - 642 AD) was the most important king.
• According to the Aihole inscriptions, he defeated Harshvardhana on the banks of river
Narmada in 619 AD.
• Narasimhavarman I defeated and killed Pulkeshin II and captured Vadani.
• Most of the Buddhist caves at Ajanta and Ellora were structured during the reign of the
Chalukyas.
• Aihole was the temple town of this period.

12.3 The Pallavas (560 AD – 903 AD)

• The Pallava dynasty was founded by Simhavishnu in 560 AD.
• Their Capital was at Kanch.
• Mahendravarman I was defeated by Pulakeshin II.
• Narasimhavarma I was the greatest king, and because he defeated Pulakeshin II and
captured Badan, he was known as Vatapi-Konda.
• Narshimhavarma II constructed the shore temple of Mahabalipuram and the Kailashnath
Temple of Kanchi.
• Narshimhavarma II was also a worshipper of Vishnu. He built the Vaikunthaperumal
Temple at Kanchi.
• Aparajita Pallav was the last ruler and was defeated by Aditya Chola.

Administrative Units of the Pallavas Names of the Chiefs

Mandal (Province) Rastrik
Nadu (District) Deshatric
Village (Kottam - Group of Villages) Gram Bhojak

12.4 The Rashtrakutas

Founded by Dantidurga in Deccan, their capital was located at Manyakheta or Malkhed.
Greatest kings of the Rashtrakuta dynasty were:
i) Govind III (796 AD - 814 AD)
ii) Amoghavarsha I (814 AD - 978 AD) - He had written the first Kannada book -
‗Kavirajamarga.‘ and Ratnamalika in Kannada.
iii) Krishna–I built the Kailash Temple at Ellora (in 9th century).
Administrative Units of the Rashtrakutas
Rashtras - the provinces
Visaya - the districts
Bhukti - the villages

12.5 The Cholas (850 -1200 AD)

• The Chola dynasty was founded by Vijayalaya in 850 AD.
• Early capital was situated at Uraiyur. Later the capital was shifted to Tanjore.
• Raja Raja I (985 AD - 1014 AD) was an important king.
- He constructed the Siva Temple at Tanjore which is also famous as Raja Rajeshvar
Temple.
• Rajendra I (1014 AD- 1044AD) was called the Napolean of South India.
• The Cholas were famous for naval power and for their village administration.
Administrative Units of the Cholas
• Mandlam, the provinces
• Valanadusnadus, the districts
• Taniyur, the large villages
• The Village Assembly was constituted of
Urs - the assembly of common people.
Abha - the assembly of brahmins.
Nagaram - the assembly of merchants.

Medieval India

It is marked by the beginning of the Sultanate of Delhi, which was established after the
conquest of Muhammad Ghori. The period of the Sultanate of Delhi ranges from AD
1206-1526. It is also considered as the beginning of Muslim rule in India.

Important Dynasties:

1. The Slave Dynasty period ranges from AD 1206-1290. It was founded by Qutab–ud-
din Aibak whose capital was at Lahore. The Qutub Minar at Delhi was also built by
Qutab–ud-din Aibak. Later Iltutmish got three more floors added to the Minar. Razia
Sultana, the only woman ruler of India, and Balban was the important ruler of the Slave
Dynasty. Balban had started the Persian Festival, ―NAUROZ‖.

2. The Khilji Dynasty was founded by Jalal-ud-din Khilji and its period ranges from
AD 1290-1320. Ala-ud-din Khilji was one of the most prominent rulers of this dynasty.
He started branding of horses and constructed Siri Fort at Delhi and Alai Darwaza near
Qutub Minar. He was famous for market reforms.

3. The Tughlaq dynasty was founded by Ghiyath-al-din-Tughlag and the period of this
dynasty ranges from AD 1320-1414. Ibn Buttuta was an important African traveller who
visited India in 1333.
Mohammed-Bin-Tughlaq introduced coins of brass and copper.
Feroz Shah Tughlaq was another important king and he constructed many towns.

4. The Lodhi dynasty was founded by Bahlol Lodhi and the period of this dynasty
ranges
from AD 1451–1526. Sikandar Lodhi and Ibrahim Lodhi were the other two prominent
rulers belonging to this dynasty. Sikandar Lodhi established Agra City and transferred
his capital from Agra to Delhi.

5. Mughal Dynasty (AD 1526-1857)

5.1 Babur - He is credited with the foundation of the Mughal empire by defeating
Ibrahim Lodhi in the First Battle of Panipat on April 20, 1526. His tomb is built at
Kabul, and his autobiography Baburnama is written in Turkish.

5.2 Humayun - He was the next emperor of the Mughal empire after Babur. His tomb is
in Delhi, his biography Humayu-Nama was written by Gulbadan Begum.

5.3 Akbar - He was the most successful Mughal emperor. An excellent leader, who
separated religion and politics, started a new religion called Din-e-Ilahi. He established
Fatehpur Sikri and Buland Darwaza near Agra. He abolished the Jazia Tax. Bairam Khan,
Akbar‘s General, fought the Second Battle of Panipat in 1556 and defeated Hemu. Two
important books Akbar-Nama and Ain-e-Akbari were written during Akbar‘s tenure by
Abul Fazal. His tomb is built at Sikandara near Agra.

5.4 Jehangir - The son of Akbar, who ascended the throne after Akbar‘s death, known
for his administration and strict sense of justice. He was the husband of Noor Jahan
Begum and had built Shalimar and Nishant Bagh. His autobiography is Tuzk-e-
Jahangiri and his tomb is built at Lahore.

5.5 Shahjahan - Famous ruler and son of Jehangir, who built the Taj Mahal at Agra, in
the memory of his wife Mumtaz Mahal. Jama Masjid and Red Fort are the other two
famous monuments that were built by him. He had transferred his capital from Agra to
Delhi.

5.6 Aurangzeb - A very cruel ruler and son of Shahjahan, who demolished several
religious structures of Hindus, and ruled for about 50 years. He constructed the ‗Moti
Masjid‘ in the Red Fort at Delhi and ‗Bibi ka Makbara‘ at Aurangabad.

The Mughal empire started declining with the attack of Nadir Shah who took with him
the famous Kohinoor Diamond to Afghanistan and peacock throne to Iran.

6. Suri Dynasty (1540-1555):

Sher Shah Suri (1540-1545) - He was a brilliant administrator who issued the Rupiah
and Paisa coins and built the famous Grand Trunk Road from Peshawar to Calcutta.
He constructed the Old Fort of Delhi. He came to power after Humayun and before
Akbar

Modern India

Coming of the Europeans

• Vasco-da-Gama discovered the sea route to India in 1498 and he belonged to Portugal. So Portugal was th
European country to start trade with India.
• The East India Company (EIC) of England came to India in 1602.
The first officer of the EIC, Captain Hawkins came to India in 1608 in the court of Jahangir, the then ruler
•
India.
• The EIC established its first factory at Surat in 1613.
• The first English Ambassador, Sir Thomas Roe, came to India in 1615 in the court of Jahangir.

Important Battles of Modern India

i) Battle of Plassey (1757)

Siraj-ud-Daulah, the Nawab of Bengal was defeated by the East India Co., under the
leadership of Lord Clive, the first governor of Bengal. It is also known as the Black Hole
Episode of the Indian history.

ii) Battle of Wandiwash (1760)

It was the decisive battle fought between the English and the French. The French rule in
India came to an end.

iii) Battle of Buxar (1764)

The joint army of Mir Quasim, former Nawab of Bengal Suja-ud-Daulah, Nawab of
Awadh and Shah Alam II was defeated by the English army under the leadership of
Captain Hector Munro.

The Regulating Act (1773)

In1773, the British Parliament initiated a series of administrative and economic reforms
in India. The post of Governor General for Bengal was created. Warren Hastings became
the first Governor General of Bengal. The Governor General and his council had all the
legislative powers. Supreme Court was established at Calcutta and Sir Elijah Impey
became the First Chief Justice of India.

Governor Generals (1774 - 1858)

1. Warren Hastings (1774 - 1785)

Warren Hastings was the first Governor General of Bengal. The foundation of the British
Empire was laid down by Lord Clive (first Governor of Bengal) and Warren Hastings
consolidated it.

2. Lord Cornwallis (1786 - 1793)

Lord Cornwallis is known as the father of Indian Civil Services. He introduced the
system of the Permanent Settlement, also called the Zamindari System, in 1793 in
Bengal. It was an agreement between East India Company and the Bengali landlords
(zamindars) for effective agricultural methods and productivity in the empire.

3. Lord Wellesley (1797 - 1805)

Lord Wellesely adopted the policy of Subsidiary Alliance. He established the Fort
William College at Calcutta.

4. Lord William Bentinck (1828 - 1835)

He was the first Governer General of India. He was a famous social reformer. He
abolished the Sati system in 1829. He introduced engineering education in India.

5. Lord Dalhousie (1845 - 1856)

Lord Dalhousie laid the foundation of railways in India. The first railway line was laid
between Bombay and Thane and began operating in 1853. He also started the first
telegram line in India between Agra and Calcutta. He introduced the Widow Remarriage
Act, opened post offices throughout India, established the Public Works Department, and
introduced The Doctrine of Lapse.

Viceroys of India

1. Lord Canning (1858 - 1862)

Lord Canning was the first Viceroy of India. He abolished The Doctrine of Lapse and
also established three major Indian universities at Calcutta, Bombay and Madras.

2. Lord Litton (1876 - 1880)

Lord Litton introduced The Vernacular Press Act, to curb the freedom of Indian Press.

3. Lord Rippon (1880 - 1884)

Lord Rippon was known as the father of Local Self Government. He started census for
the first time in India in 1881.He abolished The Vernacular Press Act and introduced
Illbert Bill.

4. Lord Curzon (1899 - 1904)

Lord Curzon was responsible for the partition of Bengal into East and West Bengal in
1905. He passed Indian University Act in 1904 and also passed The Indian Monuments
Act.
5. Lord Minto (1905 -1910)
During his tenure there was great unrest in India because of the the Indian Council Act or
the Minto Morley reforms passed in 1909.

6. Lord Hardinge (1910 - 1916)

During his tenure a Durbar was held at Delhi in 1911 to greet the King of England,
George V. Bengal was unified and Delhi was made the capital in place of Calcutta in
1911. Gate-way of India was constructed to greet him.

7. Lord Chelmsford (1916 - 1921)

Under Lord Chelmsford, The Government of India Act of 1919, popularly know as
Montague-Chelmsford reform was passed. The Jallianwala Bagh massacre took place on
13th April 1919. Rowlatt Act, also called the Black Bill, was passed in 1919. The Non -
Cooperation movement started in the year 1920.

8. Lord Reading (1921 - 1925)

The visit of the Duke of Connaught and the Prince of Wales to India was boycotted under
Lord Reading. Mahatma Gandhi called off Non-cooperation Movement in 1922 due to
Chauri-Chaura event.

9. Lord Irwin (1926 - 1931)

During Lord Irwin‘s reign, the Simon commission visited India in 1928. Civil
Disobedience movement was started in India by Mahatma Gandhi. Gandhi - Irwin pact
was signed in 1931. The First Round Table Conference was held in London. Indian
National Congress boycotted it.

10. Lord Willingdon (1931 - 1936)

Under Lord Willingdon, the second and third round table conferences were held at
London. The Poona pact was signed between Dr. B R Ambedker and Mahatma Gandhi.
Dr. B.R. Ambedkar participated in all thre round conference.

11. Lord Linlithgow (1936 - 1943)

Under him elections were held for the first time in 11 Indian states in 1939. Congress
ministries were formed in eight out of 11 provisions but subsequently resigned because
India was being dragged into the Second World War.

12. Lord Wavell (1943 - 1947)

Under him the Cabinet Mission came to India from London. The first meeting of the
Constituent Assembly was held on 9th December, 1946.

13. Lord Mountbatten (March 13, 1947 to 14 August 1947)

Under him an act for Indian independence was passed by British Parliament. He was the
last British Governor General of independent India.

Presidents of Indian National Congress (Important Sessions)

Session No. Year Place President
1 1885 Bombay W. C. Bannerjee
3 1887 Madras BadurddinTyabji
4 1888 Allahabad George Yule
9 1893 Lahore Dadabhai Naoroji
21 1905 Banaras G. K. Gokhale
22 1906 Kolkata Dadabhai Naoroji
Dr. Rash Bihari
23 1907 Surat
Ghosh
33 1917 Kolkata Mrs.Annie Besant
Delhi (Annual
35 1918 M. M. Malyviya
Session)
36 1919 Amritsar Lala Lajpat Rai
57 1939 Tripura Dr. Rajendra Prasad

Important Socio-Religious Organisations

Year Place Name of the Organisation Founder

1815 Calcutta Atmiya Sabha Ram Mohan Roy
1828 Calcutta Brahmo Samaj Ram Mohan Roy
1829 Calcutta Dharma Sabha Radhakanta Dev
1867 Bombay Prarthna Samaj Atmaram Pandurang
Swami Dayanand
1875 Bombay Arya Samaj
Saraswati
Madam H.P.
New York
1875 Theosophical Society Blavatsky and
(USA)
Col. H.S. Olcott
1878 Calcutta Sadharan Brahmo Samaj Anand Mohan Bose
1886 Pune (Poona) Deccan Education Society G.G. Agarkar
Muhammadan Educational
1887 Aligarh Syed Ahmad Khan
Conference
1887 Bombay Indian National Conference M.G. Ranade
Shivnarayan
1887 Lahore Deva Samaj
Agnihotri
1897 Belur Ramakrishna Mission Swami Vivekanand
Gopalakrishna
1905 Bombay Servents of Indian Society
Gokhale
 1911 Bombay Social Service League N.M. Joshi
1914 Allahabad Seva Samiti H.N. Kunzru

Important Milestones of Modern India

Event Year Related Facts

First War of Mangal Pandey was a prominent figure. He killed
1857
Independence two British sepoys at Barrackpore.
Government of
1858 Direct governance of British Crown over India.
India Act
Formation of
A. O. Hume was the founder. W.C. Banerjee was the
Indian National 1885
first president of Indian National Congress.
Congress
Partition of
1905 Bengal was divided on the basis of religion.
Bengal
Swadeshi Indian National Congress adopted a resolution on 7th
1905
Movement August 1905 to boycott all foreign goods.
Formation of
1906 Founded by Aga Khan and Salimuddin at Dhaka.
Muslim League
Morley–Minto Under these reforms, a separate electorate was made
1909
Reforms for Muslims during the leadership of Lord Minto.
Home Rule 1915- Annie Besant started the movement in September
Movement 16 1916.
Congress and Muslim League held their sessions at
Lucknow Pact 1916 Lucknow, which strengthened the Hindu–Muslim
unity.
It gave unstoppable powers to the government to
Rowlatt Act 1919 arrest and imprison suspects, without even having
a trial.
Because of firing, under the orders of General O‘
Jallianwala Bagh
1919 Dyer, many people were killed, while attending a
Massacre
public meeting at Jallianwala Bagh in Amritsar.
Khilafat This was an anti–British movement started by two
1920
Movement brothers Shaukat and Muhammad Ali.
Gandhiji pioneered the movement which included
Non-Cooperation
1920 the boycott of foreign goods and refusing
Movement
government work.
Simon Commission was dispatched to India in 1927
Simon
1927 to study constitutional reforms. Simon Commission
Commission
was confronted by throngs of protesters in India.
 Lala Lajpat Rai died of his injuries due to Lathi
charge in a procession against the Commission.
Gandhiji marched from his Sabarmati Ashram,
Dandi March
1930 which was basically a form of protest against the tax
(Salt Satyagraha)
on salt imposed by the British Government.
Passed on the basis of the Simon Commission report,
Government of
1935 it envisaged the structure of the government under
India Act
the direct governance of the ‗British Crown‘.
Quit India Mahatma Gandhi led this movement and asked the
1942
Movement Britishers to leave India.
Cabinet Mission This envisaged forming an interim government in
1946
Plan India
Formation of the Without the Muslim league‘s participation under the
Constituent 1946 Assembly predisency of Dr. Rajendra Prasad, the
Assembly Constituent Assembly was formed.
Indian Independence Act of 1947 was responsible for
Partition of India 1947
the partition of India.
Constitution
1950 The Constitution came into force on 26th Jan, 1950.
Enforcement

THE EARTH

Earth is the third planet in the solar system in terms of distance from the Sun, and the
fifth largest in size. It is also the largest amongst its planetary system‘s terrestrial planets,
making it the largest solid body in the solar system, and it is the only planet in the
universe known to support life. The Earth was formed around 4.57 billion years ago and
its largest natural satellite, the Moon, was orbiting it shortly thereafter, around 4.533
billion years ago.

THE SHAPE OF THE EARTH

The Earth‘s shape is that of an oblate spheroid, with an average diameter of

approximately 12,742 km (~ 40,000 km /p).

THE COMPOSITION OF THE EARTH

The mass of the Earth is approximately 5.98 ×1024 kg. It comprises of iron (35.1%),
oxygen (28.2%), silicon (17.2%), magnesium (15.9%), nickel (1.6%), calcium (1.6%)
and aluminum (1.5%).

THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE EARTH

The interior of the Earth, like that of the other terrestrial planets, is chemically divided
into layers. The Earth has an outer silicate solid crust, a highly viscous mantle, a liquid
outer core that is much less viscous than the mantle, and a solid inner core.

1. Earth’s Hydrosphere
The abundance of water on Earth is a unique feature that distinguishes ‗The Blue Planet‘
from the other planets in the Solar System. Approximately, 71% of the Earth is covered
by water and only 29% is solid land.

The Earth‘s hydrosphere mainly consists of oceans, but technically includes all water
surfaces in the world, including inland seas, lakes, rivers, and underground waters. The
average depth of the oceans is 3,794 m (12,447 ft), more than five times the average
height of the continents.

2. Earth’s Atmosphere : It consists of the following layers:

• Troposphere - This is the lowermost part of the atmosphere in which we live, and
which is the theatre for almost all the weather phenomena.
• Stratosphere - Above troposphere is the stratosphere, which is important primarily
because of the presence of ozone. This layer of calm and clear air is preferred for high-
speed jet flights because of the absence of air pockets.
• Mesophere - Above stratosphere is mesosphere, which is more of a transitional layer.
• Ionosphere - Above mesosphere lies the ionosphere, which has electrically conducting
layers that help in radio communication.
• Exosphere - The outermost layer of the Earth‘s atmosphere is known as the Exosphere.

Kinds of Rocks
Rocks are naturally occuring aggregate of minerals. The Earth‘s crust and mantle are
formed of rocks. The study of rocks is called Petrology. Rocks are classified by their
mineral and chemical composition, texture of the constituent particles and the process by
which they are formed. The transformation of one rock type to another through
geographical process is called the Rock Cycle.

Types of Rocks

i. Igneous Rocks – Igneous rocks are formed when the molten magma or lava slowly
cools and crystallises within the Earth‘s crust. Examples of the Igneous rock are
granite,basalt, etc.

ii. Sedimentary Rocks – Sedimentary rocks are formed by the deposition of organic and
non-organic matter over a period of time. The process of deposition is called
sedimentation. Commonly known sedimentary rocks are coal, limestone, sandstone etc.

iii. Metamorphic Rocks – Pressure and change in temprature under the Earth‘s surface
cause Igneous and Sedimentary rocks to undergo change. This change leads to the
formation of Metamorphic Rocks.

IMPORTANT GEOGRAPHICAL TERMS

i. Latitude and Longitude - Latitude is the angular disance of a point on the Earth‘s
surface, measured in degrees from the centre of the Earth. Longitude is the angular
distance, measured in degrees along the equator, east or west of the Prime Meridian (the
meridian that passes through Greenwich near London).

ii. International Date Line – It is the line that passes through 180º East or West
meridian of longitude which falls on the opposite side of the Greenwich meridian. One
day is added when this line is crossed East to West and a day is deducted when the line
passes West to East.

iii. Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) – GMT refers to the 0º longitude that passes through
Greenwich near London.
iv. Indian Standard Time (IST) - IST refers to the longitude that passes through
Allahabad and is hours ahead of the GMT.

v. Solstice - It is the date on which the Sun shines vertically over a tropic when the days
and nights are the longest and the shortest. On the 22nd of June the sun shines vertically
over the Tropic of Cancer and this date is termed as Summer Solstice for the Northern
Hemisphere and Winter Solstice for the Southern Hemisphere. Similarly, on December
22nd, the Sun shines vertically over the Tropic of Capricorn. Hence it is Summer Solstice
for Southern Hemisphere and Winter Solstice for the Northern Hemisphere.

vi. Equinox - It means two days during the year when the day and night are almost equal
throughout the World because the Sun shines vertically over the Equator. March 21st is
called the Vernal Equinox and September 23rd is called the Autumnal Equinox.

vii. Equator - The Equator represents the imaginary line passing around the Earth midway
between the North and South poles. It divides the Earth into two equal parts.

viii. Meridians - They represent the imaginary lines drawn out on the global map from
pole to pole and perpendicular to the Equator. Prime Meridian is the 0 degree meridian,
which passes through Greenwich, a place near London.

ix. Aphelion - Aphelion refers to that position of the Earth in its orbit, when it is at the
greatest distance from the Sun (about 152 million kms). The Earth reaches this position
during the northern summer. This term also refers to the position of any other planet or a
comet, when it is at its greatest distance from the Sun.

x. Perihelion - Perihelion refers to the nearest point of a heavenly body in its orbit
around the Sun. The Earth at perihelion is at a distance of about 147 million kms from the
Sun.

xi. Apogee - Apogee refers to the position of the orbit of the moon when it is at its
greatest distance from Earth. This is approximately 406,000 kms for the Earth.

xii. Perigee - Perigee refers to the point of the moon when it is at its minimum distance
from the Earth. This distance is approximately 364,000 kms.

xiii. Cyclone - Any area of low pressure around which the air turns in the same direction
as the Earth is a cyclone. In the Indian Ocean, a tropical storm with masses of air turning
rapidly round a low pressure area is called a tropical cyclone.

xiv. Typhoon - It is the name given to a tropical cyclone in the Far East.

xv. Hurricane - It is a tropical storm in the Caribbean or West Pacific Ocean, with
extremely strong winds. The wind force reaches 12 on the Beaufort scale.
xvi. Tornado - It is a type of whirlwind which is formed by rising air currents associated
with large cumulonimbus clouds. It rotates in an anticlockwise direction in the Northern
Hemisphere and in a clockwise direction in the Southern Hemisphere.
xvii. Estuary - It is the tidal mouth of a river where the salt water of the tide meets the
fresh water of the river current.

xviii. Isobars - Lines on the map denoting places experiencing equal pressure.

xix. Isobaths - Lines denoting equal depths in the Sea.

xx. Isobronts - Lines joining places experiencing a thunderstorm at the same time.

xxi. Isochrones - Lines joining places located at equal travel time from a common centre.

xxii. Isogonics - Lines joining places with the same magnetic declination.

xxiii. Isorymes - Lines denoting places experiencing equal frost.

xxiv. Isoseismics - Lines denoting places experiencing equal seismic activity.

CONTINENTS OF THE WORLD

LARGEST AND SMALLEST COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD

The 10 Largest Countries

The 10 Smallest Countries

THE SEAS OF THE WORLD

The 10 largest seas of the World and the area covered by them
The world‘s largest salt water lake (Inland sea), is Russia‘s Caspian Sea. It has an area of
372,000 Sq. Km.

The largest fresh water lake is Lake Superior, Canada, with an area of 82,100 Sq Km.

THE PEAKS OF THE WORLD

The Tibetan name for Mt. Everest is Chomolungma, which means ―Goddess mother of
the world‖. The 10 highest peaks of the World, all of which are in the Himalayas, are as
follows
* Source – World Atlas
MOST POPULOUS COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD

Most Populous Countries

SMALLEST POPULOUS COUNTRIES OF THE WORLD

COUNTRIES, CAPITALS AND CURRENCIES

Country Capital Currency

Afghanistan Kabul Afghani
Albania Tirane Lek
Algeria Algiers Dinar
Principality of An Dorra Andorra La Vieille Franc
Angola Luanda Kwanza
Argentina Buenos Aires Peso
Australia Canberra Australian Dollar
Austria Vienna Schilling
Bahrain Manama Bahraini Dinar
Bangladesh Dhaka Taka
Barbados Bridgetown Barbados Dollar
Belgium Brussels Euro
Belize Belmopan Belize Dollar
 Benin Porto Novo Franc
Ngultrum (fixed at par
Bhutan Thimphu
with Indian rupee)

Country Capital Currency

Bolivia La paz/Sucre The Boliviano
Botswana Gaborone Pula
Brazil Brasilia Real
Bulgaria Sofia Lev
Burundi Bujumbura Burundi Franc
Cambodia Phnom-Penh Riel
Cameroon Yaounde CFA Franc
Canada Ottawa Dollar
Central African Republic
Bangui CFA Franc
(CAR)
Chad N‘Djamena CFA Franc
Chile Santiago Peso
China Beijing Renmimbi (Yuan)
Colombia Bogota Colombian Peso
Congo Kinshasa Congolese Franc
Costa Rica San Jose Costan Rican Colon
Cuba Havana Peso
Cyprus Nicosia Cyprun Pound
Czech Republic Prague The Koruna
Denmark Copenhagen Danish Krone
Djibouti Djibouti Djibouti Franc
Dominican Republic Santo Domingo Peso
Ecuador Quito US Dollar and Sucre
Egypt Cairo Egyptian Pound
El Salvador San Salvador Colon
Equatorial Guinea Malabo CFA Franc
Ethiopia Addis Ababa Birr
Fiji Suva Dollar
Finland Helsinki Euro
France Paris Euro
Gabon Liberville CFA Franc
The Gambia Banjul Dalasi
 Germany Berlin Euro
Ghana Accra Cedi
Greece Athens Euro
Grenada St. George‘s East Carribean Dollar
Guatemala Guatemala City Quetzal

Country Capital Currency

Guyana Georgetown Guyana Dollar
Honduras Tegucigalpa Lempira
Hong Kong Victoria HK Dollar
Hungary Budapest Forint
Iceland Reykjavik Krona
India New Delhi Rupee
Indonesia Jakarta Rupiah
Iran Teheran Rial
Iraq Baghdad Iraqi Dinar
Ireland Dublin Euro
Israel Jerusalem New Shekel
Italy Rome Euro
Jamaica Kingston Dollar
Japan Tokyo Yen
Jordan Amman Dinar
Kenya Nairobi Shilling
Korea (North) Pyongyang Won
Korea (South) Seoul Won
Kuwait Kuwait City Kuwaiti Dinar
Laos Vientiane Kip
Lebanon Beirut Pound
Libya Tripoli Libyan Dinar
Malaysia Kuala Lumpur Ringgit
Malawi Lilongwe Kwacha
Maldives Male Rufiya
Mauritius Port Louis Maurituan Rupee
Mongolia Ulan Bartor Tugrik
Myanmar (Burma) Yangon Kyat
Namibia Windhoek Dollar
Nepal Kathmandu Nepalese Rupee
 Netherlands Amsterdam Euro
New Zealand Wellington NZ Dollar
Nigeria Abuja Naira
Norway Oslo Krone
Oman Muscat Rial
Pakistan Islamabad Rupees
Peru Lima New Sol
Philippines Manila Peso

Country Capital Currency

Poland Warsaw Zloty
Portugal Lisbon Euro
Puerto Rico San Juan US Dollar
Qatar Doha Riyal (QAR)
Romania Bucharest Leu
Russia Moscow Rouble
Rwanda Kigali Franc
Riyadh (Royal),
Saudi Arabia Rial
Jeddah (Administrative)
Seychelles Victoria Rupee
Singapore Singapore City Singapore Dollar
Pretoria
South Africa (Administrative),Cape Rand
Town (Legislative)
Spain Madrid Euro
Sri Lanka Colombo Rupee
Sudan Khartoum Dinar
Sweden Stockholm Krona
Switzerland Berne Franc
Syria Damascus Syrian Pound
Taiwan Taipei New Taiwan Dollar
Tanzania Dodoma Shilling
Thailand Bangkok Baht
Tunisia Tunis Dinar
Turkey Ankara Turkish Lira
Uganda Kampala Uganda Shilling
United Arab Emirates
Abu Dhabi Dirham
(UAE)
United Kingdom (UK) London Pound Sterling
United States of
Washington D.C. Dollar
America
Uruguay Montevideo Peso
Venezuela Caracas Bolivar
Yemen Sana‘a Rial
Zambia Lusaka Kwacha
Zimbabwe Harare Dollar

NATIONAL EMBLEMS OF COUNTRIES

NEW NAMES OF COUNTRIES AND STATES

IMPORTANT INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARIES

Durand Line : Boundary between India & Afghanistan.

Hindenburg Line : Boundary between Germany & Poland.
McMohan Line : Boundary between China & India.
Maginot Line : Boundary between France & Germany.
Radcliffe Line : Boundary between India & Pakistan.
17th parallel : Defined the boundary between North Vietnam & South Vietnam before
the two were united.
38th parallel : Boundary line between North Korea & South Korea.
49th parallel : Boundary line between USA & Canada.
Siegfried Line : The line between Germany and France

INDIA AT A GLANCE

India, the seventh largest country of the world, accounts for about 2.4% of the total world
area. It is bounded by the great Himalayas and other snowy mountains in the north. The
 country stretches southwards and at the Tropic of Cancer, narrows down and ends into
the Indian Ocean between the Bay of Bengal on the East and the Arabian Sea on the
West.

Location
India lies on the Northern Hemisphere between parallels of latitude 37o6‘ and 8o4‘ North
and between the Meridians of longitude 68o7‘ E and 97o25‘ East.

Dimensions
The land area covered by Indian mainland is 32, 87,780 Sq Kms. It measures about 3214
Kms from North to South and 2933 Kms from East to West. The length of the Indian
coastline is 7615 Kms. It is bounded by Arabian Sea in the West, the Indian Ocean in the
South and the Bay of Bengal in the East. The coastline of India is not indented and the
sea on the coast is not very deep. The Western coast is rocky while the Eastern coast is
shallow. Therefore, India does not have many good harbours. Only Mumbai and Goa are
natural harbours while all the other are artificial.

Population
India is the second largest country in the World in terms of population. According to the
2001 census, the population of India was about 10287 crore (16.87% of the World
population). The number of males in 2001 was 53.13 crore while the number of females
was 49.57 crore. The density of population in India is about 324 persons per square km.
The life expectancy is 64 years and the present literacy rate in 2005 was 65.38 percent.

Neighbours
To the North of the country lie China, Nepal, Bhutan and Afghanistan. The East of the
country is surrounded by Myanmar and Bangladesh. Towards the West of India lies
Pakistan and in the South, the Indian mainland is surrounded by Sri Lanka.

INDIAN AGRICULTURE
India primarily has an agrarian economy. About 2/3rd of the population is engaged in
agricuture and it provides livelihood to about 60% of the population. About 43% of the
total land area in India is under agricultural cultivation. It is the second largest contributor
to the national income, and accounted for 16% of the national income.

Major Soil Types

The major types of soil found in India are:

i. Alluvial Soil – Alluvial soil is formed due the deposition of particles such as silt, gravel
and sand by the rivers in the plains. It is the most fertile soil form found in India and is
generally found in regions of Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Bihar, Haryana and parts of West
Bengal. This soil type facilitates the cultivation of cereals, pulses, sugarcane and wheat.

ii. Black Soil - Also known as the cotton soil, this soil type is rich in iron, lime and
alluminium. It covers 30 percent of the total area of the country. Black soil is generally
found in Madhya Pradesh, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu and
facilitates the cultivation of cotton, wheat, oil seeds and tobacco.

iii. Red Soil – This soil is red in colour because of the presence of Iron oxides. It is
mainly found in Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Orissa and Chattisgarh and facilitates the
cultivation of wheat, millets, potato and chillies.

iv. Laterite Soil – Laterite soil is highly leached and the least fertile soil type found in
India. It is mainly found in Kerala, Karnataka and Tamil Nadu and facilitates the
cultivation of tea, coffee, and cashew nut.

Largest Producers of Major Food Crops

Crops State
Rice 1 West Bengal
2 Punjab
Wheat 1 Uttar Pradesh
2 Punjab
Maize 1 Madhya Pradesh
2 Andhra Pradesh
Total Coarse Cereals 1 Maharashtra
2 Karnataka
Total Pulses 1 Madhya Pradesh
2 Uttar Pradesh
Total Foodgrains 1 Uttar Pradesh
2 Punjab
Groundnut 1 Gujarat
2 Tamil Nadu
Rapessed & Mustard 1 Rajasthan
2 Uttar Pradesh
Soyabean 1 Madhya Pradesh
2 Maharashtra
Suflower 1 Karnataka
2 Andhra Pradesh
Total Oilseeds 1 Madhya Pradesh
2 Maharashtra
Cash Crops Sugarcane 1 Uttar Pradesh
2 Maharashtra
Cotton 1 Maharashtra
2 Gujarat
Jute & Mesta 1 West Bengal
2 Bihar
Potato 1 Uttar Pradesh
 2 West Bengal
Onion 1 Maharashtra
2 Gujarat

MAJOR RIVERS OF INDIA

There are four major river routes found in India. These are:

1) Himalayan Rivers – The Himalayan Rivers are snow fed and have water throughout
the year. During monsoon heavy rainfall in the Himalayan region causes frequent floods
in these rivers. The major Himalayan rivers are:
• The Indus and its tributaries- Jhelum, Chenab, Ravi, Beas and Sutlej.
• The Ganges and its tributaries- Yamuna, Chambal, Betwa, Sone, Ghagra, Gandak,
Gomti etc.
• Brahmaputra and its tributary - Tista.

2) Peninsular Rivers - The Peninsular rivers are only rain fed and fluctuate in volume
and a large number of streams dry up after monsoon. The major peninsular rivers are:
• Mahanadi
• Krishna
• Kaveri – known as the ―Ganga of South India‖.
• Godavari
• Narmada
• Tapi (also known as Tapti)

3) Coastal Rivers - The coastal rivers, especially on the West Coast, are short and have
limited catchment areas. Most of these are non-perennial as well. Periyar, Mithi and
Mandovi are major coastal rivers of India.
4) Rivers of the inland drainage basin - The rivers on the inland drainage basin consists
of those in Western Rajasthan which are very few and short lived, like the Sambhar,
which is lost in the desert sands, and the Loni that drains into the Rann of Kutch.

Major River Projects

Name of the Project River State

Bhakra Nangal Project Satluj Punjab
Damodar Valley Project Damodar Jharkhand
Farakka Barrage Project Ganga West Bengal
Hirakund Dam Project Mahanadi Orissa
Nagarjunasagar Project Krishna Karnataka
Tehri Dam Project Bhilangana, Bhagirathi Uttrakhand

INDIA’S MINERAL WEALTH

India has certain basic and useful minerals such as iron and coal. India is very rich in
 iron, coal, aluminium, limestone, manganese, titanium, thorium and mica but does not
have large reserves of mineral oil, sulphur, lead and tin.

India is the largest producer of mica blocks and mica splittings, ranks third in the
production of coal, fourth in iron ore, sixth in bauxite and manganese ore, tenth in
aluminium and eleventh in crude steel.

1. Iron
Ranked fourth in the world in iron ore production, India has almost one-fourth of the
world‘s iron ore reserves. Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Jharkhand, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh
and Orissa are major iron bearing areas. Singhbhum (Jharkhand), Keonjhar, Bonai and
Mayurbhanj (all Orissa) are areas with richest iron deposits in the world. The major iron
ore mines are at Chanda, Bastar and Durg districts in Chhattisgarh.

2. Manganese
Ranked sixth in the world for production of manganese, India is a major exporter of
manganese and possesses one-third of the world‘s reserves. It is an important mineral
used for the production of steel. A major portion of the deposits is found in Karnataka,
Tamil Nadu, Rajasthan, Himachal Pradesh and Jammu and Kashmir.

3. Mica
India‘s is the world‘s largest producer of Mica. The majority of this product (almost
60%) comes from Jharkhand. Apart from Jharkhand, Rajasthan and Andhra Pradesh are
the major producers of Mica in the country. Since the domestic consumption is not very
large most of the Mica produce
is exported.

4. Coal
Ranked third in the production of coal, 80 per cent of the coal is extracted from the mines
in West Bengal and Jharkhand. Huge coal reserves exist in Rani Ganj (West Bengal) and
Jharia (Jharkhand). Other coal bearing areas are in Orissa, Andhra Pradesh, Madhya
Pradesh and Maharashtra.

5. Bauxite
Bauxite is an aluminium ore which is mainly found in Orissa, Madhya Pradesh,
Jharkhand, Andhra Pradesh and Gujarat. These are also the largest aluminium producing
areas of the country.

Major Indian Industries and Industrial Regions

• Aircraft - Bangalore and Kanpur.
• Cement - Andhra Pradesh, Jharkhand, Gujarat, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan
and Tamil Nadu.
• Cotton Textile - Gujarat, Maharashtra, Tamil Nadu, West Bengal, Uttar Pradesh,
Andhra Pradesh, Karnataka, Kerala, Madhya Pradesh and Rajasthan.
• Glass - Firozabad, Jabalpur, Amritsar, Ambala, West Bengal and Tamil Nadu.
• Jute - West Bengal
 • Leather - Kanpur, Batanagar, Dighaghat, Deonar, Chembur, Chennai, Agra,
Coimbatore and Bangalore.
• Paper - Nepanagar, Pune, Saharanpur, Orissa, and Mumbai.
• Rail Engine and Coaches - Chittaranjan Locomotives Works at Chittaranjan, Diesel
Locomotives at Varanasi, Rail Coaches at Integral Coach Factory at Perambur and Rail
Coach Factory at Kapurthala.
• Silk - Karnataka, West Bengal and Jammu and Kashmir.
• Sugar - Maharashtra, Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Punjab and Tamil Nadu.

INDIAN STATES

States Capital Since Former Capital

Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar 1972 —
Andhra Pradesh Hyderabad 1956 —
Assam Guwahati 1972 Shillong (1874-1972)
Bihar Patna 1936 —
Chhattisgarh Raipur 2000 —
Goa Panaji 1961 —
Gujarat Gandhinagar 1970 Ahmedabad (1960-1970)
Haryana Chandigarh 1966 —
Himachal Pradesh Shimla 1948 —
Srinagar (Summer)
Jammu and Kashmir 1948 —
Jammu (Winter)
Jharkhand Ranchi 2000 —
Karnataka Bengaluru 1956 —
Kerala Thiruvananthapuram 1956 Kochi (1949-1956)
Madhya Pradesh Bhopal 1956 —
Maharashtra Mumbai 1960 —
Manipur Imphal 1947 —
Meghalaya Shillong 1970 —
Mizoram Aizawl 1972 —
Nagaland Kohima 1963 —
Orissa Bhubaneshwar 1948 Cuttack (1936-1948)
Lahore (1936-1947)
Punjab Chandigarh 1966
Shimla (1947-1966)
Rajasthan Jaipur 1948 —
Sikkim Gangtok 1975 —
Tamil Nadu Chennai 1956 —
Tripura Agartala 1956 —
 Uttaranchal Dehradun 2000 —
Uttar Pradesh Lucknow 1937 —
West Bengal Kolkata 1905 —

INDIAN UNION TERRITORIES

States Capital Since Former Capital

Andaman and Nicobar
Port Blair 1956 —
Islands
Chandigarh Chandigarh 1966 —
Dadra and Nagar Haveli Silvassa 1961 —
Daman and Diu Daman 1987 —
Delhi (NCT) Delhi 1956 —
Lakshadweep Kavaratti 1956 —
Puducherry Puducherry 1954 —

National Parks and Wild Life Sancturies of India

Name of the National Parks State and famous For

Gir Forests Home of Asiatic lion, Gujarat
Kaziranga Sanctuary One horned rhino, Assam
Manas Sanctuary One horned rhino, Assam
Chandraprabha Sanctuary 2nd home of Asiatic lion, Uttar Pradesh
Ghana or Keoladeo Bird Sanctuary Bharatpur, Rajasthan
Dachigam Sanctuary Hangul, Kashmir
Corbett National Park Home of Tiger, Uttaranchal
Kanha National Park Madhya Pradesh
Shiv Puri National Park Madhya Pradesh
Hazaribagh National Park Jharkhand
Periyar Game Sanctuary Elephants, Kerala
Dudhwa National Park Uttar Pradesh
Vedanthangal Bird Sanctuary Tamil Nadu
Nokrek National Park Meghalaya
Sariska Sanctuary Rajasthan
Ranthambhor National Park Rajasthan
Namdapha National Park Arunachal Pradesh
Keibul Lamjo Floating National Park Manipur
Palamau Tiger Project Bihar
Simlipal National Park Orrisa
Ranganthittoo Bird Sanctuary Mysore, Karnataka
 Nagarhole National Park Karnataka
Mudumalai Sanctuary Tamil Nadu
Balpakram Sanctuary Meghalaya
Bandipur Sanctuary Along the Karnataka - Tamil Nadu Border
Jaldapara Sanctuary Rhinos, West Bengal
Wild Ass Sanctuary Wild Ass, Rann of Kutch, Gujarat

Important Towns on Rivers

Town River Town River

At the confluence
Allahabad of the Ganga and Kota Chambal
Yamuna

Patna Ganga Jabalpur Narmada

Varanasi Ganga Ujjain Kshipra
Kanpur Ganga Surat Tapti
Hardwar Ganga Jamshedpur Swarnarekha
Badrinath Alaknanda Agra Yamuna
Delhi Yamuna Guwahati Brahmaputra
Mathura Yamuna Kolkata Hooghly
Ferozpur Satluj Sambalpur Mahanadi
Ludhiana Satluj Cuttack Mahanadi
Srinagar Jhelum Serianagapatnam Cauvery
Lucknow Gomti Hyderabad Musi
Jaunpur Gomti Nasik Godavari
Ayodhya Saryu Vijayvada Krishna
Bareilly Ram Ganga Tiruchirapalli Cauvery
Ahmedabad Sabarmati

BRANCHES OF SCIENCE

Acoustics : The study of sound and sound waves

Aerodynamics : The study of forces acting upon bodies in motion in the air (e.g., aircraft, missiles,
Aeronautics : The study of all activities pertaining to aerial locomotion (art of flying)
Anatomy : The science of the structure of th e animal/human body learnt by dissection.
A branch of medicine concerned with administration of anaesthetics and the condi
Anaesthesiology :
of the patient while under anaesthesia.
Anthropology : The study of the origin and physical and cultural development of mankind.
 A scientific study of the material remains of the past as evidence of man‘s life, cul
Archaeology :
and history.
Astrophysics : A branch of astronomy dealing with the physical nature of heav enly bodies.
Astronomy : The science of heavenly bodies (planets)
Bacteriology : A branch of microbiology dealing with bacteria
Biology : The science of living organisms; subdivided into Botany and Zoology
Biophysics : The physics of the vital processes of living organisms
Botany : The science of the plant kingdom
Cardiology : A branch of medicine dealing with the heart
Ceramics : The art of making objects from clay
Chemistry : The study of elements, their behaviour and laws of their combination, etc.
Cosmetology : The study of cosmetics and their use
Cosmology : The study of the universe—its origin, nature, structure and evolution
Cytopathology : The study of diseased cells
Dermatology : A branch of medicine dealing with skin
Dietetics : The science of diet and nutrition
Entomology : Deals with study of insects
Endocrinology : The study of glands
Genetics : A branch of biology dealing with heredity and the laws that govern it
Geology : A study of the chemical composition of the earth‘s crust
Gerontology : A branch medicine studying the ageing process, problems and diseases
Gynaecology : A branch of medicine dealing with female diseases of the reproduction system
Haematology : A branch of medicine studying blood and its disorders
Hepatology : A branch of medicine dealing with liver
Horticulture : A branch of agricultural science dealing with flowers, fruits, vegetables, etc.
The science of water with reference to its occurrence and properties in the hydrosp
Hydrology :
and atmosphere
Hygiene : A branch of medicine dealing with health and its presevation
Immunology : A branch of medicine dealing with the immune system of the body
Neuropathology : A branch of medicine dealing with changes produced by diseases in the nervous s
Obstetrics : A branch of medicine dealing with pregnancy, labour and child birth
Oncology : A branch of medicine dealing with tumours
Ophthalmology : A branch of medicine dealing with eyes and related problems
Ornithology : The science of birds
A branch of medicine dealing with diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the skel
Orthopaedics :
system (bones)
Paediatrics : A branch of medicine dealing with child diseases (infants)
A branch of medicine that deals with etiologies, mechanisms and manifestation of
Pathology :
diseases
Physiology : A study of the life processes of various organs of living organisms
Psychiatry : The study and treatment of mental and emotional disorders
Radiology : A branch of medical science dealing with the use of x-rays for diagnosis and treatm
Zoology : A branch of biology that deals with animal life

SCIENTIFIC INVENTIONS

x Inventor(s) Country Year

Adding Machine
Blaise Pascal France 1642
(Pascaline)
Aeroplane Wright brothers US 1903
Ballpoint Pen Laszlo Biro Hungary 1938
Barometer E. Torricelli Italy 1644
Bicycle Kirkpatrick Scotland 1839
Bicycle Tyre J.B. Dunlop Scotland 1888
Centigrade Scale A. Celsius France 1742
Computer Charles Babbage Britain 1820
A.L. and
Cinema France 1895
J.L. Lumiere
Clock (mechanical) Hsing and Ling-Tsan China 1725
Clock (pendulum) C. Hugyens The Netherlands 1656
Diesel Engine Rudolf Diesel Germany 1892
Dynamite Alfred Nobel Sweden 1866
Dynamo Michael Faraday England 1831
Electric Lam Thomas Alva Edison US 1879
Electromagnet W. Sturgeon England 1825
Elevator E G Otis US 1852
Fountain Pen L.E. Waterman US 1884
Gas Lighting William Murdoch Scotland 1794
Gramophone Thomas Alva Edison US 1877
Jet Engine Sir Frank Whittle England 1937
Locomotive Richard Trevithic England 1804
Machine Gun Richard Gatling US 1861
Match (safety) J.E. Lundstrom Sweden 1844
Microphone Alexander Graham Bell US 1876

Z. Janssen The Netherlands 1590

Microscope
Motor Car (Petrol) Karl Benz Germany 1885
 Motorcycle Daimler Germany 1885
Parachute JPF Blanchard France 1785
Photography (film) John Carbott US 1888
Printing Press J. Gutenberg Germany 1455
Razor (safety) K.C. Gillette US 1895
Refrigerator J. Harrison and A. Catlin Britain 1850
Safety Pin Walter Hunt US 1849
Sewing Machine B. Thimmonnier France 1829
Ship (steam) J.C. Perier France 1775
Ship (turbine) Sir Charles Parsons Britain 1894
Steam Engine
Thomas Newcombe Britain 1712
(piston)
Steam Engine James Watt Scotland 1765
Stainless Steel Harry Brearley England 1913
Submarine D. Bushnell US 1776
Telegraph Sir Ernest Swington France 1787
Telegraph Code Samuel F.B. Morse US 1837
Telephone Alexander Graham Bell US 1876
Telescope Hans Lippershey The Netherlands 1608
Television John Logie Baird Scotland 1926
Thermometer Galileo Galilei Italy 1593
Bardeen, Shockley and
Transistor US 1948
Brattain
Typewriter P Tari Italy 1808
Watch Manfredi Italy 1462
X-ray Wilhelm Roentgen Germany 1895
Zip Fastener W.L. Judson US 1891

SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS

Instrument Name Uses

Ammeter Instrument used for measuring electric current
Barometer Instrument used for measuring atmospheric pressure
 Calorimeter Instrument used for measuring heat quantity
Cardiograph (ECG) Instrument used for recording movements of the heart
Electrometer Instrument used for measuring small electric current
Endoscope Instrument used to examine internal body organs
Galvanometer Instrument used for measuring electric current
Hydrometer Instrument used to relative density of liquids
Hygrometer Instrument used to measure atmospheric humidity
Lactometer Instrument used to measure relative density of milk
Manometer Instrument used to measure pressure of gases
Micrometer Instrument used to measure distances
Microscope Instrument used to very minute objects
Periscope Instrument used in submarines to views objects above sea level
Instrument used to record changes in the physiological process
Polygraph
in the body
Salinometer Instrument to measure salinity in liquids
Sphygmomanometer Instrument used to measure blood pressure
Instrument used to hear sounds produced in the body by the
Stethoscope
lungs and the heart
Telescope Instrument used to view distant objects
Transponder Instrument used to receive and send signals
Instrument used to measure the potential electric
Voltmeter
difference between two points
Wattmeter Instrument used to measure the power of an electric circuit

The Human Body

The human body is composed of billions of cells to perform various functions. The cells
are organised to from tissues, tissues are organised to from organs, and organs together
form organ system and so on. Human body consists of many specialised organ systems
such as skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, digestive system, respiratory
system, circulatory system, etc.
1. Skeletal system: It is made up of all the bones of the body and tissues such as
tendons, ligaments and cartilage that connects them. In humans, the skeletal system
is made up of 206 bones and few cartilages.

Functions:
Its 206 bones form a rigid framework to which the softer tissues and organs of the
body are attached.

Vital organs are protected by the skeletal system. The brain is protected by the
surrounding skull and the heart and lungs are encased by the sternum and rib cage.

The movement in the body is carried out by the interaction of skeletal and muscular
system.

Bone marrow is the site of production of red blood cells. An average of 2.6 million
red blood cells is produced each second by the bone marrow to replace those worn
out and destroyed by the liver.

Bones serve as a storage area for minerals such as calcium and phosphorus. When
an excess is present in the blood, buildup will occur within the bones. When the
supply of these minerals within the blood is low, it will be withdrawn from the
bones to replenish the supply.

2. Muscular system: There are several types of muscles such as cardiac, sm

and skeletal muscles that form a part of muscular system. The muscular sys
composed of over 600 muscles. Differences between each muscle are recog
by location, function, structure, and the way they are contracted.

Functions:
The main function of muscular system is movement. Muscles in coordina
with bones, joints, and some other tissues provide movement to the bod

The integrated action of joints, bones, and skeletal muscles produces obvi
movements such as walking and running.

Skeletal muscles also produce more subtle movements that result in various
expressions, eye movements, and respiration.
In addition to movement, muscle contraction also fulfills some other impo
functions in the body, such as posture, joint stability, and heat productio
Posture, such as sitting and standing, is maintained as a result of muscle
3. Digestive system: The digestive system includes the digestive tract and its
accessory organs, which process food into molecules that can be absorbed and
utilized by the cells of the body. The digestive tract, also called the alimentary canal
or gastrointestinal (GI) tract, consists of a long continuous tube that extends from the
mouth to the anus. It includes the mouth, pharynx, esophagus, stomach, small
intestine, and large intestine. The tongue and teeth are accessory structures located in
the mouth. The salivary glands, liver, gallbladder, and pancreas are major accessory
organs that have a role in digestion. These organs secrete fluids into the digestive
tract.

Functions:
The main function of digestive system is to break down the food particles into
smaller and smaller particles so that they get absorbed in the blood.

4. Respiratory system: Respiration is the sequence of events that res

in the exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide between the atmospher
the body cells.

We generally associate breathing to be the only function of the Respir

system, breathing is only one of the activities of the respiratory system
The body cells need a continuous supply of oxygen for the metabolic
processes that are necessary to maintain life. The respiratory system w
with the circulatory system to provide this oxygen and to remove the
products of metabolism. It also helps to regulate pH of the blood.

It consists of following organs: Nose, pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronc

alveoli.

The process of breathing, which involves inhalation and exhalation m

air into and out of the lungs.

After this, there is an exchange of gases between the lungs and the blo
This is called external respiration. The blood transports the gases to a
from the tissue cells. The exchange of gases between the blood and ti
cells is internal respiration. Finally, the cells utilize the oxygen for the
specific activities. This is cellular metabolism, or cellular respiration.
Together these activities constitute respiration.
5. Circulatory system: This system is also known as cardio-vascular system. It
consists of the heart, a muscular pumping device, and a closed system of vessels
called arteries, veins, and capillaries. The blood is pumped by the heart around a
close circuit of vessels. The vital role of the cardiovascular system in
maintaining homeostasis depends on the continuous and controlled movement of
blood through the thousands of miles of capillaries that permeate every tissue
and reach every cell in the body.

It is in the microscopic capillaries that blood performs its ultimate transport

function. Nutrients and other essential materials pass from capillary blood into
fluids surrounding the cells as waste products are removed.

6. Reproductive system: In humans, male reproductive system consists of testes,

epididymus, scrotum, vas deferens, penis, and glands.

Female reproductive system consists of vagina, cervix, fallopian tubes, uterus,

The reproductive system has following functions

(i) to produce sperm and egg cells
(ii) to produce hormones
(iii) to nurture the developing offspring

7. Urinary system: The urinary system consists of the kidneys, ureters, urinary
bladder, and urethra. The kidneys form the urine and account for the other functio

The urinary system maintains an appropriate fluid volume by regulating the amou
water that is excreted in the urine. Other aspects of its function include regulating
concentrations of various electrolytes in the body fluids and maintaining normal p
the blood. Although the urinary system has a major role in excretion, other organ
contribute to the excretory function. The lungs in the respiratory system excrete s
waste products, such as carbon dioxide and water. The skin is another excretory o
that rids the body of wastes through the sweat glands. The liver and intestines exc
bile pigments that result from the destruction of hemoglobin. The major task of
excretion still belongs to the urinary system. If it fails the other organs cannot tak
and compensate adequately.
8. Nervous system: The nervous system is composed of organs, principally
the brain, spinal cord, nerves. These, in turn, consist of various tissues,
including nerve, blood, and connective tissue. Together these carry out the
complex activities of the nervous system. The nervous system is the major
controlling, regulatory, and communicating system in the body. It is the
center of all mental activity including thought, learning, and memory.}

9. Endocrine system: The endocrine system, along with the nervous system, functions in
the regulation of body activities. The endocrine system acts through chemical messengers
called hormones that influence growth, development, and metabolic activities.

There are basically two types of glands— endocrine and exocrine gland. The endocrine
glands are also known as ductless glands. The secretory products of endocrine glands are
called hormones and are secreted directly into the blood and then carried throughout the
body where they influence only those cells that have receptor sites for that hormone.
There are eight major endocrine glands scattered throughout the body. These are Pituitary
and pineal gland; thyroid and parathyroid gland; adrenal gland; pancreas; gonads(testes
and ovaries), etc.

Some glands also have non-endocrine regions that have functions other than hormone
secretion.

For example, the pancreas has a major exocrine portion that secretes digestive enzymes
and an endocrine portion that secretes hormones. The ovaries and testes secrete hormones
and also produce the ova and sperm.

COMPONENTS OF THE BODY

I. Structural organization of cell

The word cell is derived from a Latin word ‗cellula‘, which means ‗a little room‘.

Robert Hooke was the scientist who coined the term cell. He observed the cells while
examining a thin slice of cork. The human body, which is made up of numerous cells,
begins as a single, newly fertilized cell.

Cells constitute various components of plants and animals. A cell is the smallest unit of
life and is capable of all living functions. Cells are the building blocks of life. This is the
reason why cells are referred to as the basic structural and functional units of life.
The cell theory that all plants and animals are composed of cells and that cell is the basic
unit of life was presented by two biologist, Schleiden (1838) and Schwann (1839).

The cell theory was further expanded by Rudolf Virchow in 1855. He suggested that all
cells arise from pre-existing cells.

Principles of cell theory

A. All living organisms are composed of one or more cells.
B. Cells are the basic units of structure and function in an organism.
C. All cells come only from the reproduction of existing cells.

There are many different types, sizes, and shapes of cells in the body. For descriptive
purposes, the concept of a ―generalized cell‖ is introduced. It includes features from all
cell types. A cell consists of three parts: the cell membrane, the nucleus, and between the
two, the cytoplasm. Within the cytoplasm lie intricate arrangements of fine fibers and
hundreds or even thousands of miniscule but distinct structures called organelles.
Plasma membrane or cell membrane:
The cell membrane (or plasma membrane or plasmalemma) is the outermost covering of
the cell that separates the contents of the cell from the external environment.

Cell membrane is an extremely delicate, thin, elastic, and living membrane of the cell. It
surrounds the cytoplasm of the cell and regulates the movement of substances in and out
of the cell. This means that the cell membrane allows the entry of only some substances
and prevents the movement of some other materials. Therefore, the cell membrane is
known as selectively permeable membrane.

Functions of plasma membrane:

1. It gives a definite shape to the cell.
2. It separates the contents of the cell from its surrounding medium.
3. It provides mechanical barrier for the protection of the internal contents of cell.
4. It regulates entry and exit of substances in and out of the cell.

Cytoplasm:
It is the fluid that fills the cell and occurs between the plasma membrane and the nuclear
membrane. The cell organelles are suspended in the cytoplasm.

Functions:
1. Cytoplasm helps in the exchange of material between the cell organelles.
2. It acts as a storage organelle of vital chemicals, such as amino acids, glucose, vitamins,
ions etc.
3. It is the site of certain metabolic pathways, such as glycolysis, synthesis of fatty acids,
nucleotides, and some amino acids.

Nucleus:
The nucleus is round in shape and is the largest organelle of the cell. It is generally
present in the centre of the cell, except in plant cells where the nucleus is pushed towards
the periphery of the cell because of the central vacuole. The nucleus is composed of the
following components: nuclear membrane, nucleoplasm, and nucleolus.

Functions of nucleus:
1. The nucleus controls all metabolic activities of the cell.
2. It regulates the cell cycle.
3. It is concerned with the transmission of hereditary traits from the parent to the
offspring.
4. It plays an important role in cellular reproduction, the process by which a single cell
divides or forms two new cells.

Cell organelles

Endoplasmic Reticulum:
The endoplasmic reticulum (ER) is a large network of membrane-bound tubes and sheets.
It looks like long tubules or round or oblong bags (vesicles). The ER functions as a
packaging system. However, it does not work alone; it works closely with Golgi
apparatus and ribosomes.

There are two types of ER—rough endoplasmic reticulum (RER) and smooth
endoplasmic reticulum (SER). RER looks rough under a microscope because it has
particles called ribosomes attached to its surface. The ribosomes, which are present in all
active cells, are the sites of protein manufacturing.

Functions:
1. ER serves as a channel for the transport of materials (especially proteins) between
various regions of the cytoplasm or between the cytoplasm and the nucleus.
2. ER also functions as a cytoplasmic framework providing a surface for some of the
biochemical activities of the cell.

Ribosomes:
These are very small, round structures found either in free state suspended in the
cytoplasm or attached to the surface of the endoplasmic reticulum. They are composed of
ribonucleic acids and proteins.
The main function of ribosomes is to act as a site of protein synthesis.

Golgi Apparatus:
The Golgi apparatus is another packaging organelle like the endoplasmic reticulum. It
was named after Camillo Golgi, an Italian biologist. It consists of a system of membrane
bound vesicles arranged approximately parallel to each other in stacks called cisterns.

Functions:
1. The material synthesised near the ER is packaged and dispatched to various targets
inside and outside the cell through the Golgi apparatus.
2. It helps in the storage, modification and packaging of products in vesicles.
3. The Golgi apparatus is also involved in the formation of lysosomes and peroxisomes.
Lysosomes:
Lysosomes are found in almost all animal-like eukaryotic cells. It is a membrane-bound
vesicular structure that holds variety of other enzymes. The purpose of lysosome is to
digest worn out cells. Lysosomes are involved in intracellular digestion of foreign food
particles or microbes and are called digestive bags.

Sometimes, this organelle is also involved in the self-digestion of cells after their death,
also known as autolysis. Hence they are also called as ‗suicidal bags‘. Lysosomes are a
kind of waste disposal system of a cell.

Mitochondria:
Mitochondria create energy for the cell and this process of creating energy for the cell is
known as cellular respiration. Most of the chemical reactions involved in cellular
respiration occur in mitochondria. (though cellular respiration also occur in cytoplasm but
very little energy is produced) The energy required for various chemical activities needed
for life is released by mitochondria in the form of ATP (Adenosine triphosphate)
molecules. This is why, mitochondria are known as the powerhouses of the cell.

Functions of Mitochondria:
1. Mitochondria are the sites of cellular respiration.
2. They provide energy (in the form of ATP) for vital activities of the living cells.
3. Mitochondria are able to make some of their own proteins, so they are regarded as
semiautonomous organelles.

Plastids:
Plastids are the organelles that are present only in plant cells. These are double membrane
organelles which are usually spherical or discoidal in shape.

There are two types of plastids – chromoplasts (coloured plastids) and leucoplasts (white
or colourless plastids). Chromoplasts containing the pigment chlorophyll are known as
chloroplasts. Chloroplasts are important for photosynthesis in plants. Chloroplasts also
contain various yellow or orange pigments in addition to chlorophyll. Leucoplasts are
primarily organelles in which materials such as starch, oils and protein granules are
stored.

Vacuoles:
Vacuoles are storage sacs (for solid or liquid contents) found in the cells. These are found
in both plant and animal cells but are much larger in plant cells. The central vacuole of
some plant cells may occupy 50-90% of the cell volume.

In plant cells, vacuoles are full of cell sap and provide turgidity and rigidity to the cell.
Vacuoles store food and nutrients that a cell needs to survive. These include amino acids,
sugars, various organic acids and some proteins.

Differences between plant and animal cells

Animal Cell Plant Cell
1. Animal cells are generally small in size. 1. Plant cells are usually larger than animal cells.
2. Cell wall is absent. 2. The plasma membrane of plant cells is surrounded by a rigi
wall of cellulose.
3. Except the protozoan Euglena, no animal 3. Plastids (chromoplasts and leucoplasts) are possesses plasti
cell present.
4. Vacuoles are less in number and small in 4. Vacuoles are present in abundance and larger in size.
size.
5. Animal cells have a single highly complex 5. Plant cells have many simpler units of golgi apparatus, calle
and dictyosomes.
prominent golgi apparatus.

II. Blood

Blood is a highly specialised connective tissue present in human body. It is a vascular

tissue that contains cells, separated by a non-living, liquid material. This liquid material
or fluid is known as plasma.

Red blood cells (RBC), white blood cells (WBC), and platelets are suspended in plasma.

The blood is the medium through which the entire body is nourished and supported
carrying nutrient molecules from digested foods, as well as carrying away harmful waste
products such as carbon dioxide. It circulates the needed oxygen from the lungs. It also
picks up hormones and uses custom distribution to deliver chemical messages to the
organs it comes into contact with. As other organs interact with the blood it is in a
constant flux of updating and extending its chemical composition.

Functions of blood:
• It transports hormones, nutrients, waste material to different parts of the body.
• Red blood cells transport respiratory gases such as oxygen and carbon dioxide.
• White blood cells fight diseases by producing antibodies.

III. Human brain

The brain is the main coordinating centre of the body. It is a part of the nervous system
that controls and monitors every organ of the body.
 The nervous system is divided into the central nervous system (CNS) and th
peripheral nervous system (PNS). The CNS consists of the brain and spinal
while the PNS consists of nerves that connect the central nervous system to
different parts of the body.

The central nervous system receives information from all parts of the body
also sends information to the muscles. The communication between the CN
the body parts is facilitated by the nerves of the PNS.

The brain is divisible into three main regions—forebrain, midbrain, and hin

Forebrain: It consists of the cerebrum, thalamus, and hypothalamus. It is the main

thinking part of the brain. Cerebrum is the largest part of the brain and constitutes four-
fifth of its weight. The forebrain has sensory regions that receive sensory impulses from
various receptors, as well as motor regions that control the movement of various muscles
such as, the leg muscles. There are separate areas in the forebrain that are specialized for
hearing, smelling, sight, and general sensations such as pain, touch, taste, etc. A certain
part of the cerebrum primarily controls intelligence, learning, memory, thinking, and
speech. The forebrain is also known as the main thinking part of the brain.

The hypothalamus contains many areas that control things such as body temperature,
urge for eating and drinking, etc. Some regions of the cerebrum, along with the
hypothalamus, are involved in the regulation of sexual behaviour and expression of
emotional reactions such as, excitement, pleasure, fear, etc.

Midbrain: It has regions that are concerned with the sense of sight and hearing. Some
regions of the midbrain transmit motor impulses to the limbs.

Hindbrain: Most involuntary actions such as heartbeat, blood pressure, movement of

food in the alimentary canal, salivation, etc., are controlled by the midbrain and
hindbrain. All these involuntary actions are controlled by the medulla of the hindbrain.

The cerebellum, which is a part of the hindbrain, is responsible for maintaining posture
and equilibrium of the body. It also coordinates the contraction of voluntary muscles
according to the directions of the cerebrum.

The brain, as you have learnt, is an important organ for the maintenance of a variety of
activities. As an important organ, it needs protection. Hence, it is enclosed by a bony box
called the cranium. The spinal cord is protected by a bony, curved, vertical rod called the
vertebrae or vertebral column.

EYE

Our paired eyes are located in sockets of the skull called orbits. A brief account of
structure and functions of the human eye is given in the following sections.
Parts of an eye
The adult human eye ball is nearly a spherical structure. The wall of the
eye ball is composed of three layers.

• The external layer is composed of a dense connective tissue and is called the sclera. The anterior portion o
this layer is called the cornea.
• The middle layer, choroid, contains many blood vessels and looks bluish in colour.
• The choroid layer is thin over the posterior two-thirds of the eye ball, but it becomes thick in the anterior
part to form the ciliary body.
• The ciliary body itself continues forward to form a pigmented and opaque structure called the iris which is
the visible coloured portion of the eye.
• The eye ball contains a transparent crystalline lens which is held in place by ligaments attached to the
ciliary body.
• In front of the lens, the aperture surrounded by the iris is called the pupil. The diameter of the pupil is
regulated by the muscle fibres of iris.
• The inner layer is the retina and it contains three layers of cells – from inside to outside – ganglion cells,
bipolar cells and photoreceptor cells.

DEFECTS OF VISION

Myopia
Myopia is also known as near-sightedness. A person with myopia can see nearby objects
clearly but cannot see distant objects distinctly.

This defect can be corrected by using a concave lens of suitable power.

Hypermetropia
Hypermetropia is also known as far-sightedness. A person with hypermetropia can see
distant objects clearly but cannot see nearby objects distinctly.

This defect arises either because (i) the focal length of the eye lens is too long, or (ii) the
eyeball has become too small. This defect can be corrected by using a convex lens of
appropriate power.
Presbyopia
The power of accommodation of the eye usually decreases with ageing. For most people,
the near point gradually recedes away. They find it difficult to see nearby objects
comfortable and distinctly without corrective eye-glasses. This defect is called
Presbyopia.

EAR

The ears perform two sensory functions, hearing and maintenance of body balance.
Anatomically, the ear can be divided into three major sections called the outer ear, the
middle ear and the inner ear.

• The outer ear consists of the pinna and external auditory meatus (canal). The pinna collects the vibrations i
the air which produce sound.
• The external auditory meatus leads inwards and extends up to the tympanic membrane (the ear drum).
• There are very fine hairs and wax- secreting sebaceous glands in the skin of the pinna and the meatus. The
tympanic membrane is composed of connective tissues covered with skin outside and with mucus
membrane inside.
• The middle ear contains three ossicles called malleus, incus and stapes which are attached to one another i
a chain-like fashion.
• The malleus is attached to the tympanic membrane and the stapes is attached to the oval window of the
cochlea. The ear ossicles increase the efficiency of transmission of sound waves to the inner ear.
• An Eustachian tube connects the middle ear cavity with the pharynx. The Eustachian tube helps in
equalising the pressures on either sides of the ear drum.

FOOD AND NUTRITION

The process of intake of any external source of energy or food is
called nutrition. All living organisms require energy, but they get
it from different sources. Some organisms utilize simple inorganic
sources such as, carbon dioxide and water, whereas the other
organisms utilize complex substances. These complex substances
are broken down into simpler ones before they can be utilized by
various life processes for the growth and repair of the body.

All the varied sources of energy, that any living organism

consumes, are always broken down or built up into a uniform
source of energy that can be used for sustaining various life
processes.

There are seven major classes of nutrients that the body needs:
carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, minerals, fibers and water

Carbohydrates:
These are the body‘s main source of energy. The three different kinds of carbohydrates
are starch, sugar and fibers. Plant foods like cereals, bread, rice, pasta, potatoes, plantains
and corn are good sources of starch. They give us the energy we need to do daily
activities. These starchy foods give us important vitamins and minerals, too.

Fats:
Fat is a nutrient that is an important source of calories. One gram of fat supplies 9
calories - more than twice the amount we get from carbohydrates or protein. Fat also is
needed to carry and store essential fat-soluble vitamins, like vitamins A and D. There are
two basic types of fat. They are grouped by their chemical structure. Each type of fat is
used differently in our bodies and has a different effect on our health.
Fat is found in many foods. Some of the fat that we eat comes from the fat we add in
cooking or spread on breads, vegetables or other foods. A lot of fat is hidden in foods that
we eat as snacks, pastries or prepared meals.

Proteins
These are necessary for the growth of the cells. It also repairs or replaces healthy cells
and tissues.

Protein is made of chains of amino acids. Amino acids are the building blocks of protein.
Our bodies can make most of the amino acids. Most foods that are obtained from
animals, such as fish, chicken, beef, pork, eggs, milk, cheese, and yogurt contain all of
the essential amino acids. They are known as ―complete‖ proteins. Plant foods, such as
rice, dried beans, peas, lentils, nuts, seeds, wheat, oats, corn, may be low or lacking in
one or more of the amino acids. They are considered to be incomplete proteins.

Vitamins
These are the organic compounds obtained from the food in minute quantity. They must
be supplied from external sources and perform specific functions. On the basis of their
solubility, vitamins are divided into two categories:
• Fat soluble vitamins – Vitamin A, D, E, and K
• Water soluble vitamins – Vitamin B complex, and C

Vitamin A: It is also known as retinol. It is manly found in animal sources such as cod-
liver oil, milk, butter, ghee, egg, fish, etc. In plant sources, vitamin A is mainly found in
carrot, tomatoes, leafy vegetable, papaya, etc.

The deficiency of this vitamin can cause nightblindness.

Functions
Vitamin A is essential for growth.
It is main component of rhodopsin, hence it is essential for night vision.
It controls the action of bone cells.

Vitamin D: It is also known as calciferol. It is mainly found in animal sources such as

cod liver oil, butter, milk, ghee, egg, etc.

Functions
It promotes calcium absorption from the intestine.
It helps in the development of new born.

Vitamin E: It is also known as tocopherol. The main animal source of this vitamin is
egg, fish, meat, etc. The plant sources include vegetable seed oils sucha s wheat,
soyabean, corn, etc.

Functions
It has antioxidative properties. It mainly prevents unwanted oxidation the body.
It is required for normal functioning of muscles.

Vitamin K: It is also known as phylloquinone. The main plant sources of this vitamin are
cabbage, spinach, tomatoes, etc.

Functions
It helps in the maintenance of normal prothrombin and factor VII in the blood. Thus it
takes active part in normal coagulation.

Vitamin B complex: It includes vitamin B1 or thiamine, B2 or riboflavin, B3 or

pantothenic acid, B5 or niacin, B6 or pyridoxine, B12 or cyanocobalamin.

The main source of this vitamin are cereals, pulses, nuts, and green vegetables.

Functions:
It is essential for normal growth
It is essential basic reactions of metabolism
It helps in the formation of fat from carbohydrates.
Vitamin C: It is also known as ascorbic acid. It is mainly found in citrus fruits such as
amla, tomato, papaya, etc. It is also found in fresh vegetables such as cabbage, spinach,
cauliflower, beans. Etc.

Functions:
It is essential for proper functioning of the formative cells of various tissues
It plays a key role in wound repair.

Human diseases

1. Infectious diseases
A disease caused due to microorganisms is known as an infectious disease.

Infectious agents: They are the disease-causing microorganisms which belong to

different categories such as:

Viruses
Some bacteria
Infectious agents Some fungi
Some unicellular animals
Some multicellular animals

• Viruses – They are very tiny organisms which are visible only with the help of electron
microscope. They cannot grow, multiply, or reproduce on their own. They need to infect a
host cell to get the required machinery to perform these functions. Influenza, cold
(Rhinovirus), dengue, AIDS, etc., are certain human diseases caused by viruses.
• Bacteria – Bacteria are unicellular organisms that are larger than viruses. There are only
some bacteria that cause diseases while some other bacteria are useful in nature.
Whooping cough, typhoid, cholera, anthrax, etc., are certain human diseases caused by
bacteria.

• Fungi – They are plant-like organisms, which are heterotrophic, i.e., they lack chlorophyll. Their cells have
walls.
Athlete‘s foot, candidiasis, ringworms, etc., are some human diseases caused by fungi.
•
Protozoa – They are simple, primitive unicellular organisms which include Amoeba,
Trypanosoma, and Leishmania. They are often found in water as they need moisture for
survival. Hence, they cause diseases through contaminated water.
Amoebiasis, kala azar, malaria, African sleeping sickness, etc., are some of the diseases
caused by protozoans.

• Multicellular animals like worms – Worms are the parasites that infect intestines of
human beings and other animals. It includes round worms, pinworms, hookworm,
tapeworm etc.
Diarrhoea, anaemia, liver rot, etc., are caused by these worms.
2. Deficiency diseases: These diseases are caused by the deficiency of one or the other
nutrient in the diet. For example,

i. Deficiency of protein may cause Kwashiorkar and marasmus

ii. Deficiency of iron causes anaemia
iii. Deficiency of iodine causes goitre
iv. Deficiency of vitamin A causes night blindness
v. Deficiency of vitamin B1 causes beri-beri

Books and Authors

Name of the book Author

Autobiographies
Babur–Nama Babur
Made in Japan Akio Morita
Mein Kamph Adolf Hitler
Moon Walk Michael Jackson
Sunny Days Sunil Gavaskar
Wings of Fire APJ Abdul Kalam

Biographies
Ain-I-Akbari Abul Fazal
Akbarnama Abul Fazal
Idols Sunil Gavaskar
Shahnama Firdausi

Classic
All‘s Well that Ends well William Shakespeare
A Tale of Two Cities Charles Dickens
Anna Karenina Leo Tolstoy
Antony and Cleopatra William Shakespeare
As You like it William Shakespeare
Abhijnanshakuntalam Kalidas
Babbit Sinclair Lewis
Ceaser and Cleopatra George Bernard Shaw
The Comedy of Errors Shakespeare
David Copperfield Charles Dickens
Devdas Sharat Chandra Chatterjee
Doctor Zhivago Boris Pasternak
Don Quixote Miguel de Cervantes
Fountain Head Ayn Rand
Gone with the Wind Margaret Mitchell
Gulliver‘s Travels Jonathan Swift
Hamlet William Shakespeare
Iliad Homer
Indica Magasthenese
The Importance of Being Earnest Oscar Wilde
Invisible Man H. G. Wells
Julius Caesar William Shakespeare
Kadambari Bana Bhatt
Kamasutra Vatsyayan
Kamayani Jai Shankar Prasad
King Lear William Shakespeare
Macbeth William Shakespeare
Mahabharata Ved Vyas
Meghdoot Kalidas
Merchant of Venice William Shakespeare
Much Ado About Nothing William Shakespeare
Mudra Rakshas Vishakadutta
Natya Shastra Bharat Muni
Nine Days Wonder John Masefield
Odyssey Homer
Oliver Charles Dickens
Othello William Shakespeare
Paradise Lost John Milton
Pather Panchali Bibhuti Bhushan Bandopadhyay
Pride and Prejudice Jane Austen
Raghuvamsa Kalidas
Ram Charita Manas Tulsidas
Ramayana Valmiki
Ratnavali Harsha Vardhan
Rendezvous with Rama Arthur C Clarke
Ritu Samhara Kalidas
Robinson Crusoe Daniel Defoe
Romeo and Juliet William Shakespeare
Savitri Sir Aurobindo Ghosh
Sense and Sensibility Jane Austen
Sohrab and Rustum Mathew Arnold
The Tempest William Shakespeare
The Count of Monte Cristo Alexander Dumas
My Experiments with Truth Mahatma Gandhi
Three Musketeers Alexander Dumas
Time machine H.G. Wells
Treasure Island R L Stevenson
Twelfth Night Willam Shakespeare
Twenty Years After Alexander Dumas
Ulysses James Joyce
Unto This Last John Ruskin
Uttar Ramcharita Bhavbhuti
Vanity Fair William Thackeray
Vinay Patrika Tulsidas
The Virginians William Thackeray
Yama Mahadevi Verma

Descriptive
Area of Darkness V. S. Naipaul
Freedom from Fear Aung San Su Kyi
Long Walk to Freedom Nelson Mandela
Maneaters of Kumaon Jim Corbett
Origin of Species Charles Darwin
Sadar-I-Riyasat Karan Singh
Starry Nights Shobha De

Economics
New Dimensions of India‘s Foreign Policy A B Vajpayee
Wealth of Nations Adam Smith

Fantasy
Adventures of Tom Sawyer Mark Twain
The Class Eric Segal
Dr. JekyII and Mr. Hyde Robert Louis Stevenson
One Hundred Years of Solitude Gabrial Garcla Marquez
Other Side of Midnight, The Sidney Sheldon
Swami and Friends R.K. Narayan
The Alchemist Paulo Coelho
The God of Small Things Arundhati Roy

Fiction
Adventures of Sherlock Holmes Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
Adventure of Robinson Crusoe Daniel Defoe
Adventures of Tom Sawyer Mark Twain
Alice in Wonderland Lewis Carrol
A Bend In the River V S Naipaul
A Suitable Boy Vikram Seth
An Equal Music Vikram Seth
Arabian Nights Richard Burton
Being Digital Nicholas Negroponte
Catcher in the Rye J D Sallinger
Canterbury Tales Geoffrey Chaucer
Chitra Rabindranath Tagore
City of Joy Domonique Lapiere
Coolie Mulk Raj Anand
East West Salman Rushdie
Fury Salman Rushdie
Future Shock Alvin Toffler
Godfather Mario Puzo
Godan Munshi Prem Chand
The Guide R.K. Narayan
Gulliver‘s Travels Jonathan Swift
Half a Life V S Naipaul
Harsha Charita Bana Bhatt
Inscrutable Americans Anurag Mathur
Interpreter of Maladies Jhumpa Lahiri
Iron in the soul Jean Paul Sartre
Ivanhoe Walter Scott
The Judgement Kuldip Nayar
Jungle Book Rudyard Kipling
Kim Rudyard Kipling
Life Divine Aurobindo Ghosh
Lajja Tasleema Nasreen
Lolita V. Nabakov
Love Story Eric Segal
Malgudi Days R K Narayan
Midnight‘s children Salman Rushdie
Moor‘s Last Sigh Salman Rushdie
Mother Moxim Gorky
Nice Guys Finish Second B K Nehru
Panchatantra Vishnu Sharma
Post Office Rabindranath Tagore
The Satanic Verses Salman Rushdie
Shape of Things to Come H. G. Wells
Shame Salman Rushdie
The Last Don Mario Puzo
The Tin Drum Guenter Grass
Treasure Island R L Stevenson
Two Leaves and a Bud Mulk Raj Anand
Unofficial Guide to Ethical Hacking Ankit Fadia
Vish Vriksha Bankim Chandra Chatterjee
War and Peace Leo Tolstoy

History Books
Arthashastra Kautilya
August 1914 (H) Alexander Solzhenitsyn
Ben Hur Lewis Wallace
Communist Manifesto Karl Marx
Discovery of India Jawahar Lal Nehru
Hindu View of Life D. S. Radhakrishnan
India-A Wounded Civilisation V S Naipaul
India Divided Rajendra Prasad
India Wins Freedom Maulana Abul Kalam Azad
Indian Home Rule M. K. Gandhi
Indian Philosophy D. S. Radhakrishnan
Man and Superman George Bernard Shaw
A Passage to India E. M. Forster
Wake up India Annie Besant
The Wonder that Was India A.L. Basham

Poetry
Bharat Bharati Maithili Sharan Gupt
Geet Govinda Jaya Dev
Gitanjali Rabindranath Tagore
Rubaiyat Omar Khayyam

Philosophy
Atlas Shrugged Ayn Rand
Geet govinda Jaya Dev
Voice of Conscience V. V. Giri

Psychology
Crime and Punishment Fyodor Dostoevsky
Games People Play Eric Berne
Man of Destiny George Bernard Shaw
Satyartha Prakash Swami Dayanand

Sociology
Das Kapital Karl Marx
Diplomacy Henry Kissinger
Gita Rahasya Bal Gangadhar Tilak
Grammer of Politics Harold Laski
Politics Aristotle
Republic Plato
Sub Regionalism in Asia Abul Kalam Azad
Surviving Men Khushwant Singh
The Degeneration of India T. N. Seshan
Untouchable Mulk Raj Anand
Utopia Thomas Moore

Miscellaneous
Area of Darkness V. S. Naipaul
Between the lines Kuldip Nayar
Brave New world Aldous Huxley
Broken wing Sarojini Naidu
Beyond Peace Richard Nixon
Blood, Brain and Beer David Ogilvy
Confessions of a Lover Mulk Raj Anand
District Diary Jaswant Singh
Dragon Fire Humphry Hawensky
Dilemma of our time Harold Joseph Laski
Doctor‘s Dilemma George Bernard Shaw
Don Juan Lord Byron
Ends and Means Aldous Huxley
Fifth Column Ernest Hemingway
Farewell to Arms Ernest Hemingway
First Among Equals Jeffrey Archer
For Whom the Bell Tolls Ernest Hemingway
Gathering Storm Winston Churchill
Glimpses of World History Jawaharlal Nehru
Golden Threshold Sarojini Naidu
The Golden Gate Virkram Seth
Heat and Dust Ruth P. Jhabwala
India Unbound Gurcharan Das
Is Paris Burning Larry Collins & Dominique Lapiere
If I am Assassinated Z. A. Bhutto
Kumar Sambhava Kalidas
Mother India Katherine Mayo
My Music, My life Ravi Shankar
My Truth Indira Gandhi
A Passage to England Nirad C. Choudhary
To live or Not to Live Nirad C. Choudhary
Triumph John Kenneth Galbraith
Valley of Dolls Jacqueline Susan
Worshipping False Gods Arun Shourie

Major Print Media Companies in India

1. ANANDA BAZAR PATRIKA LTD. (ABP LTD.)

ABP Ltd. is one of the leading media companies in India. The group started out as a
newspaper by the name of Ananda Bazar Patrika in 1922. ABP was founded by Prafulla
Chandra Sarkar who was also the editor. Today along with its flagship newspaper, the
group publishes 9 other publications. These include

l The Telegraph in Schools – standlone Newspaper by & for school students

l Unish Kuri – teen Bengali Magazine 2003
l Ananda Bazar Patrika – a premier Bengali language daily
l Anandamela – a children‘s monthly magazine in Bengali
l Anadalok – a film magazine published in Bengali
l Desh – a literary magazine
l Boier Desh – another literary magazine in Bengali
l Sports World – a sports magazine
l The Telegraph – an English language daily
l Sunday – an English language weekly magazine
l Business World – a weekly business magazine
l Career – Fortnightly launched in 2004
l Sanada – Fortnightly Woman Magazine Bengali & Oriya
l Star Majha– Marathi 2007, Star News – 2003
The group jointly owns a 24 hour news channel in collaboration with Star India by the
name of ‗Star Ananda‘ Bengali – 2005. The present editor-in-chief of the group is Mr.
Aveek Sarkar.

2. INDIAN EXPRESS GROUP

The Indian Express group is another leading media company owned by the RPG group.
The Indian Express group started out as a newspaper by the same name in 1932. The
foundation of the group was laid down by Late Shri Ramnath Goenka. The present
Chairman and Managing Director of the group is Mr. Vivek Goenka. Presently the group
owns 35 national editions, 14 publication centers and 7 national language dailies. Some
of the major group publications are

l The Indian Express – a leading national daily

l The Sunday Express – a weekly English newspaper
l Loksatta – a Marathi language daily
l Express Hospitality – Express Travel work – monthly
l The Financial Express – daily business newspaper
l Lok Prabha – a weekly Marathi language magazine
l Jansatta – a Hindi language daily
l Screen – a film magazine published in Hindi and English
l Network Magazine – an IT Intelligent Enterprize
l Express Computer – Weekly express channel business
l Express Pharma – Express Healthcare
l Healthcare Management – a pharmacy magazine

3. BENNETT COLEMAN & CO. LTD. (TIMES GROUP)

The company started its operations in Bombay (Mumbai) in 1838 when the first edition
of The Times of India was published. Today, Bennett Coleman & Co. Ltd. is one of the
leading media house in India. The group is a multi-product group and has a number of
leading media brands to its name. These include,

l The Times of India – a leading English language daily

l The Economic Times – a leading business daily
l NavBharat Times – a leading Hindi language daily
l Maharashtra Times – a leading Marathi daily
l Femina – a women‘s magazine published in English
l Filmfare – a film magazine
l Times Music – The group‘s music label
l Radio Mirchi – The group‘s radio station
l Indiatimes.com – The group‘s internet portal

The present chairperson of the group is Ms. Indu Jain. Mr. Vineet Jain is the Managing
Director of the group.

4. HT MEDIA LTD.

One of the largest Indian media company, HT Media ltd. was founded in 1924 when its
first newspaper, Hindustan Times was launched. A flagship company of the KK Birla
group, HT Media Ltd. today operates with 15 printing facilities across India. Some major
brands owned by the company are:

l Hindustan Times – a leading English daily

l Hindustantimes.com – online newspaper of the group
l industan – a leading Hindi daily
l Hindustandainik.com – online Hindi newspaper
l HT Next – a youth newspaper
l Kadambini – a monthly Hindi magazine
l Nandan – a popular children‘s magazine published in Hindi and English
l Metro Now – Young Delhities Newspaper
l Mint – Business Newspaper
The present Chairman of HT Media Ltd. is Mr. K K Birla.
Mr. Vir Sanghvi is the editor-in-chief.

5. INDIA TODAY GROUP (LIVING MEDIA PVT. LTD.)

India Today Group is the largest media house in India. The group was founded in 1975
by Mr. Aroon Purie, who has held the position of editor- in- chief for the last three
decades. Today the group has 12 magazines, 3 Radio stations, 4 TV channels, a
newspaper, a music label, a book publishing house and India‘s only book club in its
bouquet. These include:

l India Today – a weekly magazine published in Hindi and English

l Money Today – a monthly financial magazine
l Business Today – a fortnightly business magazine
l Men‘s Health – a monthly health magazine for men
l Design Today – a monthly interior design magazine
l Good Housekeeping – a monthly magazine
l Travel Plus – a monthly travel magazine
l Cosmopolitan – a monthly women‘s magazine
l Reader‘s Digest – a monthly magazine
l Golf Digest India – a monthly golf magazine
Harvard Business Review – a Harvard Business School management
l
journal
l Time – Indian issue of the magazine
l Fortune – Indian issue of the magazine
l Chartered Accountant – a monthly journal on Chartered Accountancy
l Today – a daily newspaper
l Aaj Tak, Delhi Aaj Tak, Tez – 24 hour Hindi news channels
l Headlines Today – 24 hour English news channel
l Thompson Press – The group‘s publishing label
l Music Today – The group‘s music label
l Meow 104.8 FM – Stations Just for Women

6. HINDU GROUP

The Hindu group started its operations as a weekly newspaper by the same name in 1878.
The newspaper became a daily in 1889. Today, the group‘s flagship newspaper is printed
from 12 centers. Some of the other group publications include:

l Hindu Business Line – a business daily

l The Sportstar – a weekly sports magazine
l Frontline – fortnightly features magazine
l Survey of the Indian Industry – an annual review on Indian industries
l Survey of Indian Agriculture – an annual review on Indian agriculture
l Survey of the Environment – an annual review of the environment
l Indian Cricket – an annual record book on cricket
l The Hindu – Daily
l The Hindu International – Edition Weekly
l The Hindu International – Monthly & Cumulated annual

The present group editor-in-chief is Mr. N. Ram.

Major Indian Magazines

Magazine Publishing House

A&M Spectrum Magazines
Business World Ananda Bazar Patrika
The Week Malayala Manorama
Business Today Living Media
Computers Today Living Media
Cosmopolitan Living Media
Digit Jassubhai Digital Media
Economic & Political Weekly Sameeksha Trust
Femina Bennett Coleman & Co.
Filmfare Bennett Coleman & Co.
Fortune (Indian Edition) Living Media
Frontline Hindu Group
Gentleman Express Publications
Good Housekeeping Living Media
India Today Living Media
Intelligent Investor Berkshire Hathaway
Kadambini HT Media Ltd.
Nandan HT Media Ltd.
Outlook Rajan Raheja group
Reader‘s Digest (Indian Edition) Living Media
The Sportstar Hindu Group
Teens Today Living Media
Yojana Ministry of I&B

Major Indian Newspapers

Newspaper Publishing House
Asian Age Asian Age Holdings
Business Standard Business Standard Ltd.
Financial Express RPG promoted Indian Express Group
Hindu Business Line Hindu Group
Hindustan Times K K Birla promoted HT Media Ltd.
Indian Express RPG promoted Indian Express Group
Navbharat Times Bennett Coleman & Co.
Pioneer CMYK Printech
Telegraph Ananda Bazar Patrika
The Hindu Hindu Group
The Economic Times Bennett Coleman & Co.
The Times of India Bennett Coleman & Co.
Tribune Tribune Trust

COMMONLY USED BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC ABBREVIATIONS

AAGR Average Annual Growth Rate

AAR Average Annual Return
ABB Asean Braun Boveri
ADAG Anil Dhirubhai Ambani Group
ADB Asian Development Bank
ADR American Depository Receipts
AGM Annual General Meeting
APEC Asia Pacific Economic Cooperation
APM Administered Price Mechanism
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASSOCHAM Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry
B2B Business to Business
B2C Business to Consumer
BIS Bank for International Settlements, Bureau of Indian
Standards
BOP Balance of Payment
BPO Business Process Outsourcing
BRIC Brazil India Russia China
BSE Bombay Stock Exchange
CAGR Compounded Annual Growth Rate
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CFO Chief Financial Officer
CII Confederation of Indian Industries
CIS Commonwealth of Independent States
CMIE Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy
CPI Consumer Price Index
CRISIL Credit Rating Information Services of India Ltd.
CRR Cash Reserve Ratio
CSO Central Static‘s organization
DIAL Delhi International Airport Ltd.
EMI Equated Monthly Installment
EPS Earnings Per Share
EPZ Export Processing Zone
ESOP Employee Stock Ownership Plan
EXIM Bank Export and Import Bank
FDI Foreign Direct Investment
FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act
FERA Foreign Exchange Regulation Act
FICCI Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry
FII Foreign Institutional Investor
FIPB Foreign Investment Promotion Board
GATT General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GDR Global Depository Receipt
GNP Gross National Product
HDFC Housing Development Finance Corporation
HNWI High Net Worth Individuals
ICICI Industrial Credit and Investment Corporation of India
ICRA Investment Information and Credit Rating Agency of India
IDBI Industrial Development Bank of India
IFC Industrial Finance Corporation; International Finance
Corporation
ILO International Labour Organization
IMF International Monetary Fund
IPCL Indian Petrochemical Corporation Limited
IPO Initial Public Offering
IRDA Insurance Regulation and Development Authority
IRR Internal Rate of Return
JV Joint Venture
KPI Key Performance Indicators
LIBOR London Inter-bank Offered Rate
LIC Life Insurance Corporation of India
M1 Money supply with public
M2 M1 + time related deposits + savings deposits, money market
funds.
M3 Aggregate monetary resources
MNC Multi National Corporation
MOU Memorandum of Understanding
NABARD National Bank of Agriculture and Rural Development
NAFTA North American Free Trade Agreement
NASDAQ National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation
NASSCOM National Association of Software and Service Companies (of
India)
NAV Net Asset Value
NCAER National Council of Applied Economic Search
NHAI National Highways Authority of India Limited
NPA Non Performing Assets
NRIs Non-Resident Indian
NRS National Readership Survey
NSE National Stock Exchange
NYSE New York Stock Exchange
ONGC Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
OPEC Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries
OTCEI Over the Counter Exchange of India
PETA People for Ethical Treatment of Animals
PLR Prime Lending Rate
PPP Purchasing Power Parity
PSU Public Sector Undertaking
RBI Reserve Bank of India
RPI Retail Price Index
SAARC South Asian Association for Regional Coorporation
SAIL Steel Authority of India Limited
SEBI Securities and Exchange Board of India
SENSEX Sensitivity Index (of Share Price on BSE)
SEZ Special Economic Zone
SLR Statutory Liquidity Ratio
SME SME
SWOT Strengths, Weakness, Opportunities and Threats
TISCO Tata Iron and Steel Co.
UHNWI Ultra-high Networth Individual
UNCTAD United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
VAT Value Added Tax
WEF World Economics Forum
WPI Whole Sale Price Index
YTM Yield to Maturity

TYPES OF BUSINESS ENTITIES

A business entity is an institution engaged in an economic activity, producing, selling and

distributing goods/services with an aim of earning profits. Three important types of
business entities are:
1. Sole Proprietorship
2. Partnership
3. Company

1. SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP
When an individual takes the initiative to start an activity related to start a trade or
commerce for his own economic benefit, it is known as sole proprietorship. A sole
proprietor is a single person who owns,
maintains and manages the whole show in the business. All the salaries and other
overheads only form a part of the expenses of the sole proprietorship firm. After
deducting all the expenses that relate to the business from total receipts of the business,
what remains is the profit which may either be reinvested in the firm or could be
withdrawn by the proprietor.

Characteristic of a Sole Proprietorship Business

i. Single Ownership
ii. Autonomy in Decision Making - The sole proprietor is the only decision maker and has complete autonom
decision making.
iii. Quick Decision Making – Since the firm is owned by a single person, the decision making is prompt.
iv. Unlimited Liability – In case of insolvency of the firm, the liability stands unlimited i.e. if the assets of the
are not enough to pay off the business debts the personal assets of the proprietor are also attached to the fi
property.
v. Can be winded up without any prior legal notice.
vi. No Separate Legal Entity – In case of sole proprietorship, the owner and the business are considered one a
same i.e. the actions taken by the proprietor are binding upon the firm and vice versa.

2. PARTNERSHIP
An individual i.e. a sole proprietor may not be in a position to cope with the financial and
managerial demands of the present business world. As a result, two or more individuals
may decide to pool in their financial ad non-financial resources to start and carry on a
business. The Indian partnership act defines partnership as, ―the partnership between
persons who have agreed to share the profits of business carried on by all, or any one of
them acting for all.‖

Characteristics of a Partnership Business

i. An association of two or more persons.

ii. An agreement entered into by all persons concerned.
iii. Existence of business (and not just an agreement) .
iv. The carrying on of business by all, or any one of them acting for all.
v. Sharing of profits (or losses)of the business.

From the point of view, the main thing is that relations among the partners will be
governed by mutual agreement. The agreement is known as The Partnership Deed which
is to be properly stamped. It should be comprehensive to avoid disputes later on. It is
usual therefore, to find the following clauses in a Partnership business:

i. Name of the firm and the partnership business.

ii. Commencement and duration of business
iii. Amount of capital to be contributed by each partner
iv. Rate of interest to be provided to each partner on his capital
v. Disposal of profits and the ratio in which it would be done
vi. Amount to be allowed to each partner as drawings and the timings of such drawings
vii. Whether a partner will be allowed a salary
viii. Any variation in the mutual rights and duties of the partners
ix Method by which goodwill will be calculated
x Procedure by which a partner may retire and the method of payment of his dues
xi Treatment of losses arising out of the insolvency of a partner
xii Preparation of accounts and their audit

3. COMPANY
The word Company etymologically is a combination of two Latin words ‗Com‘ meaning
‗with or together‘ and ‗Pains‘ meaning ‗bread‘. Originally, it referred to a group of
persons who took their meals together.

In business terminology, a company ―refers to a legal entity formed which has a separate
legal entity from its members, and is ordinarily incorporated to undertake commercial
business‖.

Put in simple words, a company is nothing but a group of persons that have come
together and have contributed money for some common purpose and have incorporated
themselves into a distinct legal entity in the form of a company for the same purpose. A
company is formed and registered under the Companies Act, 1956.
Characteristics of a Company
i. Separate Legal Entity - A company has a legal identity distinct from that of its members. In a court case,
Salomon vs. Salomon & Co. Ltd, 1807, the entity of the company has been described as following ―A co
is a person, artificial, invisible, intangible and existing in the eyes of law‖.
ii. Limited Liability – In a company limited by shares, liability of the members is limited to the unpaid valu
shares whereas in a company limited by guarantee, liability of the members is limited to such amount as
members may undertake to contribute to the assets of the company, in the event of it being winded up.
iii. Perpetual Succession – A company‘s life does not depend upon the life of its members. Members of a co
may come and go, may change from time to time, but that does not affect the continuity of the company.
iv. Separate Property – Since the company has a separate legal entity, it also has a separate property of its ow
member can claim to be the owner of the company‘s property till the existence of the company.
v. Transferability of Shares – The shares in a company are freely transferable but subject to certain conditio
such that no shareholder is permanently or necessarily attached to the company.
vi. Common Seal - A company is an artificial person and does not have a physical existence. A common sea
official signature of the company under which it operates and carries out its activities.
vii. Legal Entity – Since a company is a separate entity, distinguished from its owners, it has the capacity to s
can be sued in its own name.
viii. Separate Management – A company is owned by its shareholders but the management of a company is in
hands of its managerial force constituted of Board of Directors, employees etc. Thus the management of
company is separate from its owners. The shareholders may or may not constitute a company‘s managem
ix One Share-One Vote – The voting principle followed by a company is of the pattern where one share
constitutes one vote. If a person holds 100 shares of a company, he has 100 eligible votes in that compan

Types of Companies

1. Public Company
Public Company is a company in which shares are held collectively by the general public
rather than a selected few individuals. Minimum number of members in a public
company is seven, if members become less than seven, the company is no longer a public
company but is rather a private company.

2. Private Company
Private company means a company which by its articles of association,

l Restricts the right of members to transfer its shares

l Limits the number of its members to fifty. In determining this number of 50, employee-members and ex-
employee members are not to be considered.
l Prohibits an invitation to the public to subscribe to any shares in or the debentures of the company.

If a private company contravenes any of the aforesaid provisions, it ceases to be a private

company and loses all the exemptions and privileges which a private company is entitled
to. Minimum number of members in a private company is two. A private company does
not need a separate certificate from the Registrar of Companies for the commencement of
its business.
3. Companies deemed to be Public Limited Company
A private company will be treated as a deemed public limited company under one of the
following circumstances:

l Where at least 25% of the paid up share capital of a private company is held by one or more body corporate
private company shall automatically become a public company on and from the date on which the aforesaid
percentage is so held.
l Where the annual average turnover of the private company during the period of three consecutive financial
is not less than Rs 25 crores, the private company shall be, irrespective of its paid up share capital, deemed
public company.
l Where not less than 25% of the paid up capital of a public limited company is held by the private company,
the private company shall become a public company on and from the date on which the aforesaid percentag
held.
l Where a private company accepts deposits from public, after an invitation is made by advertisement or rene
deposits from the public (other than from its members or directors or their relatives), such company shall be
public company on and from the date when such acceptance or renewal is first made.

4. Limited and Unlimited Companies

Companies may be limited, limited by shares or limited by guarantee.

a) Company limited by shares - In this case, the liability of the members is limited to the amount of uncalled
capital. No member of the company limited by the shares can be called upon to pay more than the face val
shares or so much of it as has remained unpaid. The members of limited companies have no liability in cas
fully paid up shares.
b) Company limited by the guarantee - A company limited by guarantee is a registered company having the l
of its members limited by its Memorandum of Association (MoA) to such amount as the members may
respectively thereby undertake to pay if necessary on liquidation of the company. The liability of the mem
pay the guaranteed amount arises only when the company has gone into liquidation and not when it is a go
concern.
c) Unlimited Company: The liability of the members of an unlimited company is unlimited. Therefore their l
is similar to that of the liability of the partners in a partnership firm.

5. Section 25 Company
Under the Companies Act, 1956, the name of a public limited company must end with the
word ‗Limited‘ and the name of a private limited company must end with the word
‗Private Limited‘. However, under Section 25, the Central Government may allow
companies to remove the word ―Limited / Private Limited‖ from the name if any of the
following conditions are met by:

l The company is formed for promoting commerce, science, art, religion, charity or other socially useful
objectives.
l The company does not intend to pay dividend to its members but apply its profits and other income in pro
of its objectives.
6. Holding and Subsidiary Companies
A company shall be deemed to be a subsidiary of another company if:

l That other company controls the composition of its board of directors

l That other company holds more than half (>50%) in face value of its equity share capital.

The control of the composition of the Board of Directors of the company means that the
holding company has the power at its discretion, to appoint or remove all or majority of
directors of the subsidiary company without consent or concurrence of any other person.

7. Government Company
A Government Company is the one in which 51% or more is held either by the central
government or by the state government or is jointly held by the central and the state
government. All the decisions pertaining to its management and operations are taken by
the government.

8. Foreign Company
A company that has been incorporated outside India, under the law of some other
country, is registered in that country and has set up its business in India is called a
Foreign Company

GLOBAL COMPANIES AND LEADERS

AUTOMOBILE

S. No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present head Designation

Munich, Karl & Gustav otto

1 BMW 1913 Dr. Norbert Chairman
Germany Rapp
Kar Benz of Benz
& Cie (founded in
1883) & Giffkiev
1924 (as Daimler &
Stuttgart,
2 Daimler AG Daimler- Wilhelm Maybach Dieter Zetsche Chairman
Germany
Benz AG) of Daimler
Motoren
Gasellschaft
(founded 1890).

Luca Cordero Di
3 Fiat Turin, Italy 1899 Giovanni Agnelli Chairman
Montezemolo

4 Ford Motors Dearborn, USA 1903 Henry Ford William Ford. Jr. Chairman
 CEO & Alan
Mullaly is
5 Honda Motors Tokyo, Japan 1948 Soichiro Honda Satoshi Aoki
President &
CEO

6 Mitsubishi Tokyo, Japan 1870 Yataro Iwasaki Takashi Nishioka Chairman

Detroit-
General Chairman &
7 Minnesota, 1908 William C. Durant Fritz Henderson
Motors CEO
USA
Milwaukee, William S. Harley
Harley
8 Wisconsin, 1903 and Arthur Keith E Wandell CEO
Davidson
USA Davidson
Boulogne –
9 Renault Billancourt, 1899 Louis Renault Carlos Ghosn CEO
France

Sergio CEO &

10 Chrysler LLC Michigan, USA 1925 Walter P. Chrysler
Marchionne Chairman

11 Toyota Japan 1937 Kiichiro Toyoda Fujio Cho Chairman

Volkswagen Government of Martin

12 Germany 1937 Chairman
AG Germany Winterkorn

IT
Founded
S. No Company Headquarters Founder Present Head Designation
in
San Jose.
John Warnock & Shantanu CEO &
1 Adobe Systems California 1982
Charles Gerchke Narayanan President
U.S.A
Seattle,
CEO &
2 Amazon.com Washington, 1994 Jeffrey P. Bezos Jeffrey P. Bezos
President
USA

San Francisco, Len Bosack and CEO &

3 Cisco Systems 1984 John Chambers
California, USA Sandra Lerner Chairman

Chairman &
4 Dell Computer Texas, USA 1984 Michael Dell Michael Dell
CEO
San Jose,
5 eBay 1995 Pierre Omidyar John Donahoe CEO
California, USA
 Fujitsu: Joint
Venture between
Furukaw a
Electric Hiroaki
6 Fujitsu Tokyo, Japan 1935 President
Company, Japan Kurokawa
and German
Conglomerate
Siemens
President and
Hewlett Palo Alto, Bill Hewlett and
7 1939 Mark Hurd CEO &
Packard California, USA Dave Packard
Chairman

Santa Clara, Gordon E. Moore Paul Otellini

8 Intel 1968 CEO Chairman
California, USA & Robert Noyce Craig Barett

Samuel Chairman and

9 IBM New York, USA 1888 Herman Hollerith
Palmisano CEO
Bill Gates and Bill Gates Steve
10 Microsoft Redmond, USA 1975 Chairman CEO
Paul Allen Ballmer
Lawrence J.
California, Ellison, Bob Lawrence J.
11 Oracle 1977 CEO
USA Miner and Ed Ellison
Oates
Dietmar Hopp,
Hans-Werner
Hector, Hasso
Walldorf, CEO &
12 SAP AG 1972 Plattner, Klaus Leo Apotheker
Germany President
Tschira and
Claus
Wellenreuther
Scott McNealy,
Scott McNealy
SUN Santa Clara, Vinod Khosla, Chairman CEO
13 1982 Jonathan I.
Microsystems California, USA Andy & President
Schwartz
Bechtolsheim

Apple Cupertino Steve Jobs &

14 1976 Steve Jobs CEO
Computers California, USA Steve Woznaik
Founded as
consulting
division of
Hamilton
15 Accenture 1989 Anderson William Green CEO
Bermuda
Consulting by
Arther Anderson
& Clarence
 Delany

Dallas, Texas, Randall L.

16 AT & T inc. 1983 CEO
USA Stephenson
Larry Page &
17 Google California, USA 1998 Eric Schmidt CEO
Sergey Brin
Alcate and
2006 (1898 Ben Verwaayen
18 Alcatel-Lucent Paris, France Lucent CEO Chairman
- Alcatel) Phillippe Camus
Technologies

Schaumburg Paul Galvin & President and

19 Motorola 1928 Greg Brown
Illinois, USA Joseph Galvin CEO

BANKS/FINANCIAL SERFVICES

S.No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation

Munich, Michael
1 Allianz SE 1890 Public Company CEO
Germany Diekmann
Henry Wells,
American New York City, Kenneth I. Chairman and
2 1850 William Fargo and
Express New York USA Chenault CEO
John Butterfield
Created by a merger
Lord Sharman Chairman
3 Aviva London, UK 2000 of Norwich Union
Andrew Moss CEO
and CGU plc

Bank of Charlotte, North Kenneth D Chairman and

4 1928 Amadeo Giannini
America Carolina, USA Lewis CEO

Several Banks
United under one
5 Barclays London, UK 1896 Marcus Agius Chairman
banner called
Barclays & Co.
Through a merger Vikram Pandit
CEO
6 Citigroup New York, USA 1812 of Citicorp and Sir Win
Chairman
Travelers Group Bischoff
Adelbert Delbruck
Frankfurt, Josef Chairman and
7 Deutsche Bank 1870 and Ludwig
Germany Ackermann CEO
Bamberger
 8 HSBC London, UK 1865 Thomas Sunderland Stephen Green Chairman
New York , Henry S. Morgan Chairman and
9 Morgan Stanley 1935 John J. Mack
USA and Harold Stanley CEO
Merger of Union
Zurich, Bank of Switzerland
10 UBS AG 1998 Kaspar Villiger Chairman
Switzerland & Swiss Bank
Corporation
Cornelius Vander Edward M. CEO &
11 AIG New York USA 1919
Starr Liddy Chairman
Berkshire CEO &
12 Nebraska, USA 1839 Oliver Chace Warren Buffet
Hathaway Chairman
Lloyd CEO and
13 Goldman Sachs New York, USA 1869 Marcus Goldman
Blankfien Chairman
Chase Manhatten
JP Morgan New York City Chairman &
14 1799 acquired JP Morgan James L.Dimon
Chase USA CEO
in 2000

PHARMACEUTICALS

S.No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation

Sanofi-Synthelabo Jean-Francois
Chairman
1 Sanofi- Aventis Paris, France 2004 acquired Aventis in Dehecq Chris
CEO
2004 Viehbacher
Friedrich Bayer &
Leverkusen, Werner
2 Bayer AG 1863 Johann Friedrich CEO
Germany Wenning
Weskott
Formed by the
merger of Glaxo
Glaxo Sir Chris Gent Chairman
3 London, UK 2000 Wellcome and
SmithKline Andrew Witty CEO
SmithKline
Beecham
Robert wood
New Johnson, James
Johnson & William C. Chairman and
4 Brunswick, 1886 Wood Johnson &
Johnson Weldon CEO
USA Edward Mead
Johnson
New York, Charles Pfizer &
5 Pfizer 1849 Jeff Kindler CEO
USA Charles Erhardt
Sidney Taurel Chairman
Indianapolis,
6 Eli Lilly 1876 Colonel Eli Lilly John C. President &
Indiana, USA
Lachleiter CEO

MEDIA
S.No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation
New York, Rupert CEO &
1 News Corp 1979 Rupert Murdoch
USA Murdoch Chairman
Merger between
Time Inc. and
New York, Warner Jeffrey L. Chairman and
2 Time Warner 1990
USA Comm,.subseq- Bewkes CEO
uently purchased by
AOL
The Walt Burbank Robert Iger President and
Walt and Roy
3 Disney California, 1923 John E. Pepper CEO
Disney
Company USA Jr. Chairman

FMCG/CONSUMER DURABLE
S.No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation
CEO &
1 Coca- Cola Atlanta, USA 1892 Asa Griggs Candler Muhtar Kent
Chairman
Colgate was
founded in 1806 Roger D
Colgate New York, MD
2 1928 and in 1928 it was Casmeyer Justin
Palmolive USA Chairman
bought by Skala
Palmolive
John Cadbury
Cadbury
Schweppes plc
Roger Carr Chairman
3 Cadbury plc London, UK 1824 demerged in 2008
Todd Stitzer CEO
separated its global
confectionery
business.
Through the
1910 as merger of Hans Straberg CEO &
Stockholm,
4 Electrolux Elektomekaniska Elektromekaniska Marcus President
Sweden
AB AB and Lux AB in Wallenberg Chairman
1919
Dusseldorf, CEO &
5 Henkel AG 1876 Fritz Henkel Kasper Rorsted
Germany Chairman
Lindsay Owen
Chairman
6 L‘Oréal Clichy, France 1909 Eugène Schueller Jones Jean-Paul
CEO
Agon
 Through a merger
of the appliance
7 LG Seoul, Korea 1947 company Goldstar Koo Bon Moo CEO
and the chemical
company Lucky.
Peter Brabeck-
Vevey, Chairman
8 Nestlé 1866 Henri Nestle Letmathe Paul
Switzerland CEO
Bulcke

Procter and Cincinnati, William Procter & Chairman

9 1837 Bob McDonald
Gamble Ohio, USA James Gamble and CEO
Donald M. Kendall
and Herman W. Chairwoman
New York,
10 Pepsi Co. 1965 Lay through the Indra Nooyi & President
USA
merger of Pepsi- & CEO
Cola and Frito-Lay
Amsterdam,
Gerard J.
11 Philips the 1891 Gerard Philips CEO
Kleisterlee
Netherlands
Masaru Ibuka and Sir Howard Chairman
12 Sony Tokyo, Japan 1946
Akio Morita Stringer and CEO
Brenda C.
13 Sara Lee Il1inois, USA 1939 Nathan Cummings CEO
Barnes
Formed as a merger
London, UK Micheal
of Lever Brothers Chairman
14 Unilever and Rotterdam 1930 Treschow Paul
and Margarine CEO
Netherlands Polman
Unie
15 Kraft Foods Illinois, USA 1903 James. L. Kraft Irene Rosenfeld Chairman

GARMENTS/APPARELS
S.No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation
1924 as Gebriider
Dassler
Herzogenaurach,
1 Adidas SchuhFabrik in Adolf Dassler Herbert Hainer CEO
Germany
1949 registered as
Adidas AG
Philip Knight Chairman
Philip Knight
2 Nike Oregon, USA 1972 and William J. CEO &
Mark Parker
Bill Bowerman President
Polo Ralph CEO &
3 New York, USA 1967 Ralph Lauren Ralph Lauren
Lauren Chairman
 David T.
Abercrombie New Albany, Michael S. Chairman &
4 1892 Abercrombie
& Fitch USA Jeffries CEO
Ezra Fitch
5 Lacoste Paris 1933 Rene Lacoste Michel Lacoste Chairman
Phillips-Van John M. Van
Manhatten, Emanuel Chairman &
6 Heusen 1900s Heusen & Isaac
New York, USA Chirico CEO
Corporation Phillips
Tommy Tommy President &
7 New York, USA 1984 David F. Dyer
Hilfiger Hilfiger Director

MISCELLANEOUS
S.No Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation
Masahiro Chairman &
1 Asahi Glass Tokyo, Japan 1907 Toshiya Iwasaki
Kadomatsu CEO
Frederick W. Frederick W. Chairman &
2 Fed Ex Memphis, USA 1971
Smith Smith President
Thomas Alva
General Edison, Elihu Jeffrey R. Chairman and
3 Fairfield, USA 1878
Electric Thomson, Edwin Immelt CEO
J. Hovston
Goro Yoshida and Chairman and
4 Canon Tokyo, Japan 1937 FujioMitarai
Saburo Uchida CEO
Luxembourg Through the Chairman of
Lakshmi N.
5 Arcelor Mittal City, 2006 merger of Arcelor the borad &
Mittal
Luxembourg and Mittal Steel CEO
Richard
Branson President
6 Virgin Atlantic London, UK 1984 Richard Branson
Stephen Chairman
Murphy
Wal-Mart
7 Arkansas, USA 1962 Sam Walton Mike Duke CEO
Stores inc.
Leiden, the
8 IKEA 1943 Ingvar Kamprad Anders Dahlvig President
Netherlands
W. James
9 Boeing Chicago, USA 1916 William Boeing CEO
McNerney, Jr.
Began as a
consortium of
10 Airbus France 1970 CEO
European aviation
firms
 PETROLEUM CORPORATION
Founded
S.No Company Headquarters Founder Present Head Designation
in
Donald Alexander Anthony B.
1 BP London, UK 1954 CEO
Smith Hayward
Formed by the
Chairman and
2 Exxon Mobil Texas, USA 1999 merger of Exxon Rex W. Tillerson
CEO
& Mobil
Royal Dutch The Hague, the Peter Vosek CEO
3 1907 Jean Kessler
Shell Netherlands Jorma Ollila Chairman
Formed by Anti
Chairman and
4 Chevron Corp. California, USA 1879 Trust breakup of David Reilly
CEO
Standard Oil

Brand/Company Punchlines

AUTOMOBILES
BRAND/COMPANY PUNCHLINE
Mercedes Benz Brace Yourself
Mahindra Bolero Break Free
Wagon R For the smarter race
Maruti Suzuki Count On Us
Bajaj Pulsar Definitely Male
Splendor + Designed To Excel
Hyundai Motors Drive Your Way
Chevrolet Optra For A Special Journey Called Life
Opel Fresh Thinking, Better Cars
Super Splendor Generation Nayi Bharosa Wohi
Ford Fiesta Go Fida
Bajaj Auto Inspiring Confidence
TVS Apache Its Now Or Never
Alto Let‘s Go
Toyota Corolla Life‘s A Journey
Ford Motors Make Everyday Exciting
Indica V2 More Car Per Car
Toyota Touch the Perfection
Mahindra Scorpio Nothing Else Will Do
Honda City ZX Outperform
Mitsubishi Lancer Own The Road
Bridgestone Passion For Excellence
Audi Vorsprung Durch Technik (Progress
 through technology)
Tata Safari Dicor Reclaim your life
Tata Indigo Spoil yourself
Ford Ikon The Josh Machine
Ford Endeavour The Next Big Thing
Honda The Power Of Dreams
Chevron Corporation Human Energy
BMW The Ultimate Driving Machine
Honda Accord The Unbeatable Accord
Yamaha Touching Your Heart
Hyundai Sonata Embera Undoubtedly Distinguished
Maruti Esteem Welcome To The Big World
Hyundai Accent What Dreams Drive
Ford Built for the Road Ahead
GM Only GM
Volkswagen Drivers wanted
Fiat Driven by Passion. FIAT
Tata Motors Even More Car per Car
Skoda Obsessed with quality since 1897

IT
BRAND/COMPANY PUNCHLINE
Wipro Applying Thought
TCS Experience Certainity
Acer Empowering People
Accenture High Performance Delivered
Compaq Inspiration Technology
Hewlett & Packard Invent
Intel Intel inside
Infosys Technologies Powered By Intellect, Driven By Values
Cisco Powered Network
ebay The Worlds online market place.
amazon.com Earth's Biggest Bookstore
timesjobs.com If you have a reason, we have the job
Microsoft Your Potential Our Passion
Windows XP Do More with Less
HP-Invent Everything is Possible
IBM On Demand
Lenovo We are building a new technology
company.
Apple Macintosh Think Different
Adobe Simplicity at work. Better by adobe
 Dell Easy as DELL.
Sun Microsystems The Network is the Computer
AT&T The World's Networking Company
Monster.com Never Settle
IndiaInfoline.com It‘s all about money, honey
Aptech We change lives
Cognizent Passion for building stronger businesses

PHARAMACEUTICALS
BRAND/COMPANY PUNCHLINE
Bayer Science for a Better life
Wockhardt Healthcare Is In Our Genes
Torrent Pharmaceuticals Not Just Healthcare Life care
IBP Pure bhi Pura bhi
Pfizer Working together For A Healthier World
Cipla Caring for life. Life is our life‘s work
Sanofi Aventis Because Health Matters
Bicon The difference lies in our DNA
Dr. Reddy lab Life Research Hope

MEDIA
BRAND/COMPANY PUNCHLINE
CNN.Com Be The First To Know
Forbes Capitalist Tool
NDTV Expertise. Truth First
Discovery Channel Lets all discover
Times Now Feel The News
Business Today For Managing Tomorrow
Business Standard Intelligence Everywhere
ZEE Network Jiyo Zee Bhar Ke
Indian Express Journalism Of Courage
Hindustan Times The Name India trusts for News
Times Of India Let Truth Prevail
BBC World Putting News First
CNBC India Profit From It
HBO Simply The Best
Outlook Speak Out
Tehelka The People‘s Paper
The Economic Times The Power Of Knowledge
CNN The World‘s News Leader
The Telegraph Unputdownable
NDTV Profit News you can Use
 Star Sports We know your game
Aaj Tak Sabse Tez

PETROLEUM CORPORATION
BRAND/COMPANY PUNCHLINE
IOCL Bringing Energy To Life
Hindustan Petroleum Future full of Energy
Bharat Petroleum Energising Lives
GAIL India‘s No. 1 Gas company
ONGC Making Tomorrow Brighter
British Petroleum Beyond Petroleum
BPCL Pure for Sure
Speed High Performance Petrol
Servo 100% Performance Everytime

MISCELLANEOUS
BRAND/COMPANY PUNCHLINE
Reliance Communication Ventures Ltd. A New Way Of Life
Amway Better Ideas Better Life
Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. (BHEL) Brightening Lives Powering Projects
Max Healthcare Caring For You For Life
De Beers Diamonds Are Forever
Longines Elegance Is An Attitude
IL & FS Energising Capital Realising Ideas
Kerala God‘s Own Country
Reliance Industries Growth Of Life
GE Imagination At Work
Tata Group Improving The Quality Of Life
Berger Paints Paint Your Imagination
TAG Heuer Swiss Avant Garde – Grade Since 1860
Xerox The Document Company
Reynolds The Pen The World Prefers
Omega The Sign Of Excellence
Swatch Time Is What You Make Of It
Apollo Hospitals Touching Lives
Gati Ahead is Reach
MRF Tyres with Muscle
CEAT Born Tough
Ernst and Young Quality in Everything we Do
Nintendo Get N or get out.
Omega The sign of Excellence
DuPont The Miracles of Science.
 Samsonite Life‘s a journey
Piramyd Consulting Inc.

Brand Quotient and Brand Endorsers

BRAND QUOTIENT

AUTOMOBILE COMPANIES
Tata Indica V2 Indigo Safari Sumo Xeta TL 4x4
Nano Marina Sierra Estate XenonXT Cliffrider Xover
Zen
M800 Alto Omni Wagon R Baleno
Estillo
Maruti A-star,
Grand
Gypsy Esteem Versa SX4 Swift
Vitara
MM
Commander Armada Bolero Classic CL 500
Range
Xylo, Thar,
Mahindra Renault
LCV Legend, Axe,
Logan MaXX Scorpio Marshal Ingenio
Range
Voyager
Santro Accent Sonata Elantra Getz Tucson
Hyundai
Verna Terracan I 10
Honda City ZX Accord CR-V Civic Odyssey Element
Ford Ikon Fiesta Endeavour Fusion Escort Mondeo
Chevrolet MASCOT
Chevrolet Chevrolet
Aveo Opel Corsa Opel Astra T-480 FC,
GM Optra Tavera SRV
Pushpak
Opel Swing Cadillac U-VA Spark Buick Pontiac
Hindustan Lancer
Ambassador Lancer RTV Pajero Montero
Motors Cedia
Land
RV4
Toyota Corolla Camry Innova Cruiser Qualis
Sienna
Prado
Octavia Rider 1.8
Skoda Auto Octavia Laura Superb Roomster
Combi Turbo
Discover Pulsar CT100 Avenger Platina
Eliminator Boxer Aspire Bajaj ULC
Bajaj Auto (Nano
Kristal competitor)
Sunny XCD
Dts-i
CD HUNK,
Super CBZ CD
Hero & Passion + Karizma ACHIEVER,
Splendor Xtreme DAWN Deluxe
Honda Glamour,
Dawn Ambition Activa Dio Eterno Pleasure
 Adreno
Select II NV Freedom Graptor Supremo
FX
LML
Freedom
Energy FX Prima Freedom Trendy
Topper
Fiero Victor Centra Scooty Star Star City
TVS
Super XL Apache Max 100 Shogun
Nova 35 Velocity GF125 Zoom Challenger Aquila
Comet
Kinetic Zing 80 Kine 4S GF Laser King V2
250
Luna Stryker Boss
Yamaha Libero Crux R G5 Fazer Gladiator YBX
Nisan
X-Trail
Motors
Mitsubishi Lancer Pajero
Royal Thunderbird
Bullet Machismo
Enfield cruiser
Mitsubishi Lancer Pajero

FMCG COMPANIES
Yellow
Lifebuoy Sunsilk Surf Excel Ponds Lux
Label Tea
Fair & Lipton Tea,
Clinic Range Wheel Lakme Rexona Rin Vaseline,
Lovely
Pureit,
HUL Brooke Bond Annapurna Breeze Ala Kissan Dove Sunlight,
Breez,
Pepsodent Bru Hamam CloseUp Axe Pears Aviance
Kwality Walls Liril Ayush Knorr Margo Vim
Bouty,
Crest,
Dawn,
Head & Pantene Tide Duracell,
Ariel Vicks Whisper
Shoulders Pro V Detergent Ivory,
P&G,
Gain,
Fusion,
Oral-B
Rejoice Pampers Gillette Tide Pringles Always
Cherry
Reckitt Dettol Lysol Mortein Harpic Robin Blue Gaviscon
Blossom
Benckiser
Vanish Veet Colin Finish Clarsil Strepsils
 Schauma,
Henkel Fa Mr. White Henko Chick Spee Pril
Pritt, Duck

Glaxo Aquafresh
Crocin Horlicks Boost Iodex Levitra
Smithkline Toothpaste
Half Half Dairy
Fifty-Fifty Tiger Marie Treat
cake Whitener
Flavoured
Britannia GoodDay Milkman Cheese Bread Butter
milk
Ghee Milk Pure Magic
Amla lite,
Red Badam
Hajmola Chyawanprash Glucose D Pudin Hara Honey Tail,
Toothpest
Meswak,
Nature
Vatika Hair Anmol Care,
Dabur Amla Hair Oil Hommade Real Shilajit
Oil Herbal Odopic,
Lal Babool Janma Baby Olive Promise,
Binaca Lal Tail
Dantmanjan Toothpaste Ghuti oil Sani Fresh,
Sat Isabgol,
Lemoneez Coolers Odomos Odonil Heena Shaukha
Puspi,
Shanti
Mealmaker,
Parachute Saffola Hair&Care Badam Mediker Nihar,
Marico Nihar
Amla Starz,
Industries Ltd.
Kaya Skin Silk n Manjal
Oil of Malabar Sil Revive Sweekar
Clinics Shine
Coca-Cola Limca Thums Up Fanta Sunfil Kinley
Coca-Cola
Maaza Coke Sprite Georgia Shock
RimZim
Pepsi 7-Up Slice Miranda Frito Lays
Pepsi Co.
Mountain Dew Lipton Tropicana Gatorade
Cadila
Generic EverYuth
Healthcare Sugar Free Medicines
Drugs Skincare
Ltd.
Boots Strepsils &
Medicines Icy Sweetex Saridon
Piramal Ltd. Ultra Clearasil
ParleG,
Bisleri, Poppins, Melody
Parle Bailey Monaco, Krackjack,
Frooti, Mango & Murret
Hide
 Appy, & Seek, Must Shakti, Bites,
Bite,
Saint Bites Marie, Orange
Juice Candy
Kismi
Toffee

Apparel Companies
Park Avenue
Raymond Parx Notting Hill Orchard Manzoni Colorplus
Zapp
Madura Louis
Van Heusen Peter England Allen Solly SF Jeans
Garments Philippe
Bombay
Vivaldi
Dyeing
Ruff & Flying
Arvind Mills Excalibur Lee Wrangler Newport
Tuff Machine
Tommy
Arrow Spykar Jeans
Hilfiger
Stephens
S Kumar’s Reid & Taylor Tamarind Belmonte S.Kumars
Brothers
Indus-
Lombard,
League Jealous
Indigo Nation Scullers Urban Yoga Urbana Buffalo, John Miller
(Future Jeans
GIG
Group)
Reebok Traxtar
Nike Cole Haan Dry-fit
Adidas Supernova
Dockers
Levi Strauss Levis Signature
Mobile

Reid & Taylor, Cadburys Dairy Milk, Nerolac, Hajmola, Navratan, Emami,
Amitabh Bachchan
Dabur, Tide, Pulse Polio Campaign, Binani Cement, Parker Pen
Aishwarya Rai L‘Oréal, Longines, Lux
Videocon, Pepsi, Santro Xing, Unicef, Tag Heuer, Omega, Airtel, ITC
Shahrukh Khan
Sunfeast, Dish TV, Nokia, Hyundai-i10, ICICI, Belmonte

Atlas Cycles, Tata Tea, Sports Authority of Andhra Pradesh, ‗Save the Girl
Sania Mirza
Child‘ Campaign, Lotto, Tata Indicom, Hyundai Getz, HPCL, Sprite, Adidas
Coke, ITC John Players, Hero Honda Karizma, Sony Ericsson, Acer, Rasna,
Hrithik Roshan
Rupa Macro Man, Hide-n-seek Biscuits
 Diet Pepsi, Yamaha, Clinic Shampoo, Wrangler, Fastrack Sunglasses,
John Abraham
Samsung Mobiles, Mumbai Marathon 2008, Castrol
Citizen Eco-Drive Watches, Pepsi, Lux, Globus, Garnier, Anne French,
Kareena Kapoor
Head & Shoulder, Boro Plus, Dulux Paints, Vivel Di Wills
Exide Batteries, IOC, TVS Star City, Reebok, Brylcreem, Frito Lay,
M. S. Dhoni Videocon, GE Money, BPCL, RCOM, Reliance Energy, Royal Stag, Tata
Sonata
Kingfisher Airlines, Tissot, Levis Signature Jeans, Maybelline, Pepsi, Liril
Deepika Padukone
Soap, Parachute oil
Abhishek Bachchan Idea, Flying Machine, Big 92.7 FM, Omega, Motorola, Ford Fiesta
Lux, J Hampstead, Tag Heuer, Sunsilk, Killer Jeans, Nokia, Ponds, Hero
Priyanka Chopra
Honda
Sushmita Sen Tag Hauer, olay, kiah, Pantene Shampoo
Donear Suiting, Marico, Xbox 360, Royal Stag, Pepsi, Microsoft, SBI Cards,
Yuvraj Singh
Seagram
Sachin Tendulkar TVS, Canon, Adidas, MRF, Aviva, Sunfeast, Boost
Rani Mukherji Titan Raga, Nestle Munch, Good Night, Aveo
Aveo, Royal Stag, Asian Paint, Lenevo, Frito Lay, Provogue, Newport,
Saif Ali Khan
TajMahal tea
Katrina Kaif Estelle Jewellery, Lakmé, Pantene, Veet, Kodak, LG, Slice, Nakshatra

INDIAN COMPANIES AND LEADERS

AUTOMOBILES
S.No. Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation
Rahul Bajaj
1 Bajaj Auto Pune 1945 Jamnalal Bajaj Chairman MD
Rajiv Bajaj
Castrol, the global
brand, was founded Naveen Managing
2 Castrol India Mumbai 1899
by Charles Kshatriya Director
Wakefield
Mr. Satyanand
Varied
Munjal, Mr.
locations for Dr. Brij Mohan Chairman
3 Hero Group 1956 Brijmohan Lal
different Group Lall Munjal Group
Munjal and Mr. O.
companies
P. Munjal
Shri.T V Sundaram
4 TVS Motors Chennai 1911 Venu Srinivasan Chairman
Iyengar
Chairman and
5 Bharat Forge Mumbai 1961 Baba Kalyani Baba Kalyani
CEO
 J.C. Mahindra & Keshub
Mahindra and
6 Mumbai 1945 K.C. Mahindra & Mahindra Anand Chairman MD
Mahindra
Ghulam Mohammad Mahindra
Jamshedji Tata
7 Tata Motors Mumbai 1945 Ratan Tata Chairman
(JRD)
R.C.Bhargava
Maruti Suzuki Indian subsidary of Chairman
8 Gurgaon 1981 Shinzo
India Ltd. Suzuki, Japan CEO
Nakanishi

IT

S.No. Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation

Shiv Nadar and Ajai Shiv Nadar Chairman
1 HCL Corp. Noida 1976
Chowdhry Roshni Nadar CEO
N R Narayana
Murthy, Nandan
Nilekani, N S Narayana NR Honorary
2 Infosys Bengaluru 1981 Raghavan, S Murthy Kris. Chairman
Gopalakrishnan, S D Gopalakrishnan CEO and MD
Shibulal, K Dinesh
and Ashok Arora.
Oracle
3 Financial Mumbai 1991 Rajesh Hukku Rajesh Hukku Chairman
Services Ltd.
4 Moser Baer New Delhi 1983 Mr. Deepak Puri Mr. Deepak Puri MD

Narendra K. Patni,
Patni Narendra K Chairman and
5 Mumbai 1978 Gajendra K. Patni
Computers Patni CEO
and Ashok K. Patni
Founded in
1987.
Became B Ramalinga Raju
6 Satyam Hyderabad C.P.Gurnani CEO
Mahindra and B Rama Raju
Satyam in
June 2009
7 Wipro Bangalore 1945 Azim Premji Azim Premji Chairman
Polaris Chairman and
8 Chennai 1993 Arun Jain Arun Jain
Software Ltd. CEO
Ranjendar S. Pawar R. S. Pawar & Chairman
9 NIIT New Delhi 1981
& Vijay Thadani Vijay Thadani CEO
 Merger of U.S. based
IT consulting
company MphasiS Chairman
Andy Mattes
10 MphasiS Bengaluru 2000 Corporation & the CEO &
Ganesh Ayyar
Indian IT services Director
company BFL,
Software Ltd.
Tata
Started as a division
11 Consultancy Mumbai 1968 S.Ramadorai CEO & MD
of the Tata Group
Services Ltd

AIRLINES
S.No. Company Headquarters Founded in Founder Present Head Designation
Initially started as
Tata Airlines, a
division of Tata
Chairman and
Mumbai, Sons Ltd. by J.R.D.
1 Air India 1932 Aravind Jadhav Managing
Maharashtra Tata. It was
Director
converted into a
public limited
company in 1946
Chairman &
2 Kingfisher Bengaluru 2004 Vijay Mallya Vijay Mallya
MD
3 Jet Airways Mumbai 1993 Naresh Goyal Naresh Goyal Chairman

Rahul Bhatiya &

4 IndiGo New Delhi 2005 Bruce Ashby CEO
Rakesh Gangwal
It was earlier known
as Royal Airways, a Sanjay
5 SpiceJet New Delhi 2005 CEO
reincarnation of Aggarwal
Modi Luft.

Edgardo Badiali
6 GoAir Mumbai 2004 Wadia Group CEO MD
Jehangir Wadia

BANKS/FINANCIAL SERVICES
Founded Present
S.No. Company Headquarters Founder Designation
in Head
Mr. D S
1. HDFC Mumbai 1977 Hashmukhbhia Parekh Chairman
Parekh
Started as collaboration Chairman MD
2. ICICI Mumbai 1955
between world Bank, & CEO
 Government of India and
representatives of Indian
Industry
Estd. by a special act of the
Yogesh Chairman and
3. IDBI Mumbai 1964 Parliament to provide credit to
Agarwal MD
Indian Industry
4. SBI Mumbai 1806 Government of India O.P.Bhatt Chairman
Sardar Dyal Singh Majithia K.C. Chairman and
5. PNB New Delhi 1895
and Lala Harkishen Lal Chakrabarty MD
Bank of Sir Maharaja Sayajirao Chairman and
6. Mumbai 1908 M.D. Mallya
Baroda Gaekwad III MD
Founded by a group of
T.S.
Hindus, Muslims, Parsis & Chairman and
7. Bank of India Mumbai 1906 Narayanan
Jews lead promoter was Sir MD
Swami
Sasson David
Oriental Bank
Rai Bahadur Lala Chairman and
8. Of New Delhi 1943 A.K.Mishra
Sohan Lal MD
Commerce
Chairman and
9. Canara Bank Bengaluru 1906 Ammembal Subbarao Pai A.C. Mahajan
MD
Founder and
10. Yes Bank Mumbai 2004 Rana Kapoor Rana Kapoor
CEO
Stephen Chairman
Green
London,
11. HSBC 1865 Thomas Sutherland (CEO – HSBC
England, U.K.
Naina Lal India branches)
Kidwai
Chairman and
12. LIC of India Mumbai 1956 Government of India T.S.Vijayan
CEO
Andheri, Joseph
13. MCX 2003 Jignesh Shah CEO and MD
Mumbai Massey
Bombay
Stock Rajnikant
14. Mumbai 1875 Government of India CEO
Exchange Patel
Ltd.
Reserve Bank Dr. D.
15. Mumbai 1935 Government of India Governor
of India Subbarao
16. NSE Mumbai 1992 Government of India Ravi Narain MD

PHARMACEUTICALS

S.No. Company Headquarters Founded In Founder Present Head Designation

 Bangalore,
Ms. Kiran
Karnataka and Ms. Kiran Chairman and
1 BIOCON 1978 Mazumdar
New Jersey Mazumdar-Shaw MD
Shaw
USA

Mumbai, Khwaja Abdul Dr. Y.K. Chairman and

2 Cipla 1935
Maharashtra Hamied Hamied MD

Hyderabad, Dr. Anji Reddy Chairman

3 Dr. Reddy‘s 1984 Dr. Anji Reddy
Andhra Pradesh G V Prasad CEO

Nicholas Mumbai, Merger of Many

4 1988 Ajay G Piramal Chairman
Piramal Maharashtra Companies

Gurgaon, Malvinder
5 Ranbaxy 1937 Bhai Mohan Singh MD and CEO
Haryana Mohan Singh

Chairman &
Ahmedabad, Ramanbhai Patel &
6 Zydus Cadila 1952 Pankaj R. Patel Managing
Gujarat Indravadan Modi
Director

Wockhardt Habil
7 Mumbai 1960 Habil Khorakiwala Chairman
Hospital Khorakiwala

Novartis Merger of Ciba-

Basel, Chairman and
8 International 1996 Geigy & Sandoz Daniel Vasella
Switzerland CEO
AG. laboratories

Morepen Chairman and

9 New Delhi 1984 K.B. Suri Sushil Suri
Laboratories MD

Started as Aventis.
Later on, Sanofi- Jean-Francois
10 Aventis Sanofi Paris, France 2004 CEO
Synthelabo Dehecq
purchased Aventis.

11 Pfizer India New York 1849 Subsidary Pfizer Kewal Handa MD

12 Bayer India Ltd Germany 1863 Friedrich Bayer Vijay Mallya Chairman

Torrent Sudhir Mehta

13 Ahmedabad 1959 U.N. Mehta Chairman MD
Pharmaceuticals Sameer Mehta
 MEDIA
S.No. Company Headquarters Founded In Founder Present Head Designation
Balaji Mumbai, Jeetendra
1. 1999 Jeetendra Kapoor Chairman
Telefilms Maharashtra Kapoor
Mumbai, Chairman and
2. Mukta Arts 1972 Subhash Ghai Subhash Ghai
Maharashtra MD
Chairman &
Mumbai, Subhash
3. Zee Telefilms 1992 Subhash Chandra Managing
Maharashtra Chandra
Director
Karunanidhi Chairman and
4. Sun TV Tamil Nadu 1993 Kalanithi Maran
Family MD
Goregaon,
Sahara India Group
5. Mumbai, 1978 News Corporation Subrato Roy
Pariwar Chairman
Lucknow

PETROLEUM CORPORATION
Founded
S.No. Company Headquarters Founder Present Head Designation
In
Government of
1 IOC New Delhi 1959 Sarthak Behuria Chairman
India
Chairman and
2 ONGC Dehradun 1956 Govt. of India R.S.Sharma
MD
Chairman and
3 BPCL Mumbai 1976 Govt. of India Ashok Shina
MD
Chairman and
4 GAIL New Delhi 1984 Govt. of India Dr. B.C. Tripathi
MD
Arun Chairman and
5 HPCL Mumbai 1976 Govt. of India
Balakrishanan MD
6 IPCL Mumbai 1969 Mukesh Ambani Mukesh Ambani Chairman

FMCG/CONSUMER DURABLES
Founded
S.No. Company Headquarters Founder Present Head Designation
In
Ghaziabad, Uttar Anand. Burman Chairman Vice-
1 Dabur 1884 Dr. S K. Burman
Pradesh Amit Burman Chairman
Mumbai, Ardeshir and
2 Godrej 1897 J.N. Godrej Chairman
Maharashtra Pirojsha Godrej
Ahmedabad, Chairman and
3 Nirma 1969 Karsanbhai Patel Karsanbhai Patel
Gujarat MD
Aurangabad Nandlal
4 Videocon 1987 Venugopal Dhoot Chairman
Maharashtra Madhavlal Dhoot
 Hindustan
Subsidary Harish Manwani Chairman CEO
5 Unilever Ltd. Anand 1933
Uniliver Nitin Paranjape and MD
(HUL)
Britannia Kolkata & Vineeta Bali Nasli
6 1892 --------- MD Chairman
Industries Bangalore Wadia

GARMENTS/APPARELS
Founded
S.No. Company Headquarters Founder Present Head Designation
In
Ahmedabad, Kasturbhai Mr. Chaiman &
1 Arvind Mills 1931
Gujrat Lalbhai Sanjay.S.Lalbhai MD
Mumbai, Nowrosjee
2 Bombay Dyeing 1879 Nusli Wadia Chairman
Maharashtra Wadia
Future Group Mumbai,
3 1987 Kishore Biyani Kishore Biyani CEO & MD
(India) Maharashtra
Mumbai, Gautam Hari Chairman and
4 Raymond 1925 Lala Juggilal
Maharashtra Singhania MD

MISCELLANEOUS
Founded
S.No. Company Headquarters Founder Present Head Designation
In
The group‘s founding father
was Ghanshyamdas Birla,
Aditya Birla Mumbai, Kumar
1 1857 under Aditya Vikram Birla, it Chairman
Group Maharashtra Mangalam Birla
became a world-calss
business base.
Matthew T Maratukallam and
Perambra, Jacob Thomas. Later taken Chairman &
2 Apollo Tyres 1975 Onkar S. Kanwar
Kerala over by Raunaq Singh in MD
1974
Anil
Dhirubhai Mumbai,
3 2005 Mr. Anil Ambani Mr. Anil Ambani Chairman
Ambani Maharashtra
Group
Founded by Late Karam
BILT
Gurgaon, Chand Thapar as Ballarpur
4 (Avantha 1945 Gautam Thapar MD
Haryana Paper and Straw to Ballarpur
Group)
Industries Ltd. In 1975
Hinduja Parmanand Deepchand Srichand P
5 London, U.K. 1914 Chairman
Group Hinduja Hinduja
Jaypee
6 New Delhi 1972 Jaiprakash Gaur Jaiprakash Gaur Chairman
Group
 Larsen & Mumbai, Henning Holck-Larsen and Chairman,
7 1938 A. M. Naik
Toubro Maharashtra Soren Kristian Toubro MD & CEO
Harsh Vardhan
8. RPG Group Mumbai 1820 Ramdutt Goenka Chairman
Goenka
Reliance Mumbai, Chairman and
9. 1966 Dhirubhai Ambani Mukesh Ambani
Industries Maharashtra MD
Mumbai,
10. Tata Group 1868 Jamshetji Nusserwanji Tata Ratan Tata Chairman
Maharashtra
Anil Agarwal
Sterlite Tuticorin, Chairman
11. 1976 Anil Agarwal Kuldip Kumar
Industries Tamil Nadu MD & CEO
Kaura
Suzlon Chairman and
12. Pune 1995 Tulsi Tanti Tulsi Tanti
Energy CEO
Gurgaon,
13. Unitech Ltd. 1971 Ramesh Chandra Ramesh Chandra CEO
Haryana
B. Muthuraman CEO
14. Tata Steel Mumbai 1907 JRD -Jamsedji Tata
Ratan Tata Chairman
15. Delhi Metro New Delhi 1995 Govt. of India E.Shreedharan MD
16. DLF Limited Delhi 1946 C.R.Singh Kushal Pal Singh Chairman
Coca-Cola CEO &
17. Mumbai 1993 ------- Atul Singh
India President
Gurgaon,
18. Pepsi India 1989 Subsidary Pepsi Inc. Sanjeev Chadda CEO
Haryana

CELLULAR/NETWORK PROVIDER
S.No. Company Headquarters Founded In Founder Present Head Designation
Mr. Sunil
Bharti Tele- Mr. Sunil Bharti
1. New Delhi 1995 Bharti Chairman
Ventures Mittal
Mittal
Mumbai,
2. Essar Group 1956 Nand Kishore Ruia Shashi Ruia Chairman
Maharashtra
Reliance Chairman &
3. Navi Mumbai 2002 Dhirubhai Ambani Anil Ambani
Communication MD

India‘s Advertisement Agency

Name of the Agency Head
Piyush Pandey (Chairman & National Creative
Ogilvy & Mather
Director)
JWT Colvyn J. Harris
Euro RSCG Suman Shrivastava
Saatchi & Saatchi Kamal Basu (CEO)
Leo Burnett Arvind Sharma (Chairman & CEO)
 FCB Ulka Ambi M.G. Parmeswaran (Executive Director)
R.K. Swamy/BBDO Shekar Swamy
Mudra Communication Ltd. Madhukar Kamat (MD & CEO)
David & Bates Subhash Kamat (CEO)
Rediffusion Diwan Arun Nanda (MD & CEO)
McCann-Erickson Prasoon Joshi (National Creative Director)
Ravi Deshpande (Chairman & Chief Creative
Contract Advertising
Officer)
Lintas Media Group (LMG) Lynn de Souza
Grey Group (Asia Pacific) Nirvik Singh (Chairman & CEO)

Electronic Media

I. Major Indian Production Houses

1. Dharma Productions

Dharma Productions is a film production company founded by Late Yash Johar in 1976.
The first film to be produced by the company was Dostana in 1980.

Headquarter
Dharma Productions is based in Mumbai.

Present Management
With the release of Kuchh Kuchh Hota Hai in 1998, Yash Johar‘s son Karan Johar made
his directorial debut. Presently he is the Managing Director and his mother Hiroo Johar is
the Chairperson of the company.

Major Productions
Some other films produced by the company include:

l Muqaddar Ka Faisla (1987)

l Agneepath (1990)
l Gumrah (1993)
l Kuch Kuch Hota Hai (1998)
l Kabhi Khushi Kabhi Gham (2001)
l Kal Ho Naa Ho (2003)
l Kaal (2005)
l Kabhi Alvida Naa Kehna (2006)

2. Balaji Telefilms

Balaji Telefilms is one of the leading production houses of India. It is run by the Kapoor
family, with Jeetendra as its Chairman. The production house is mainly into producing
television serials.
Headquarter
Balaji Telefilms is based in Mumbai.

Present Management
Ms. Shobha Kapoor is the Managing Director and CEO of the company while her
daughter Ekta Kapoor is the Creative Head of the company.

Major Productions
Some of the major serials produced by Balaji Telefilms are:

l Kahaani Ghar Ghar Kii

l Kahiin To Hoga
l Karam Apnaa Apnaa
l Kasamh Se
l Kasautii Zindagi Kay
l Kyunki Saas Bhi Kabhi Bahu Thi

3. United Television (UTV)

United Television is a leading media and entertainment company of India with offices in
South East Asia, US and UK. UTV is into producing content for television, motion
pictures and broadcasting. The company was established 18 years ago by Ronnie
Screwvala in 1990.

The company has 4 subsidiaries:

l United Entertainment Solutions Ltd (India).

l UTV Communication (USA) LLC
l UTV Communication (UK) Ltd.
l UTV Communication (Mauritius) Ltd.
Headquarter
UTV is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Ronnie Screwvala is the CEO of UTV.

4. Adlabs

Adlabs is the largest entertainment company in India. Adlabs was founded by

Manmohan Shetty in 1978 along with Vasanji Mamania as a small film processing
unit catering to ad films. In 1989, the firm entered mainstream cinema processing. Today,
the company processes more them 70 percent of all Hindi films produced in India. In
June 2005, Anil Ambani who owned Reliance-Anil Dhirubhai Ambani Group (ADAG)
became a majority stakeholder (51%) in Adlabs. In 2006, Adlabs had also entered into
television content creation by becoming a majority stakeholder in Siddhartha Basu‘s
Synergy Communication. Adlabs cinema is also one of the largest motion picture
exhibitors in India.

Headquarter
Adlabs is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Manmohan Shetty is the Chairman and Managing Director of the company and his
daughter Ms. Pooja Shetty is the whole-time Director of the company.

5. Sahara One Media and Entertainment Ltd (SOMEL)

Sahara One Media and Entertainment Limited (SOMEL) is the media company of the
Sahara India Parivar. It operates two television channels ―Sahara One‖ a general
entertainment channel and ―Filmy‖ (2006 Feb) a Hindi movie channel.

Sahara One Motion pictures is one of India‘s largest movie production houses in the
business of producing, marketing, and distributing motion pictures in Hindi and other
Indian regional languages.

Headquarter
Sahara One Media and Entertainment Ltd. is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Subrata Roy is the Managing Worker and Chairman of the Sahara One Media and
Entertainment Ltd.
6. Yash Raj Films

Yash Raj Films is a multi–product company set up by Yash Chopra in 1970. Apart from
producing motion pictures in Hindi language, the company is also in the business of
distributing films. It has also launched a music label by the name ―Yash Raj Music‖ and
also produces DVD‘s, VCD‘s and videos under the label ―Yash Raj Films Home
Entertainment‖. In 2001, Yash Raj films became the first Indian production company to
create a Corporate Structure.
In 2004, an International film magazine Hollywood Reporter, rated Yash Raj Films as the
27th Biggest Film Distribution House in the World and the largest production company
as in 2006. Recently it has started a new state-of-the-art studio at Mumbai.

Headquarter
Yash Raj films is based in Mumbai.

Present Management
The present Chairman of the company is Yash Chopra.

Major Productions of Yashraj Productions

l Kabhi Kabhi (1976)

l Silsila (1981)
l Lamhe (1991)
l Dilwale Dulhaiya Le Jayenge (1995)
l Dil to Pagal Hai (1997)
l Mohabbatein (2000)
l Saathiya (2002)
l Kabul Express (2006)
l Chak De! India (2007)

II. Major Internet Companies

1. Google Inc.

Google was started by Sergey Brin and Larry Page as a research project while undergoing
their Ph.D. at Stanford University, California. The search engine was initially nicknamed
―Back Rub‖. The domain name google.com was registered on Sep 15, 1997. The
company has its office in Menlo Park, California. The total initial investment raised for
the new company was US $1.1 million, including a cheque of $ 1 million from Andy
Bechtolscheim, one of the founders of Sun Microsystems.

Headquarter
The head office of Google inc. ―The Googleplex‖ is situated at Mountain View,
California.

Present Management
Eric E. Schmidt – CEO/Chairman
Sergey Brin – President, Technology
Larry Page – President, Products

Products and Services offered

The major product offerings of Google include the Google Search Engine, Gmail, Google
Calendar, Google Talk, Google Docs and Spreadsheets, Jot Spot, Adwords, Google
Notebook, Orkut, google Groups, Picassa-Web albums, Google Earth, Google Maps and
You Tube.

2. Yahoo! Inc

Yahoo! Inc was founded by David Filo and Jerry Yang, Ph.D. students of electrical
engineering at Stanford University, in January 1995. The website was initially named
‗Jerry and David‘s guide to the world wide web‘, but eventually got the name ‗Yahoo! –
Yet another hierarchical officious oracle‘.

Headquarter
The present headquarter of Yahoo! Inc is at Sunnyvale, California, USA

Present Management
Roy J. Bostock – Chairman
Carol Bartz – CEO
David Filo – Co-Founder

Products and Services offered

The major product/service offering of Yahoo include - Ask Yahoo!, Blogs, Flickr – a
public photo album for users, Geocities – a web hosting service, My Yahoo –
personalized homepage for users,
Yahoo 360° - social networking domain for users, Yahoo Education, Yahoo Finance,
Yahoo Games, Yahoo Gallery, Yahoo Greetings, Yahoo Groups, Yahoo Mail, Yahoo
Messages, Yahoo Search and Yahoo Video.

3. eBay Inc.
The online auction site, eBay was founded in San Jose, California on September 3, 1995
by computer programmer Pierre Omidyar as auction web. The first item sold by the
website was a broken laser pointer for which Omidyar earned $14.83. The name of the
service was changed from auction web to eBay in September 1997.

Headquarter
The company, eBay Inc is headquartered at San Jose, California.

Present Management
Pierre Omidyar – Chairman
John Donahoe – CEO

Services Offered
eBay is an online auction portal having a varied range of products for sale on the portal.
Some of the items sold on the website include Apparel and Accessories, Books and
Magazine, Camera and Optics, Cars and Bikes etc.

4. Amazon.com Inc.

Amazon.com Inc is an American e-commerce company. The company was founded by

Jeff Bezos in 1994. Amazon.com offers services for access to its catalogue as well as for
integration with retailers.
Amazon.com provides search engine services to the website. Amazon.com went live on
April 14, 2004. Its results derive from Windows Live Search, supplemented by Alexa (a
subsidiary of Amazon.com) and other engines for specific search types.

Headquarter
The company is presently headquartered at Seattle, Washington, USA

Present Management
Jeffrey Bezos – Chairman, CEO and President

Products and Services Offered

Amazon.com began as an online bookstore, but it soon diversified into other product
areas which includes DVD‘s, CD‘s, computer software, videogames, electronics,
apparels, furniture, and food. It also facilitates integration with retailers like Target and
Marks & Spencer. Kindle launch in Novemeber 2007 is an ebook reader and amazon
mp3 was started in January 2008

5. Microsoft Corporation Inc.

Microsoft Corporation was founded by two students from Harvard University, Bill Gates
and Paul Allen on April 4, 1975. The name became a registered trademark on November
26, 1976. The company started its operations from Albuquerque, New Mexico. Its first
international office was opened in Japan on November 1, 1978. The company underwent
a restructuring on June 25, 1981 to become an incorporated business in the state of
Washington. Kindle – Nov 2007 – ebook reader Amazon MP3 – Jan 08

Headquarters
Microsoft Inc. is headquartered at Redmond, Washington, USA

Present Management
Bill Gates – Co-founder and Executive Chairman
Steve Ballmer – CEO
Ray Ozzie – Chief software Architect
Craig Mundie – (CRSO)

Products and Services offered

Some of the major product/service offerings of Microsoft include Ultra Mobile PC,
Windows operating system MS Office, Windows Series System, Developer Tools, Xbox
360 and MSN, Business Solutions Zune.

6. AOL LLC.

Formerly America Online, Inc., is an American global Internet services and media
company formerly operated by Time Warner and headquartered in New York, New York.
It has franchised its services to companies in several nations around the world, or set up
international versions of its services.

Headquarters
New York, USA

Present Management
Tim Armstrong, CEO

Products and Services

ICQ, AIM, Compuserve, Goowy, Netscape, Winamp, Weblogs, INC. and etc. First
chatroom base text role playing game Black Bayou (2004).

III. Major Television Channels

Company Owner
NDTV Prannoy Roy
Sony Entertainment Television Kunal Dasgupta (CEO)
Star Group Uday Shankar (CEO)
Synergy Communication Siddharths Basu
Network Eighteen Raghav Behl (MD)
TV Today Group Living Media
UTV Ronnie Screwvala (CEO)
Zee Network Subhash Chandra

IV. Major Radio Stations

Station Owner
Radio City Star Group
Radio Mirchi Bennett Coleman & Co.
Radio One Mid-Day
Big FM Adlabs
Value Labs, Malaysian media group – Astro &
Red FM
NDTV
Radio Tadka (95 FM) Rajasthan Patrika
Fever 104 FM Fever 104 FM

PUBLIC SECTOR COMPANIES

A public company is one in which 51 per cent or more stake is owned by the government.
Public sector companies can be broadly classified into :

I. Navratna Companies

The Government of India had in 1997 identified 11 public sector undertakings as Navratna companies or cr
l
jewels.
l The Board of Directors of those companies can approve all decisions relating to capital expenditure and no
separate clearance is required from the government.
l In case of equity acquisitions in a joint venture company, a Navratna company can take an independent dec
for investments up to Rs. 1,000 crore. But the investment is subject to the condition that the total investmen
such joint ventures is below 30% of the net worth of the Navratna Company.
l At present there are 9 Navratna companies as IPCL & VSNL have been privatized by the government.
l In addition to the Navratna companies, the government of India has created another category called Mini - R
The Mini-Ratna designation applies to PSU‘s that have made profits continuously for the last 3 years or hav
earned a net profit of Rs. 30 crores or more in three years.
1. Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited (BHEL)

BHEL is the largest engineering and manufacturing enterprise in India, in the energy related infrastructure
l
today.
l It was established more than 40 years ago in 1962.
l BHEL manufactures over 180 products under 30 major product groups and caters to core sectors of the Ind
Economy viz. power generation & transmission, transportation, telecommunication and renewable energy.
l BHEL has acquired certifications for quality management systems (ISO 9001), environmental management
systems (ISO 14001) and Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems (OHSMS) 18001).

Headquarter
Bharat Heavy Electrical Ltd. (BHEL) is headquartered at New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. K. Ravi Kumar is the present Chairman and Managing Director (CMD) of BHEL.
Products and Services Offered
BHEL offers a wide range of products for:

l power sector
l industrial production
l transmission and transportation sectors
l non-conventional energy sources
l R & D products

The company offers services in

l Power Generation Systems

l transmission systems
l transportation systems
l industrial systems.

2. Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL)

l The Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL) was established on 1st of April, 1986.
l The company was set up to take over the management, control and operation of Delhi Telephone District a
Mumbai Telephone District.
l It is a public limited company largely owned by the Government of India (GOI).
Headquarters
Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL) is headquartered at New Delhi, India.

Present Management
Mr. R. S. P. Sinha is the Chairman & Managing Director of MTNL.

Services Offered
Mahanagar Telephone Nigam Limited (MTNL) provides fixed line telephone services,
cellular services – both GSM & WLL and internet services through both Dial -Up &
Digital Subscriber Loop (DSL).

3. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL)

l HPCL came into existence in 1974 after the takeover and merger of the erstwhile Esso and Lube India
undertaking by the government.
In 1976, Caltex Oil Refinery India Ltd. was taken over by the government and was subsequently merged w
l
HPCL in 1978.
In 1979, Kosan Gas Company was taken over and merged with HPCL and a single entity HPCL came into
l
existence.
Today, HPCL is the second largest oil company in India and is one of the largest PSU companies in terms
l
revenue.
l It is also one of the Fortune 500 companies of the world, ranked at 290th position.

Headquarters
Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited (HPCL) is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Arun Balakrishnan is the present Chairman and MD.

Products and Services Offered

The product/service offerings by the company include

l Refined oil for industrial use and export

l LPG for domestic consumption offered through its subsidiary HP gas
l Lubricants for domestic consumption, industrial consumption and exports
Bulk fuels and specialties for industrial consumers like power plants, chemical companies, fertilizer comp
l
and shipping companies
l Aviation fuel and Lubricants
l Products and services for retail customers which it markets through Club HP outlets
4. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL)

l Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) was founded in 1976 by the Government of India, when it
acquired the Burma Shell group of companies. It was on 1st August, 1977, that the company was renamed
Petroleum Corporation Limited.
l BPCL was also the first refinery to process newly found indigenous crude in the country (at Bombay High
l BPCL is one of the Fortune 500 companies of the world currently ranked at 325th position.

Headquarters
Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited (BPCL) is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Ashok Sinha is the present Chairman and MD of BPCL.
Products and Services Offered
The product/service offerings of the company include

l Refined oil for industry and export

l LPG for domestic consumption offered through its subsidiary Bharat Gas
l Lubricants for domestic consumption, industrial consumption and exports.
l Fuels and solvents, industrial services and e-business facilities for commercial units.
l Aviation fuel and lubricants.
l Retail services - at petrol pumps, speed fuels, in & out stores, petro – card, smart fleet card and ‗Pure for S

5. GAIL (India) Limited

l GAIL (India) ltd. (Erstwhile Gas Authority of India Ltd.), India‘s principal gas transmission and Marketin
Company, was established by the government of India on August 16, 1984.
l The company entered into LPG business in February 1991.
l It began city gas distribution in Delhi in 1997 by setting up the first CNG station.
l GAIL commissioned its petrochemicals plant in March 1999 at Pata.

Headquarter
GAIL (India) Ltd. is headquartered at New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. B.C.Tripathi is the present Chairman and Managing Director of GAIL (India) Ltd.
Product and Services Offered
Apart from marketing of

l gas
l city gas
l CNG
GAIL (India) Ltd. has presence in various other product areas. It offers
l petrochemical products
l telecom services
l Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG)
l power
l exploration and production of gas and holds participatory interest in 12 exploration blocks in the country.

6. Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL)

l Indian Oil Corporation Limited was founded in 1964 through a merger of Indian Oil Company Ltd. and In
Refineries Ltd.
l In 1965, Gujarat Refinery was inaugurated.
l In 1967, Haldia Barauni Pipeline was commissioned.
l In 1969, the company undertook the marketing of Madras Refinery Products. ‗Servo‘ the first indigenous
lubricant was launched in 1972.
l In 1995, Kandla – Bhatinda Pipeline started operations and IOCL launched Indane Home Shoppe.
l In 1997 the company entered into LNG business through a JV company, Petronet LNG.
l IOCL, in 2000 became the first Indian company to achieve the turnover of Rs. 1,00,000 crore.
l In 2001, Chennai Petroleum Corporation Ltd. (CPCL) and Bongaigaon Refinery and Petrochemicals Ltd.
(BRPL) were acquired by the company.
l In 2003, Lanka IOC Pvt. Ltd. (LIOC) was launched in Sri Lanka.

Headquarter
Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL) is headquartered at New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. Sarthak Behuria is the present chairman and MD of IOCL.

Products and Services Offered

The product/service offerings of the company include:
l Refined oil for industrial use and export purposes.
l LPG for domestic consumption offered by its subsidiary Indane Gas.
l Lubricants for domestic consumption, industrial consumption and export.
l Aviation fuel and lubricants.
l Auto gas – company‘s LPG variant which has been launched in selected markets in India.
Retail services - at petrol pumps, Xtrapower products for customers and ‗Swagat‘ highway flagship retail
l
outlets.

7. Oil and Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC)

l In 1955, the Government of India decided to develop oil and natural gas resources in various areas of the
country. With this objective, an Oil and Natural Gas Directorate was set up.
l In August 1956, the directorate was raised to the state of Commission with enhanced power, but was still u
the direct control of the government.
l In October 1959, the commission was converted into a statutory body by an Act of the Indian parliament a
ONGC was formed.
l Since its formation, ONGC has carried out its activities in various parts of the country and also started its
overseas operations. The company went offshore in early 70‘s when it discovered an oil field at Bombay H
l In 1994, ONGC was re-organised as a limited company under the Company Act of 1956.
l In 2002 ONGC purchased Mangalore Refinery Pvt. Ltd. (MRPL) from AV Birla group. It also entered the
global market in 2003 through its subsidiary ONGC Videsh Limited (OVL).
l The company has also made investments in Vietnam, Sakhlin (Russia) and Sudan and earned its first reven
from the hydrocarbon business in Vietnam.
l ONGC is currently ranked 369th on the fortune 500 list.

Headquarter
ONGC is headquartered in Dehradun.

Present Management
Mr. R. S. Sharma is the Chairman and Managing Director of the company.

Products and Services offered

l ONGC‘s diverse activities are handled through the holding company ONGC India and its two subsidiaries
ONGC Videsh Limited (OVL) and Mangalore Refinery Pvt. Ltd (MRPL).
l ONGC India offers a diversified range of petroleum by-products used mainly for industrial purpose.
l ONGC Videsh Llimited (OVL), the company‘s overseas arm is engaged is exploration and production acti
outside the territorial boundaries of the country.
l The company‘s subsidiary MRPL produces refined petroleum and by-products used by industrial units and
export purposes.

8. Bharat Sanchar Nigam Limited (BSNL)

l Bharat Sanchar Nigam Ltd was formed in October, 2000.

l It is the largest telecommunication company in India providing comprehensive range of telecom services.
BSNL is the largest fixed line service provider in the country having operations across India except Mum
l
and Delhi.

Headquarters
BSNL is headquartered in New Delhi

Present Management
Mr. Kuldeep Goyal is the present Chairman and Managing Director of the company.

Products/Services Offered
BSNL offers a wide range of service to its customers. These include:

l Fixed line telephony service

l Internet service, both Dial-up and Broadband
l Message carrier services
l VSAT and VOIP services
l Intelligent Network (I.N) services

9. Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL)

l Steel Authority of India Limited is the leading steel-making company in India. Incorporated on Jan 23, 19
Ranked amongst the top ten public sector companies in India in terms of turnover, SAIL is a fully integrat
l
iron and steel maker.
l SAIL produces iron and steel at 5 steel plants located at Bhilai, Bokaro, Durgapur, Rourkela and Asansol
 Bengal).
l SAIL featured in 2005 list of Forbes Global 2000 ranked at 764th position.

Headquarter
SAIL is headquartered in New Delhi

Present Management
Mr. S K Roongta is the present Chairman of the company

Products offered
A broad range of steel products is offered by the company. These include:

l Hot and cold - rolled sheets and coils

l Galvanised sheets.
l Electrical sheets and structures.
l Railway product.
l Iron plates, bars and rods.
l Stainless steel and other steel alloys.

The company clientele include construction companies, engineering companies, power

companies, engineering companies, railways industry, automobile companies, defense
industries and importers from other countries.

II. Other Important Public Sector Undertaking’s (PSU’s)

1. Indian Railways

Indian Railway is owned by the GOI. It is one of the largest and busiest rail networks in the world, transpo
l
over six billion of passengers and freight worth INR 750 million annually.
Railways were introduced in India in 16th April 1853 when the first railway line between Bombay and Tha
l
became operational.
By the year 1947, there were forty-two rail systems in the country. All the units were nationalised into a si
l
unit, Indian Railway in 1951, making it one of the largest rail networks in the world.
l Presently, both the long distance and suburban rail systems in India are operated by the Indian Railways.
The Indian rail network is spread over a distance of 63,140 km, operational on broad metre gauge and narr
l
metre gauge (The Calcutta Metro is also owned and operated by Indian Railways).
Railway Zones

For administrative purposes, Indian railways are divided into sixteen functional zones

These are:

Zone Headquarter
Northern Railway Delhi
North Eastern Railway Gorakhpur
Eastern Railway Maligaon
South Eastern Railway Kolkata
South Central Railway Secunderabad
Southern Railway Chennai
Central Railway Mumbai
Western Railway Mumbai
South Western Railway Hubli
North Western Railway Jaipur
West Central Railway Jabalpur
North Central Railway Allahabad
South East Control Railway Bilaspur
East Coast Railway Bhubaneswar
East Control Railway Hajipur

Railway Production Units

In addition to its operation of trains, Indian Railway also carries out its own production
services. It owns six production units each headed by General Manager who reports to
the Railways Board. These production units are:

l Chittaranjan Locomotive Works at Chittaranjan, West Bengal

l Diesel Locomotive factory at Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh
l Integral coach factory at Perambur, Tamil Nadu.
l Rail coach factory at Kapurthala, Punjab
l Rail wheel factory at Yelahanka (near Bangalore) Karnataka.
l Diesel modernization works at Patiala, Punjab.

Notable Achievement of Indian Railways

Some of the notable achievements of Indian railways are:

l The Darjeeling Himalayan Railways, Nilgiri Mountain Railway and Chatrapati Shivaji Terminus (railway
in Mumbai) are all world heritage sites accredited by UNESCO.
l Samjhauta Express and Thar express are two trains run by Indian Railway that connect India and Pakistan.
l ‗Lifeline Express‘ is a hospital on wheels providing healthcare facilities to people in rural areas.
l ‗Kharagpur‘ railway station has the largest railway platform in the World, while ‗ib‘ is the shortest name f
station and longest name is Sri Venkatanarasimharajauvaripeta.

Present Management
Presently, Ms. Mamata Banerjee is the Union Railway Minister of the Government of
India. Indian Railway also enjoys the distinction of being the world‘s largest employer
with more than 16 million employees. Mr. S.S.Khurana is the present Chairman of Indian
Railways.

2. Air India

l Air India was originally founded as Tata Airlines in 1932, a subsidiary of Tata Sons Ltd by J.R.D. Tata.
In 1946, government of India purchased a majority stake in Tata Airlines and the company was renamed
l
Air-India International.
Air-India International was registered on March 8, 1948 and inaugurated its international service on June 8
l with a weekly flight between Mumbai and London. The word ‗International‘ was dropped by the company
1962.
l In 1994, the airline was renamed as Air India Limited.
l Air India has recently started with ―Air India Express‖, the low cost variant of Air India.
Indian Airlines since 2007 has been amalgamated to be a part of Air India. Air India is now an amalgamati
l
Air India Limited and Indian Airlines.

Headquarter
The company is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Aravind Jadhav is the present Chairman & MD of Air India.
Fleet and Network
At present Air India has 45 aircrafts which include Boeing 747‘s, Airbus 310‘s, Airbus
300‘s and
Boeing 777‘s. The airline operates its flight on all major international air routes and on
some important domestic air routes. The airline at present covers 42 destinations - 29
international air routes and 13 domestic air routes.

3. Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL)

l Hindustan Aeronautics Limited (HAL) is a major aerospace company under the Ministry of Defence. It wa
established as Hindustan Aircraft in 1940 by Walchand Hirachand, backed by the Kingdom of Mysore to
produce aircrafts in the country.
In April 1942, British government bought out the stake of Walchand Hirachand and some other promoters
l
buyout helped the Britishers greatly during the second world war.
The kingdom of Mysore however, did not sell its stake in the company. Thus, the company was nationalize
l
1944. The company acquired its present name in 1964.
l In 2006, the company entered into a joint venture with Samtel for developing and manufacturing Avionics
Display system.
l This is the first public – private partnership in the area of defence avionics (aviation communication).
l The first military aircraft constructed in South Asia was built by HAL.

Headquarters
HAL is headquartered at Bangalore, Karnataka.

Present Management
Mr. Ashok Nayak is the present Chairman of HAL.

Products Offered
Hindustan Aeronautics Limited is currently involved in the

l design
l assembly of aircrafts
l jet engines
l helicopters and their components and spares parts
l communication and navigation equipment
l HAL has collaboration with Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO) to prod

PRIVATE SECTOR COMPANIES

I. Automobile Industry
The automobile industry in India can be mainly classified on the basis of

i) Market for Commercial Vehicles

ii) Market for Private Vehicles

i) Market for Commercial Vehicles

The market for commercial vehicles is a linchpin in the Indian Industrial Sector and
responsible for transportation of more than 60 percent of the total freight handled in the
country. As transportation is involved in every sector of the economy, the performance of
the commercial vehicle market reflects the overall performance of the economy. The
commercial vehicle industry has a cyclical nature of demand, because the demand is
driven by a number of factors such as
l industrial growth
l agricultural production
l increase in volumes of freight movement
l road use for freight movement
l change in freight prices
l fuel prices
l government policies

Since 2001 – 02, the demand for commercial vehicles has been on a rise. In 2003, the
total number of commercial vehicles grew by 20% and stood at 4025 thousand units. The
growth is expected to augment due to a rise in the industrial production and supportive
government policies. The major players in the market are Mahindra and Mahindra,
Escorts, Ashok Leyland, Tata and Hindustan Motors.

ii) Market for Private Vehicles

The market for private Vehicles can be further classified on two basis.

a) Market for Two Wheelers

The present market for two wheelers has witnessed rapid growth since the past four
years. The total sales of two wheelers in India stood at 5,000,000 units in 2003 – 04. This
has grown to 7,857,548 units in 2006 – 07. The rapid growth in the past two years is
attributable to a rise in

l household/consumers income
l easy availability of finance
l growing replacement demand
l introduction of new models
l increasingly aggressive outlook of the key players.

The overall sales of two wheelers are expected to reach 11,000,000 units in 2009–10. The
expected surge in rural demand will play a key role in steering the total demand for two
wheelers.

Key Players in the Market

1. Hero Honda Motors Limited

l Hero Honda Motors Limited started as a joint venture between Hero group and the Honda Motor Compan
Japan in 1984, Jan 19.
l The first motorcycle ‗CD 100‘ was produced in 1985. In the year 1996.
l Hero Honda became the first company to serve the armed forces with its 100cc Motorcycles.
In 2000, company‘s brand ‗Splendor‖ was declared world‘s number one largest selling single two wheele
l
model.
l Presently, Hero Honda Motors Limited is the single largest two wheeler manufacturer in the world.

Headquarter
Hero Honda Motors Limited is headquartered at New Delhi, India.

Present Management
Mr. Brij Mohan Lal Munjal is the present Chairman of the company while Mr. Pawan
Munjal is the Managing Director of Hero Honda Group.

Products Offered
The product range offered by the company includes

l Karizma l Splendor l CD100 SS l Super Splendor

l CD Deluxe l Passion l Passion Plus l CD Dawn
l Glamour l Achiever l Hunk l CBZ Xtreme

2. Bajaj Auto

l Bajaj Auto started its business as M/s Bachraj Trading Corporation Limited in 1945 by Jamnalal Bajaj.
l It started with the sales of imported two and three wheelers in 1948.
l In 1959, Bajaj Auto obtained license from Government of India to manufacture two and three wheelers.
l Rahul Bajaj took charge of the business in 1965. Under his leadership, the company tied up with Kawasak
Industries of Japan for technological collaboration and launched Kawasaki Bajaj KB 100 motorcycles.
l At present, Bajaj Auto is ranked as world‘s fourth largest two and three wheelers manufacturer.

Products Offered
The product range offered by the company includes

l CT100 l Wind l Discover l Pulsar

l Avenger l Kawasaki Caliber l XCD 125 l Kawasaki Eliminator

Headquarter
Bajaj Auto is headquartered at Pune, Maharashtra.

Present Management
Mr. Rahul Bajaj is the present Chairman and Mr. Madhur Bajaj is the Vice Chairman of
the Bajaj Group.

b) Market for Four Wheelers

l The four wheelers market in India is at present experiencing a boom owing to high domestic demand, incre
exports, ambitious expansion plans by the major players of the sector and entry of foreign car manufacture
the domestic market.
l The domestic sales are expected to grow annually at 12 per cent from 1.06 million vehicles 2004 – 05 to n
1.87 million in 2009 –10.
l Healthy growth in the disposable incomes of consumers, lower EMI‘s owing to longer tenure and an impro
distribution network will drive the growth in passenger cars and utility vehicles.
l The export of four wheelers from India is also growing at an increasing rate and is expected to grow by 21
percent per annum in the next four years.
l The global export from India is dominated by the small car segment with Hyundai Santro Xing, Maruti Al
Tata Indica topping the list.

Key Players in the Market

1. Maruti Suzuki

l Maruti Suzuki was established as Maruti Udyog Limited (MUL) in Feb 1981 through an Act of Parliament
meet the growing demand for a personal mode of transport.
l Suzuki Motor Company (now Suzuki Motor Corporation of Japan) was chosen from seven prospective par
worldwide and a joint venture agreement was signed between Government of India and Suzuki in October,
l As a part of the company‘s corporate social responsibility (CSR), The Institute of Driving Training and Re
(IDTR) was started in 2000, jointly with Delhi Government to promote safe driving habits among people.
l In 2002, Suzuki Motors Corporation increased its stake in Maruti to 54.2 percent and became the major
stakeholder. Maruti Suzuki is the largest car manufacturer in India.

Brands Offered
The brands offered by Maruti are

l Maruti 800 l Omni

l Alto l Gypsy
l Versa l Zen Estilo
l Wagon R l Esteem
l Baleno l Swift
l SX4 l Grand Vitara

Headquarter
The company‘s registered and corporate office is located at New Delhi and the workshop
is located in Gurgaon, Haryana.

Present Management
Mr. Shizno Nakanishi is the Managing Director & CEO and R.C. Bhargava is the
chairman of Maruti Suzuki.

2. Hyundai Motor India Limited (HMIL)

Hyundai Motor India Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Hyundai Motor Company, South Korea. Th
l
company started its operation in India in 1998 – 99.
l At present Hyundai Motors India limited is the second largest car manufacturer in India.
The year 2006 had been a significant year for the company. It achieved a significant milestone by rolling o
l
fastest 300,000th export car.
l The company exports to over 65 countries globally and has recently ventured into the UK market.
The Company has also been awarded ISO 1400 certification for its sustainable environment management
l
practices.

Brand Offered
The brands offered by Hyundai India are:

l Santro Xing l Getz

l Accent l Verna
l Elantra l Embera
l Tucson l i 10

Headquarter
The company‘s headquarters are located at New Delhi

Present Management
Mr. H.S. Lheem is the Managing Director of Hyundai Motor India Limited
________________________________________________________________________
___

II. Information Technology Industry

l Post Liberalization, the IT industry has become one of the core business sectors of the economy.
l The annual growth rate of India‘s software exports has been consistently over 50 percent since 1991.
l According to a report from Ministry of Communication and Information Technology, The ITeS – BPO ind
has grown by about 54 per cent with exports earnings of US $3.6 billion during 2003 – 2004.
l The government‘s IT policy aims to use IT as a tool for raising the living standards of population based in
areas by enhancing rural connectivity and increasing IT awareness.
l The recent findings of NASSCOM – Mc Kinsey report projects a further growth in the revenue of IT indus
l It is expected to reach US $87 billion in 2008. The report also says that the growth in the IT industry would
to creation of about 2.2 million jobs.

Key Players in the Market

1. Infosys

l Infosys Technologies Limited (NASDAQ: INFY) is an information technology (IT) company founded at
in 1981, by seven IT professionals.
l In 1987 the company set up its first international office in the US in Fremont.
l In the year 1992, Infosys became a public limited company in India.
In 1999, it became the first Indian company to be listed on NASDAQ and attained SEI – CMM level 5
l
certification.
l The company operates nine development centres in India and has over 30 offices in 20 other nations.
l Apart from its core business area, Infosys, through its subsidiaries, operates in some other business interes
well namely

i) Progeon – Infosys offers business process outsourcing solution to the global clients through Progeon.
ii) Infosys Consulting Inc. US – a subsidiary of Infosys Technologies, the company offers IT consulting to c
across North America.
Infosys Technologies was also responsible for the introduction of ―Finacle‖, the software for Indian Bank
iii)
industry.

Headquarter
Infosys technologies is headquartered at Bangalore.

Present Management
Mr. N. R. Narayan Murthy is the Chief Mentor and Chairman of BOD, S.
Gopalakrishnan is the Chairman and Managing Director.

2. Tata Consultancy Services (TCS).

l Tata Consultancy Services Limited is a Tata group company.

l TCS commenced its operations in 1968.
Today the company has its presence in 34 countries across 6 continents and offers a range of services to it
l
clients.
l The main services provided by TCS are - complete range of IT products/service, consultancy services and
outsourcing services.

Headquarter
The company‘s corporate office is at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Ratan N Tata is the Chairman of the Tata Group and Mr. S.Ramadorai is the CEO
and Managing Director of TCS.

3. Wipro Technologies

l Wipro was set up in 1945 as Western India Vegetable Products Limited with modest presence in Maharash
and Madhya Pradesh.
The diversification into IT happened for the company in 1980 when IT services were started in the domest
l
market.
l Wipro launched its hardware company in 1981. In 1982, the company‘s name was changed to Wipro Limi
 and it launched its software product subsidiary – Wipro Systems Limited in 1984.
l In 2000 the company was listed on New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). In 2001, WIPRO became world‘s
PCMM level 5 company.
l In 1975, WIPRO marketed India‘s 1st homegrown PC.

Headquarter
Wipro Technologies is headquartered at Bangalore.

Present Management
Mr. Azim Premji is the present Chairman of Wipro Technologies/Wipro Group.
________________________________________________________________________
___

III. Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) Market

The Indian FMCG sector is the fourth largest sector in the economy with a total market size in excess of US
l
$13.1 billion.
l The FMCG Industry has strong presence in the Indian Economy and is characterised by a well established
distribution network, intense competition between the organised and unorganised segments and low produc
costs.
l Availability of key raw material and cheap labor costs gives India a competitive advantage.
l India is one of the largest emerging markets and the fourth largest economy in terms of purchasing power p
with a strong middle class base. The large share of fast moving consumer goods (FMCG) in total individua
spending clubbed with the large population base marks Indian as one of the largest FMCG markets.
l The size of the FMCG market is set to treble from US $11.6 billion in 2003 to US $33.4 billion in 2015.
Growth in this sector is also likely to come from consumer upgradation to matured product categories like
l
processed food.
l By 2010, about 200 million people in India are expected to consume processed and packaged food, which w
require a large investment in the food processing industry.
Key Players in The Market

1. Hindustan Unilever Limited (HUL)

l In the summer of 1888, visitors to the Kolkata harbour noticed crates full of ‗Sunlight‘ soap bars embossed
the words ―Made in England by Lever Brothers‖. With it, began the era of branded Fast Moving Consume
Goods (FMCG) in India.
l In 1895 the company launched Lifebuoy and other famous brands like Pears, Lux and Vim. Vanaspati was
launched in 1918.
l In 1931, Unilever set up its Indian subsidiary by the name Hindustan Vanaspati Manufacturing Company.
‗Dalda‘ came to the Indian Market in 1937.
l It was followed by setting up of Lever Brothers Limited in 1933 and United Traders Limited in 1935.
l The three Companies were merged together in 1956 and Hindustan Lever Limited (HLL) was formed.
l The company was renamed from HLL to HUL in late Jun 2007 to provide the optimum balance and the fu
 benefits and synergies of global alignment with the corporate name of ―Unilever‖.
l At present, HUL is India‘s largest FMCG company with its presence across varied product categories nam
Home and Personal care, processed foods and Beverages.
l It is also one of the largest exporters in the country and has been recognised as Golden Super Star Trading
by the Government of India.

Headquarter
Hindustan Unilever Limited has its headquarters at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Harish Manwani is the Present non – executive Chairman of the company and Nitin
Paranjpe, CEO.

Products Offered
The various products offered by HLL are:

Personal Care Laundry Foods Appliances

Lux Surf Excel Brooke Bond Hindustan Lever Limited has
also come out with Pureit -
Lifebouy Rin Lipton The world‘s most advanced water purifier.
Liril Wheel Kissan
Knorr
Hamam
Annapurna
Breeze Bru
Kwality
Dove
Wall‘s
Pears
Rexona
Fair and Lovely
Pond‘s
Sunsilk Naturals
Clinic
Pepsodent
Close-Up
Axe
Vaseline
Ayush
Lakme

2. ITC Limited

ITC Limited was incorporated on August 24, 1910 under the name of ‗Imperial Tobacco Company of Ind
l
Limited.
The company‘s ownership was progressively Indianised and the name of the company was changed to IT
l
Limited in 1974.
l The company‘s packaging and printing business divisions were set up in 1925 to provide strategic suppor
ITC‘s cigarette business.
l Apart from FMCG product offerings, the company has also marked its presence in hotel industry under tw
brand names Welcome Group of Hotels and Sheraton Hotels. The company ventured into the hotel busine
1975.
l It also offers a range of lifestyle products and stationery items.
l In 2000, the company started its stationery business and also introduced ―Wills Lifestyle‖ range of clothin
l It made an entry into the packaged foods business in 2001, with the launch of its brand ―Kitchens of India
2002, the company launched ―Aashirwad‖ brand of atta and subsequently in 2003 ―Sunfeast‖ brand of bis
was launched.

Headquarter
ITC Limited is headquartered at Kolkata

Present Management
Mr. Y. C. Deveshwar is the present Chairman of the company.

Products Offered
Major Brands in various product offerings of company include:

1) FMCG
a) Cigarettes – Insignia, India Kings, Classic, Gold Flake, Capstan, Flake and etc.
b) Food Brands – Kitchens of India, Fashioned, Sunfeast, Mint-O, Candyman & Bingo.
c) Lifestyle Retailing – Will Lifestyle, John Players, Essenza De Wills, Miss Players
d) Personal Care – Farina Di Wills
e) Stationery – Expression Greeting Cards, Classmate, Papercraft, Regalia
f) Safety Matches & Agarbattis – Ikon, Aim, Vare Lit, Mangaldeep, Delite
2) Hotels - Maurya Sheraton, Chola Mandalam
3) Paperboard & Specialty Papers
4) Packaging
5) Agni Business
6) Information Technology

3. Proctor and Gamble India (P & G)

l Proctor & Gamble started its operation in India when Vicks Product Inc. India was established in 1951.
l In 1964, a public limited company, Richardson Hindustan Limited (RHL) was formed which obtained a li
from the government to produce menthol oil and Vicks range of products.
In 1967, RHL introduced ‗CLEARASIL‘, the pimple cream and subsequently in 1979, ‗VICKS ACTION
l
was launched.
l In 1985, RHL became an affiliate of Proctor & Gamble Company, USA and the name was finally changed
 Proctor & Gamble, India in 1989.
l In 1991, ‗Ariel‘ brand of detergent was introduced. In 1993, Proctor and Gamble India started the marketi
Old Spice brand of products.
l In 1999, the name of the company was changed to Proctor & Gamble Hygiene and Health Care Limited.

Headquarter
P & G India is headquartered at Mumbai. Robert A. McDonald is Chairman & CEO of
the Company.

Products Offered
1. Hygiene & Health Care
Whisper, Vicks Vapor Rub, Vicks Inhaler, Vicks Formula 44, Vicks Cough Drops, Vicks
Action 500+
2. Home Production
Ariel
Tide Detergent and Bar
Pantene
Olay
Joy
Heads & Shoulders
Pantene
Rejoice
Pampers
________________________________________________________________________
___

IV. Telecom Sector

According to a recent report by CRIS INFAC the Indian Telecom Sector is one of the fastest growing, high
l
potential telecom markets in the world.
The total subscriber base in India is expected to grow to 490.0 million suscribers by 2012 at a Compounded
l
Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 24.3 percent.
The urban teledensity is expected to cross 50 percent mark by 2009–10 and the rural teledensity would rea
l
double figures.
Wireless telephony services (Mobile & fixed wireless) until now account for almost the entire growth in th
l sector. The mobile subscriber base is expected to grow from 52.2 million at the end of 2004 – 05 to 490.0 m
in 2011 – 12.
The fixed line subscriber base is expected to grow from 45.9 million at the end of 2004–05 to 73.4 million
l
2009 – 10.

The current telecom boom is likely to sustain itself in future because of many factors:

l Low access charge

l Reduction in license fee
l Reduction in tariff rates, both for fixed line and wireless services
l Increase in FDI limit for the sector
l Government policy of moving from fixed license regime to a revenue share regime

Key players in the market

1. Bharti Tele-Ventures (AIRTEL)

Bharti Tele-Ventures limited, a part of Bharti enterprises, is India‘s leading private sector
telecommunication service provider. The business of Bharti Tele-Ventures has been
structured into two main strategic business groups:

i) Mobility business group

ii) Infotel business group

The Mobility Business Group provides GSM mobile services across India in 23 Telecom
circles and the Infotel Business Group provides broadband and telephone (fixed line)
services. Till now, it is the only company to operate in all 23 circles in India. The
telephone and internet services provided by the company are available in 15 circles. In
2005, Vodafone Group Plc., the largest telecom company of United Kingdom bought
10% stake in Bharti Tele-Ventures for US $1.5 billion.

Headquarter
Bharti Tele-Ventures Ltd. is headquartered at New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. Sunil Bharti Mittal is the Chairman and Managing Director of the company.

2. Vodafone Essar
Vodafone Essar previously known as Hutchison Essar, brands its product as ‗Vodafone‘.
Vodafone Essar is owned by Vodafone Group (52%), Essar Group (33%), and other
Indian Nationals (15%).

Headquarter
Vodafone Essar is headquartered at Mumbai

Present Management
Mr. Asim Ghosh is CEO of Vodafone Essar and Mr. Arun Sarin is the CEO of Vodafone
Group.

3. Reliance Communications Limited (RCL)

l Reliance Communications Limited was originally incorporated on July 15, 2004 under the Companies Act
as Reliance Infrastructure Limited.
l The status of the company was changed from private limited to public limited on July 25, 2005.
l The name has since been changed to its present name - Reliance Communications Limited, under a fresh
Certificate of incorporation obtained from the government for the consequent change of name on June 7, 2

Headquarter
Reliance Communications Limited is headquartered at Navi Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Anil Dhirubhai Ambani is the present chairman of the company
________________________________________________________________________
___

V. Infrastructure Sector

Infrastructure Development has begun to pick up over the past two years and is set to surge over the next f
l
years.
l Driven by government initiatives, private participation in the sector, innovative financing schemes and low
interest rate on borrowing, have made it easier and cheaper for companies to fund large projects.
l According to a recent CMIE (Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy) report, the further growth expected
sector would require investments to the tune of Rs. 6,196 billion over FY 2005 – 08.
l The focus of the Public–Private partnership is on development of roads, ports and power sector.
l All these initiatives would translate into huge earnings for the construction companies.

Key Players in the Market

1. Jaiprakash Industries (Jaypee Group)

l The Jaypee Group is a well diversified infrastructure company of India. The company was set up by Shri
Jayparakash Gaur in 1979. After his stint with the government of Uttar Pradesh, he branched off on his ow
Civil Contractor in 1958.
l Jaiprakash Associates Pvt. Ltd (JAPL) was set up in 1979.
l In 1980, Hotel Siddharth (New Delhi) and Hotel Vasant Continental (New Delhi) were set up.
l In 1983, Jaypee Rewa Cement Plant (JRCL) was set up and subsequently Jaiprakash Industries Limited (JI
formed in 1986 by amalgamation of JAPL into JRCL.
l In 1992, the group ventured into power sector and two New Companies – Jaiprakash Hydro Power Ltd. (JH
and Jaiprakash Power Venture Ltd. (JPVL) were formed.
l In the year 2000, Jaypee Cement Ltd (JCL) was set up after a merger of JRCL and another Cement Plant Ja
Bela Cement Plant (JBCP).
l In 2003, JIL was merged with JIL and Jaiprakash Associates Ltd. (JAL) was formed in 2005, JHPL was lis
both NSE and BSE and thereby became the first Hydropower Company to be listed on either BSE or NSE
India.

Headquarter
Jaiprakash Industries is headquartered at New Delhi.
Present Management
Shri Jaiprakash Gaur is the Present Chairman of the Group.

2. DLF Group

l The DLF Group founded in 1946 is a leading name in India‘s real estate Industry. The Group‘s existing ra
business verticals spans across Homes, Offices, Shopping Malls and Recreational Spaces like DLF Golf a
Country Club.
It has been responsible for the development of various urban colonies and townships across India, primari
l
Gurgaon (NCR).
l Already a major player in locations across the country, the company is now focusing on new business area
l The group has made significant investments in hotels, infrastructure and Special Economic Zones (SEZ‘s)
DLF has also entered into a Joint Venture with Laing O‘Rourke of UK to develop expressways and airpor
l
the country.

Headquarter
DLF Group has its Corporate Office in New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. KP Singh is the present Chairman of the group.

3. Gammon India

l Gammon India Limited is one of the leading construction companies in India.

l The company was established by Mr. JG Gammon in 1919 as a firm of civic engineers and contractor whic
1922 was incorporated as a private limited company.
l Under its present name the firm went public in 1962.
l Gammon India has to its credit the largest river bridge in the world across the river Ganges at Patna, the la
road bridge in India across the open sea in Mumbai and the first Cable stayed bridge in India.
l Gammon India Limited is the only Indian construction company to have been accredited with ISO 9001
certification for all fields of civil engineering works.

Headquarter
The Company has its corporate office in Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. Abhijit Ranjan is the Chairman and Managing Director of the Company.

4. GMR Group

l GMR Group is an infrastructure development company founded in 1978.

l The group today has major interests in energy, transportation and business in manufacturing.
l As a part of group‘s corporate social responsibility initiative, GMR Varalakshmi foundation (GMRVF) wa
 established in 1991 with focus on education, community services, health and hygiene and creation of liveli
through empowerment of local communities.
In early 2006, the group also bagged the contract for restructuring and modernizing Delhi‘s International A
l
jointly with FRAPORT (Frankfurt airport)

Headquarter
The company has its corporate office at Bangalore.

Present Management
Mr. G. M. Rao is the founding chairman of the GMR Group.
________________________________________________________________________
___

VI. Major Business Groups

1. Tata Group

l Born in a Parsi family in 1839, Jamsetji Nusserwanji Tata came to Bombay at the age of 14. In 1868, he sta
private trading firm with a capital of Rs.21000, laying the foundation of what now exists as Tata Group.
l His travels in the Far East and Europe created a strong desire in him to manufacture cotton goods. Finally,
launched the famous Central India Spinning, Weaving and Manufacturing company in 1874 marking the gr
entry into Textiles.
l The group later moved in to steel, electric power, locomotives, automobiles, banking, insurance, hotels and
eventually information technology.
l Jamsetji had got the approval for building a steel plant in 1895. Many years were spent in surveying the Ind
terrain before the group hit gold in the remote coalfields of Bengal which had ore with rich iron content and
continuous flow of water. The Tata Iron and Steel Company was founded in 1907 at Jamshedpur, in Bihar
(present day Jharkhand).
l Sir Dorabji Tata, aided by his cousin RD Tata, saw Jamsetji‘s projects through to the stage of accomplishm
Sir Dorabji always believed that wealth must be put to constructive use. Towards the end of his career in 19
put all his wealth–including the 245-carat Jubilee Diamond, twice as large as the Koh-i-noor and estimated
1 crore–into a trust for the advancement of learning and research, the relief of distress and other charitable
purposes.
l Jehangir Ratanji Dadabhoy Tata (JRD) was born in Paris on July 29, 1904. JRD, as he was fondly referred
his life, arrived at group headquarters, Bombay House to work under John Peterson, director-in-charge of T
Steel, in 1925.
l In 1938, after the death of Sir Nowroji Saklatvala, chairman of Tata Sons, JRD Tata was catapulted to be th
of India‘s largest industrial empire.
l JRD‘s passion for flying was fulfilled with the formation of the Tata Aviation Service back in 1932. Just be
India‘s Independence, in 1945, Tata Steel promoted the Tata Engineering and Locomotive Company (Telco
the objective of making locomotives for the Indian Railways.
l For these endeavors, JRD Tata was awarded the country‘s highest civilian honour - Bharat Ratna, in 1992–
the rare instances when the award was granted during a person‘s lifetime.

Milestones
1868
Jamsetji Nusserwanji Tata starts a private trading firm. The foundation of the Tata empire is laid.
:
1874
The first Indian textile mill, Central India Spinning, Weaving and Manufacturing Company is establish
:
1902
The Indian Hotels Company is established to run a chain of hotels in India.
:
1907
The birth of the Tata Iron and Steel Company heralds India‘s entry into the steel age.
:
1910
The first of the three Tata electric companies, the Tata Hydro-Electric power Supply Company, is creat
:
1911
The Indian Institute of Science is established in Bangalore.
:
1917 The Tata entered consumer goods, as The Tata Oil Mills Company starts making soaps, detergents and
: cooking oils..
1931
Tata Press is born. It is now one of the country‘s leading, integrated commercial printer.
:
1932
Tata Airlines, a division of Tata Sons, is established.
:
1939
Tata Chemicals, now the largest producer of soda ash in the country, is established.
:
1945
The Tata Engineering and locomotive Company is set up to manufacture commercial vehicles
:
1952
Lakme is established.
:
1954
India‘s major marketing, engineering and manufacturing organisation, Voltas is established.
:
1962
Tata Finlay (now Tata Tea), one of the largest tea producers, is established.
:
1968
Tata Consultancy Services is formed, a division of Tata Sons.
:
1970 Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company is created to publish educational and technical books. Tata
: Economic Consultancy Services is set up.
1984 Titan Industries – a joint venture between the Tata Group and the Tamil Nadu Industrial Development
: Corporation (TIDCO) – is set up to manufacture watches.
1996
Tata Teleservices (TTSL) is established to spearhead the Group‘s foray into the telecom sector.
:
1998
Tata Indica, India‘s first indigenously designed, developed and manufactured car is launched.
:
1999
The new Tata Group corporate mark and logo are launched.
:
2000
Tata Tea acquires Tetley Group, UK.
:
2001 Tata-AIG – a joint venture between the Tata Group and American International Group Inc (AIG) – mar
: Tata‘s re-entry into insurance. (The Group‘s insurance company New India Assurance, was nationalise
1956). The Tata Group Executive Office (GEO) is set up to design and implement change in the Tata G
and to provide long-term direction.
2003 Tata BP Solar inaugurates plant; launches three new products. Tata Motors launches City Rover – Indic
: fashioned for the European market.
2005 Tata Steel acquires Singapore-based steel company NatSteel by subscribing to 100 per cent equity of it
: subsidiary, NatSteel Asia.
2007 Tata Steel, part of India‘s Tata Group, offered to purchase 100% stake in the Corus Group at 608 p. per
: in an all cash deal, cumulatively valued at USD 12.04 Billion. This deal was also the biggest acquisitio
any Indian company till date.

Headquarter
The Tata Group‘s holding company has its headquarters at Mumbai, Maharashtra.

Present Management
Mr. Ratan Tata is the present Chairman of the group.

Engineering Consumer Gl
Power Chemicals Communication IT Services
Services/Products Products Oper
TAL Tata T
Tata BP Rallies Nelito Indian Hotels
Manufacturing McGrawhill Ente
Solar India India Tata Sky Systems (Taj Group)
Solutions publishing A
Taj Housing
Tata AutoComp Tata Tata Tata Development T
SerWizSol Tata Tea
System power Chemicals Teleservices Corporation Incorp
(THDC)
Tata Financial T
Tata Holset Tatanet Tata Elxsi Trent
Pigments Services Intern
T
Tata Tata
Tata Motors Technolgies VSNL Intern
Technolgies Ceramics
A
Tata
Tata AIG
Consultancy Titan
Tata Projects General Tata L
Services Industries
Insurance
(TCS)
Tata T
TCE Consulting Tata AIG Life
Interactive Prec
Engineers Insurance
Systems L
Telco
Tata Asset
Construction Tata
Management
Equipment Co.
 Tata Financial
TRF
Services
Tata
Voltas Investment
Corporation
Other
Tata Steel
Services
Tata Quality
Management
Services
Tata Services
Tata Strategic
Management
Group.

Group Companies

2. The Goenka’s - RPG Group

The RPG Group‘s business origin can be traced to 1820, when Mr. Ramdutt Goenka,
arrived in Calcutta from Dundlod, in Rajasthan, India, to do business with the British
East India Company. Along with his brothers and sons, he acquired several profitable
agencies. By the turn of the twentieth century, his business had expanded rapidly with
significant diversification in banking, textiles, jute and tea. For their outstanding
contribution to the Indian business and community services, the British conferred
Knighthood on Sir Hariram Goenka and Sir Badridas Goenka. They became prominent
leaders of the Marwari community of Calcutta and held sway in business communities
throughout India.

Sir Badridas Goenka played an important role in public life and national politics. In 1933,
he became the first Indian to be appointed Chairman of the Imperial Bank of India, now
known as the State Bank of India. In 1945, he was elected President of the Federation of
Indian Chambers of Commerce and Industry (FICCI).

The successful streak of entrepreneurship continued with Keshav Prasad Goenka, son of
Sir Badridas Goenka. He managed to steer his companies through the pre-independence
and post-independence era and in the 1950s, embarked on a course of expansion and
diversification at an escalating tempo.
Keshav Prasad Goenka acquired the two British trading houses, Duncan Brothers and
Octavius Steel. In the early 1960s, he promoted three companies in the automobile tyre
industry namely Phillips Carbon Black and acquired several others. By the end of 1970s,
when he progressively retired leaving the management of his business to his three sons,
he had acquired substantial interests in tea, automobile tyre, jute, cotton textile and
electric cables. Like his father, he played an active role in public life. He held the position
of President of FICCI in 1965, and became a director of India‘s central bank, the Reserve
Bank of India, a position later held by his son Rama Prasad Goenka, better known as RP
Goenka.

In 1979, the fortune owned by Keshav Prasad Goenka was shared amongst his three sons.
From owning four companies; Phillips Carbon Black, Asian Cables, Agarpara Jute and
Murphy India, with a turnover of Rs 75 crore, RP Goenka, led the group to what it is
today: a Rs 7,472 crore company (US$ 1.65 billion), with more than 20 companies in 7
different business sectors. With razor sharp business instincts, RP Goenka excelled in
buying and selling companies. His first purchase was CEAT Tyres of India in 1981. In
the 1980s, this takeover specialist acquired KEC (1982), Searle India (1983, later
renamed RPG Life Sciences), Dunlop (1984), HMV (1988), and finally in 1989,CESC,
Harrisons Malayalam, Spencer & Co. and ICIM.

In 1990, he entrusted the management of the group to his two sons, Harsh and Sanjiv
Goenka. RP Goenka became Chairman Emeritus, Harsh Goenka Chairman and Sanjiv
Goenka Vice-Chairman of RPG Enterprises.

Milestones

1979 : Inception of RPG Enterprises by Mr RP Goenka, a Rs. 700 million group, which
comprises Phillips Carbon Black, Asian Cables, Agarpara Jute and Murphy (India)
1983 : RPG Life Sciences (formerly Searle India) is acquired.
1985 : Saregama India (formerly the Gramophone of India Ltd.) is acquired
1988 : HMV (His Master‘s Voice) is acquired.
1989 : Harrisons Malayalam Ltd., Spencer‘s CESC Ltd., Raychem RPG (formerly
Raychem Corporation) and Zensar Technologies (formerly ICIL) are acquired.
1995 : RPG Cellular commences its operations.
1996 : RPG Netcom is established.
1997 : MusicWorld and Health and Glow are formed.
1999 : Searle India becomes RPG Life Sciences. Foodworld is established.
2000 : International Computers India Ltd. (ICIL) becomes Zensar Technologies Ltd.
2001 : ‗Giant‘ hypermarkets is established.
2003 : RPG crosses the Rs.7000 crore turnover mark reaching Rs.7472 crore in sales.

Headquarter
The group is headquartered at Mumbai, Maharashtra.

Present Management
Mr. R P Goenka is the Chairman Emeritus, Mr. Harsh Goenka is the present Chairman of
the group and Mr. Sanjiv Goenka is the Vice Chairman of the group.
RPG Group Companies
Retail : Foodworld, Musicworld, Spencer‘s, Hypermarkets
Technology : Zensar Technology, RPG Cables, RPG Life Sciences
Entertainment : Saregama HMV, HamaraCD
Power Transmission : CESC Ltd., Noida Power Company
Tyres : CEAT Ltd., CEAT Kelani, Phillips Carbon Black Ltd.
Speciality : Raychem RPG,
Transmission : KEC International, Nitel, RPG Transmission

3. Bajaj Group

The Bajaj Group is amongst the top 10 business houses in India. Its footprint stretches
over a wide range of industries, spanning automobiles (two-wheelers and three-wheelers),
home appliances, lighting, iron and steel, insurance, travel and finance.
The group‘s flagship company, Bajaj Auto, is ranked as the world‘s fourth largest two
and three wheeler manufacturer and the Bajaj brand is well-known in over a dozen
countries in Europe, Latin America, the US and Asia.

Founded in 1926, at the height of India‘s movement for independence from the British,
the group has an illustrious history. The integrity, dedication, resourcefulness and
determination to succeed which are characteristic of the group today, can be traced back
to its birth during those days of relentless devotion to a common cause. Jamnalal Bajaj,
founder of the group, was a close confidant and disciple of Mahatma Gandhi. In fact,
Gandhiji had adopted him as his son. This close relationship and his deep involvement in
the independence movement did not leave Jamnalal Bajaj with much time to spend on his
newly launched business venture.

His son, Kamalnayan Bajaj, then 27, took over the reins of business in 1942. He too was
close to Gandhiji and it was only after Independence in 1947, that he was able to give his
full attention to the business. Kamalnayan Bajaj not only consolidated the group, but also
diversified into various manufacturing activities.

Headquarter
Bajaj group is headquartered at Pune, Maharashtra.

Present Management
The present Chairman and Managing Director of the group, Rahul Bajaj, took charge of
the business in 1965. Under his leadership, the turnover of the Bajaj Auto, the flagship
company, has gone up from
INR 72 million to INR 46.16 billion (USD 936 million) and its product portfolio has
expanded and the brand has found a global market. He is one of India‘s most
distinguished business leaders and is internationally respected for his business acumen
and entrepreneurial spirit.

Bajaj Group Companies

Bajaj Auto Ltd. Mukand Global Finance Ltd.

Bajaj Electricals Ltd.
Bajaj Hindustan Ltd.
Maharashtra Scooters Ltd.
Bajaj Auto finance Ltd.
Hercules Hoists Ltd.
Bajaj Sevashram Pvt. Ltd.
Hind lamps Ltd.
Bajaj Ventures Ltd.
Mukand International Ltd.
The Hindustan Housing Co. Ltd. Hind Musafir Agency Pvt. Ltd.
Baroda Industries Pvt. Ltd.
Bombay Forgings Ltd.
Bachraj Factories Pvt. Ltd
Bajaj Consumer Care Ltd.
Bajaj Auto Holdings Ltd.
Jamnalal Sons Pvt. Ltd.
Bachraj & Company Pvt. Ltd.
Jeevan Ltd.
Bajaj Allianz Life Insurance Company Ltd.
Bajaj Allianz General Insurance Company
Ltd.
Stainless India Ltd.
Bajaj Internatinal Pvt. Ltd.

4. Aditya Birla Group

A formidable force in the Indian industry, Mr Aditya Birla dared to dream of setting up a
global business empire at the age of 24. He was the first to put the Indian business on the
world map, as far back as 1969, long before globalization became a buzzword in India.
Interestingly, for Mr Aditya Birla, globalisation meant more than just geographic reach.
He believed that a business could be global even whilst being based in India. Therefore,
back in his home-territory, he single-mindedly drove to put together the building blocks
to make his Indian business a global force. Under his stewardship, his companies rose to
be the world‘s largest producer of viscose staple fibre, the largest refiner of palm oil, the
third largest producer of insulators and the sixth largest producer of carbon black. In
India they attained the status of the largest single producer of viscose filament yarn, apart
from being a producer of cement, grey cement and rayon grade pulp. The group is also
the largest producer of aluminium in the private sector, the lowest cost producers in the
world and the only producer of line in the textile industry in India.

Milestones
1857 The foundation of the Birla Group of Companies is laid by Seth Shiv Narayan Birla–cotton trading
: operations commence at Pilani, Rajasthan.
1919
Ghanshyam Das Birla, grandson of Shiv Narayan Birla, sets up the first Birla jute mill.
:
1947
Grasim is incorporated.
:
1958
Hindalco is incorporated.
:
1965
Aditya Birla, grandson of the legendary Ghanshyamdas Birla, starts the Eastern Spinning Mills & Indu
:
1966
The Indian Rayon Corporation Ltd. is acquired.
:
1985
India‘s first gas-based fertiliser plant in the private sector – Indo Gulf – goes on stream at Jagdishpur, U
:
1986
The Birla Growth Fund is set up.
:
1990
Mr Kumar Mangalam Birla gets actively involved in the Group‘s operations.
:
1995
The group enters the telecommunications sector through a joint venture with AT & T (USA)
:
1996 All group companies are consolidated under the umbrella of the Aditya Birla Group, led by Mr. Kumar
: Mangalam Birla.
1999 A joint venture with financial services major Sun Life of Canada is inked, as part of the overall restruc
: of the Group‘s financial services business.
2000 l Indian Rayon acquires Madura Garments and selected overseas brand rights, taking the Group to the
: the league in the branded apparels sector.
l The Group forays into e-business through a strategic alliance of its software arm, Birla Software and
Consultancy Services (BCSS), with Lawson Software (USA).
l ‗Gyanodaya‘, the Institute of Management Learning of the Aditya Birla Group, is inaugurated.
l Hindalco acquires Indal. The Indal board is reconstituted. Mr Kumar Mangalam Birla becomes Indal
 chairman. The Group holding goes up to 74.6 percent, and further increases to 96 per cent in FY‘03.
l The Insurance Regulatory Development Authority (IRDA) grants registration in principle to Birla Su
Insurance Company. Indian Rayon acquires major world rights for international apparel brands Loui
Philippe, Allen Solly and Peter England.
l The Group announces its intention to launch a 450 MW ‗Green Power Project‘ in Karnataka.
l The merger of Birla AT&T and Tata Cellular is completed to form IDEA.
2004 Board reconstituted with Mr. Kumar Mangalam Birla taking over as Chairman. Completion of the
: implementation process to de-merge the cement business of L&T and completion of open offer by Gra
with the latter acquiring controlling stake in the newly formed company UltraTech.

Headquarter
The group is headquartered at Mumbai, Maharashtra.

Present Management
Mr. Kumar Mangalam Birla is the present Chairman of the group. Under his leadership
the group has not only sustained existing empire but is also prospering to new heights.
The group is spearheaded by Grasim, Hindalco, Indian Rayon, and Indo Gulf Fertilisers.

Group Companies

Group Companies Indian Companies Joint Ventures

Grasim Industries Ltd. PSI Data Systems Birla Sun Life Insurance
Hindalco Industries Ltd. TransWorks Birla Sun Life Asset Management Company Ltd
Aditya Birla Nuvo Ltd. Essel Mining & Industries Ltd. Birla Sun Life Distribution Company Ltd.
Ultra Tech Cement Ltd. Shree Digvijay Cement Ltd. Tanfac Industries Ltd.
Idea Cellular Ltd.
Birla NGK Insulators
Bihar Caustic and Chemicals
Ltd.

5. Reliance Industries Limited (Mukesh Ambani)

The Reliance Group, founded by Dhirubhai H. Ambani (1932-2002), is India‘s largest
private sector enterprise, with businesses in the energy and materials value chain.
Group‘s annual revenues are in excess of USD 27 billion. The flagship company,
Reliance Industries Limited, is a Fortune Global 500 company and is the largest private
sector company in India.

The Group‘s activities span exploration and production of oil and gas, petroleum refining
and marketing, petrochemicals (polyester, fibre intermediates, plastics and chemicals),
textiles and retail.

Reliance enjoys global leadership in its businesses, being the largest polyester yarn and
fibre producer in the world and among the top five to ten producers in the world in major
petrochemical products.

The Group exports products in excess of USD 15 billion to more than 100 countries in
the world. There are more than 25,000 employees on the rolls of Group Companies.
Major Group Companies are Reliance Industries Limited (including main subsidiaries
Reliance Petroleum Limited and Reliance Retail Limited) and Reliance Industrial
Infrastructure Limited.

Milestones

1977 : Reliance went Public with IPO – Dhirubhai Ambani introduced equity cult in India, a new model of bu
leadership from a base of the broadcast public shareholding.
1992 : Reliance raised funds by pioneering foray into overseas capital markets with first ever international GD
offering by an Indian corporate.
1993 : Reliance Petroleum Limited public issue - India‘s largest public offering .
Reliance pioneered the first ever Euro Convertible Bond issue by an Indian company.
1994 : Reliance offered the second Euro issue of GDR.
1995 : Net profit crossed the Rs 1,000 crore mark (Rs 1,065 crores or US$ 338 million), unparalleled in the In
Private sector.
1996-
First corporate in Asia to issue 50 and 100 years bond in US debt market.
97:
Reliance became the first private sector company to be rated by international credit rating agencies. S&
rated BB+, stable outlook, constrained by the Sovereign Ceiling. Moody‘s rated Baa3, Investment grad
constrained by the Sovereign Ceilings.
1998 : Dhirubhai Ambani was awarded the Dean‘s Medal by the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania
for setting an outstanding example of leadership.
2001 : Reliance Industries Ltd. and Reliance Petroleum Ltd. became India‘s two largest companies in terms o
major financial parameters
Dhirubhai Ambani was conferred The Economic Times Award for Corporate Excellence for Lifetime
Achievement.
2002 : l Reliance Infocomm to launch various telecom services on 28th December - beginning with Gujarat,
Infocomm revolution will cover thousands of villages and hundreds of cities across the country. Reli
Infocomm will become a major catalyst for changing the face of India and improving the quality of l
Indians.
l Reliance announced India‘s biggest gas discovery in nearly three decades and one of the largest gas
discoveries in the world during 2002. The in place volume of natural gas is in excess of 7 trillion cub
equivalent to about 1.2 billion barrels of crude oil. This is the first ever discovery by an Indian privat
sector company.
l Reliance acquired control of Indian Petrochemicals Corporation Limited (IPCL) - India‘s second lar
petrochemicals company.
l The merger of Reliance Petroleum Limited with Reliance Industries Limited was announced - larges
merger in India - Reliance Industries became the largest private sector company in India on all major
financial parameters including sales, profits, net worth, assets, and exports.
2003 : l Reliance Infocomm acquires FLAG Telecom, a multinational telecom company providing bandwidt
through its undersea cable network comprising of over 50,000 kms of undersea fiber optic cable that
four continents and connects the key regions of Asia, Europe, Middle East and the USA.
 l Reliance strikes oil in an onshore block in Yemen, where it has an equity oil position.
l Reliance‘s refinery at Jamnagar was ranked best in Shell Benchmarking for the third consecutive yea
‗Energy and Loss‘ performance from amongst 50 refineries worldwide.
l BSES, one of the premier utility companies of the country, engaged in the generation, transmission a
distribution of electricity becomes part of the Reliance Group and Mr. Anil D Ambani is appointed i
Chairman
2004 : l Reliance Industries Limited (RIL) emerged as the ‗Petrochemicals Company of the Year‘ at the pres
sixth annual Platts Global Energy Awards ceremony in New York, USA
l The European Commission approved the acquisition of the German specialty polyester manufacturer
‗Trevira‘ by Reliance.
l Reliance Industries emerged as the first and only private sector company from India to feature in the
Fortune Global 500 list of World‘s Largest Corporations.
l Reliance announced it had struck gas off the Orissa Coast in the Bay of Bengal.
l RIL became the first private sector company in India to record a net profit of US dollar of over 1 bill
2006 : Reliance becomes India‘s first private sector enterprise to cross US$2 billion profit mark.
2007 : l RIL completes a landmark acquisition of IPCL.
l Reliance Retail entered the organised retail market in India with the launch of its convenience store f
under the brand name of ‗Reliance Fresh‘.

Headquaters
RIL is headquatered at Nariman Point, Mumbai

Present Management
Chairman & Managing Director – Mukesh Ambani

6. Reliance ADA Group

Reliance Capital
Reliance Capital is one of India‘s leading and fastest growing private sector financial
services companies, and ranks among the top 3 private sector financial services and
banking companies, in terms of net worth.
The company has interests in asset management and mutual funds, life and general
insurance, private equity and proprietary investments, stock broking and other activities
in financial services.

Reliance Communications Limited

The flagship company of the Reliance – ADA Group, Reliance Communications Limited,
is the realisation of their founder‘s dream of bringing about a digital revolution that will
provide every Indian with affordable means of communication and a ready access to
information.
The company began operations in 1999 and has over 20 million subscribers today. It
offers a complete range of integrated telecom services. These include mobile and fixed
line telephony, broadband, national and international long distance services, data services
and a wide range of value added services and applications aimed at enhancing the
productivity of enterprises and individuals.

Reliance Energy Limited

Reliance Energy Limited, incorporated in 1929, is a fully integrated utility engaged in the
generation, transmission and distribution of electricity. It ranks among India‘s top listed
private companies on all major financial parameters, including assets, sales, profits and
market capitalization.
It is India‘s foremost private sector utility with aggregate estimated revenues of Rs 9,500
crore (US$ 2.1 billion) and total assets of Rs 10,700 crore (US$ 2.4 billion).

Reliance Health
In a country where healthcare is fast becoming a booming industry, Reliance Health is a
focused healthcare services company enabling the provision of solution to Indians, at
affordable prices. The company aims at providing integrated health services that will
compete with the best in the world.It also plans to venture into diversified fields like
Insurance Administration, Health care Delivery and Integrated Health, Health Informatics
and Information Management and Consumer Health.

Reliance Media & Entertainment

As part of the Reliance - ADA Group, Reliance Entertainment is spearheading the
Group‘s foray into the media and entertainment space. Reliance Entertainment‘s core
focus is to build significant presence for Reliance in the Entertainment eco-system: across
content and distribution platforms.
The key content initiative are across Movies, Music, Sports, Gaming, Internet & mobile
portals, leading to direct opportunities in delivery across the emerging digital distribution
platforms: digital cinema, IPTV, DTH and Mobile TV.
Reliance ADA Group acquired Adlabs Films Limited in 2005, one of the largest
entertainment companies in India, which has interests in film processing, production,
exhibition & digital cinema.
Reliance Entertainment has made an entry into the FM Radio business through Adlabs
Radio www.big927fm.com Having won 45 stations in the recent bidding, BIG 92.7 FM is
already India‘s largest private FM radio network with 12 radio stations across the country
as on 28th February 2007, with many more to be launched in the coming months.

Headquater
The company has its headquarter in Mumbai

Present Management
Shri Anil D Ambani is the chairman of Reliance ADAG.

7. Mahindra & Mahindra

l Mahindra & Mahindra Limited (M&M) is a major automaker in India. It is the flagship strategic business u
the Mahindra Group.
l The company was set up in 1945 as Mahindra & Mohammed. Later, after the partition of India, Mr. Gulam
Mohammed migrated to Pakistan and became that nation‘s first finance minister.
l The company first traded steel with suppliers in England and the United States.
l Real business activity of M&M began by assembling complete knock down (CKD) Jeeps in 1949. The com
expanded to indigenous manufacture of Jeep vehicles with a high level of local content under license from
Jeep and later American Motors (AMC).
l M&M soon branched out into manufacturing agricultural tractors and light commercial vehicles (LCVs). It
 expanded its operations to secure a significant presence in many more important sectors.
l The company has now transformed itself into a group of business units that caters to the Indian and oversea
markets with a presence in vehicles, farm equipment, information technology, trade and finance related ser
as well as infrastructure development.
l By 2005, M&M had become the largest producer of SUVs in India. The company has recently started a sep
sector, the Mahindra Systems and Automotive Technologies (MSAT), to focus on developing components
offering engineering services.
l Mahindra & Mahindra rapidly grew from being a maker of army vehicles to a major automobile and tracto
manufacturer with a growing global appetite.
l It made strategic acquisitions of plants in China and the United Kingdom, and has three assembly plants in
USA. M&M has partnerships with international companies like Renault SA, France, Nissan and Internation
Truck and Engine Corporation, USA.
l M&M made its entry into the passenger car segment with Logan in April 2007 under the Mahindra Renaul
l M&M will make its maiden entry into the heavy trucks segment with Mahindra International, the joint ven
with International Truck, USA.
l M&M‘s Automotive Sector makes a wide rage of vehicles including MUVs, LCVs and three wheelers. M&
the largest manufacturer of MUVs, offering over 20 models including new generation multi-utility vehicles
the Scorpio and the Bolero. The company is a market leader in the Utility Vehicle segment.
l M&M‘s products are being exported to the USA, Russia and several other countries in Africa, Asia, Europ
Latin America. Its global subsidiaries include Mahindra Europe Srl. based in Italy, Mahindra USA Inc., Ma
South Africa and Mahindra (China) Tractor Co. Ltd.
l M&M is the third largest tractor company in the world. It is also the largest manufacturer of tractors in Indi
sustained market leadership of around 24 years. It designs, develops, manufactures and markets tractors as
as farm implements.

Headquater
The company is headquatered in Mumbai

Present Management
Keshub Mahindra is Chairman and Anand G.Mahindra is the Vice-Chairman &
Managing Director.

IMPORTANT GOVERNING INSTITUTIONS

1. Federation of Indian Chamber of Commerce and Industry (FICCI)

Set up in 1927, on the advice of Mahatma Gandhi, FICCI is the largest and oldest apex
business organization of Indian business. Its history is very closely interwoven with the
freedom movement. FICCI inspired economic nationalism as a political tool to fight
against discriminatory economic policies. That commitment, drive and mission continue
in the ever-changing economic landscape of India, always chasing newer agendas. With a
nationwide membership of over 1500 corporates and over 500 chambers of commerce
and business associations, FICCI espouses the shared vision of Indian businesses and
speaks directly and indirectly for over 2,50,000 business units. It has an expanding direct
membership of enterprises drawn from large, medium, small and tiny segments of
manufacturing, distributive trade and services. FICCI maintains the lead as the proactive
business solution provider through research, interactions at the highest political level and
global networking.

Headquarter
FICCI is headquartered at New Delhi

Present Management
Mr. Harsh Pati Singhania - President
Mr. Rajan Bharati Mittal - Sr. Vice President
Mr. Harsh C. Mariwala - Vice President

2. Confederation of Indian Industry (CII)

The Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) works to create and sustain an environment
conducive to the growth of industries in India, partnering industry and government alike
through advisory and consultative processes. CII is a non-government, not-for-profit,
industry-led and industry-managed organisation, playing a proactive role in India‘s
development process. Founded over 112 years ago, it is India‘s premier business
association, with a direct membership of over 7000 organisations from the private as well
as public sectors, including SMEs and MNCs and indirect membership of over 90,000
companies from around 362 national and regional sectoral associations.

Headquarter
CII is headquartered at New Delhi

Present Management
Mr. Venu Srinivasan – President, CII
Mr. Hari S. Bhartia – Vice President, CII

3. National Association of Software and Service Companies (NASSCOM)

National Association of Software and Service Companies (NASSCOM) is the premier
trade body and the chamber of commerce of the IT software and services industry in
India. NASSCOM is a global trade body with over 1200 members, of which over 250 are
global companies from the US, UK, EU, Japan and China. NASSCOM‘s member
companies are in the business of software development, software services, software
products and IT-enabled Services/BPO services. NASSCOM was set up in 1988 to
facilitate business and trade in software and services and to encourage advancement of
research in software technology. It is a not-for-profit organization, registered under the
Indian Societies Act, 1860.

Headquarter
NASSCOM has its headquarters at New Delhi

Present Management
Mr. Pramod Bhasin – Chairman, NASSCOM
Mr. Harsh Mangalik – Vice Chairman, NASSCOM
Mr. Som Mittal – President, NASSCOM

4. ASSOCHAM
The Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry of India (ASSOCHAM) is the
premiere body of chamber of commerce in India. Established in 1920, it currently has a
membership of over 200,000 companies across the country. The organisation represents
the interests of trade and commerce in India, and interacting with the Government of
India on policy issues, and liaisoning with their international counterparts to promote
trade between India and other nations.

Present Management
Swati Piramal, President, ASSOCHAM
Dilip Modi, Vice President, ASSOCHAM
Rajkumar Dhoot, Vice President, ASSOCHAM

5. Securities Exchange Board of India (SEBI)

Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) is a board (autonomous body) created by
the Government of India in 1988 and given statutory form in 1992 under the SEBI Act
1992. SEBI has three functions rolled into one body: legislative, judicial and executive. It
drafts rules in its legislative capacity, it conducts enquiries and enforcement action in its
executive function and it passes rulings and orders in its judicial capacity. SEBI has had a
mixed history in terms of its success as a regulator. Though it has pushed systemic
reforms aggressively and successively (e.g. the quick movement towards making the
markets electronic and paperless), it seems to lack the legal expertise needed to sustain
prosecutions/enforcement actions.

Headquarter
SEBI is headquartered at Mumbai.

Present Management
Mr. C.B. Bhave – Chairman, SEBI
Dr. K.P. Krishna – Joint Secretary – CM

6. Finance Commission
The First Finance Commission was constituted under Art. 280 by a Presidential Order
dated November 22, 1951, under the chairmanship of KC Neogy. It is the duty of the
Commission to make recommendations to the President as to:

l The distribution between the Union and the States of the Net proceeds of Taxes which are to be, or may b
divided between them under this Chapter and the allocation between the States of the respective shares of
proceeds
The principles which should govern the grants-in-aid of the revenues of the States out of the Consolidated
l
of India.
Headquarter
Finance Commission is headquartered at New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. Vijay L. Kelkar - Chairman, Finance Commision

7. National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER)

It was established in 1956 as a non-governmental body in Delhi to assist government,
civil society and the private sector to make informed policy choices. The council
encourages research on Indian themes using Indian data. Its major activities include:

l Developing policy reports for clients.

l Examining domestic agricultural market structures, price policy, linkages between agricultural price policy
poverty, and, the role of the Panchayats in fostering sustainable development.
l Tracking key sectors of the economy for subscribers and forecasting the economic outlook.
Conducting, designing, and analysing surveys that illuminate public policy issues as well as assist private s
l
decisions
l Disseminating research findings

Headquarter
NCAER is headquartered at New Delhi.

Present Management
Mr. Nandan Nilekani - President, NCAER
Mr. M.S. Verma – Vice President, NCAE

THE PLANNING COMMISSION

The Planning Commission is the supreme organ for planning social and economic
development in India. It was established on March 15, 1950. The Prime Minister of India
is the ex-officio Chairman of Planning Commission. The committee members also
appoint a Deputy Chairman, who is the de-facto executive head of the Commission and
enjoys the rank of a Cabinet Minister.

The Cabinet Ministers with certain important portfolios act as part-time members of the
Commission, while the full-time members are experts from various fields like
Economics, Industry, Science and General Administration.

The commission works through the following divisions

l General Planning Divisions

l Special Planning Divisions
l Programme Administration Divisions
The majority of experts in the commission are economists, making the commission the
biggest employer of the Indian Economic Services.

Five Year Plans

The Indian Economy is based on the concept of planning. This is carried through the five-
year plans, developed, executed and monitored by the Planning Commission. The First
Five Year plan was implemented in 1951. The Tenth plan is currently underway.

l First Five Year Plan (1951-56) – The first plan aimed at correcting the distortions caused to the economy
the World War II.
l Second Five Year Plan (1956-61) – The second plan aimed at a pattern of development leading to a ‗socia
society‘ framework for the economy.
l Third Five Year Plan (1961-66) – The third plan aimed at achieving the goals enlisted in the first two plan
also aimed at achieving self-sufficiency in foodgrains, increase employment oppurtunities and expand basi
heavy industries.
l Three Annual Plans (1966-69)
l Fourth Five Year Plan (1969-74) – The objectives of the fourth plan were to achieve self-reliance, and giv
priority to agriculture, promote industrial production and exports.
l Fifth Five Year Plan (1974-79) – The fifth five year plan aimed at removal of poverty, attaining economic
reliance and increasing employment oppurtunities in the country.
l Sixth Year Plan (1979-85) – The sixth plan aimed at achieving a annual growth rate of 5.2 per cent and ra
the per capita income by 3.3 per cent.
l Seventh Five Year Plan (1985-90) – The plan focussed on policies and programmes to increase domestic
industrial productivity, employment oppurtunities, and agriculture productivity by increasing the basic
framework and by adopting modern technologies.
l Annual Plans 1990-92
l Eighth Five Year Plan (1992-97) – The plan aimed at achieving a higher outlay of public sector enterprise
meet the demands of various central and state sectors.
l Ninth Five Year Plan (1997-02) – The plan aimed to achieve an anual growth rate of 6.5 per cent. The tot
public sector outlay was Rs. 859000 crore.
l Tenth Five Year Plan (2002-07) – This plan has adopted an aggressive approach. This plan aims at achiev
per cent GDP growth, reduce the poverty ratio to 20 per cent, increase the literacy rate to 72 per cent, reduc
infant mortality rate to 45 per 1000 births and clean all major polluted rivers till the end of the plan in 2007
l Eleventh Five Year Plan (2007-12) – This plan aims to accelerate GDP growth from 8% to 10% and then
maintain at 10% in the 12th Plan in order to double per capita income by 2016-17,increase literacy rate for
persons of age 7 years or more to 85%, reduce infant mortality rate to 28 and maternal mortality ratio to 1 p
1000 live births and ensure electricity connection to all villages and BPL households by 2009 and round-th
clock power.

THE MONETARY POLICY

The Monetary Policy, as the name suggests, is the policy used as a tool to regulate the
supply of money in the economy. The basic task of a monetary policy in a developing
economy is to meet the credit needs of the growth sectors on the one hand and to curb the
supply of money meant to be used in non - productive activities like speculative dealings,
headging etc. In India, the monetary policy is regulated by the Reserve Bank of India
(RBI). The policy in India is designed on the principles mentioned above and exercises
various quantitative controls to make the policy effective. The policy is therefore also
referred to as the policy of ‗Controlled Monetary Expansion‘ which implies

i. Expansion in the supply of money.

ii. Restraint on secondary expansion of credit.

The Monetary Policy thus helps the government to exercise control over the money
supply in the economy.

THE FISCAL POLICY

The fiscal policy helps the government exercise a control over the fiscal deficit i.e. the
difference between the total revenue earned and the total expenditure incurred by the
government. A rise in the fiscal deficit implies a higher borrowing for the government
from the RBI. The economic impact of such borrowing is that the money supply in the
economy decreases.

The pressure on the money supply leads to an increase of prices i.e. an inflationary
situation. So the government, through a proper fiscal policy tries to maximize revenue
sources (taxes) and reduce expenditure, thereby reducing fiscal deficits.

THE MAJOR PUBLIC SECTOR FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

1. The Reserve Bank of India (RBI)

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) was set up in April 1935, with its central office at
Calcutta (Kolkata) under the Reserve Bank of India Act of 1934, but was permanently
moved to Mumbai in 1937. Though originally privately owned, since nationalization in
1949, the RBI is fully owned by Government of India. Presently, RBI is the central bank
of India. It issues notes, buys and sells government securities, regulates the volume of
what direction and cost of credit, manages foreign exchange, supports other financial
institutions and comes out with the Monetary Policy. The RBI is presently headquartered
at Mumbai and the present RBI governor is Dr. Duruvi Subbarao.

2. The Small Industrial Development Bank of India (SIDBI)

SIDBI was established on April 2, 1990. The Small Industries Development Bank of
India Act, 1989 envisaged SIDBI to be ―the principal financial institution for the
promotion, financing and development of industry in the small scale sector and to co-
ordinate the functions of the institutions engaged in the promotion and financing or
developing industry in the small scale sector and for matters connected therewith or
incidental thereto. In the SIDBI charter,four basic objectives were set out. They are
Financing, Promotion, Development, Coordination, for orderly growth of industry in the
small scale sector.
The business domain of SIDBI consists of small scale industrial units, which contribute
significantly to the national economy in terms of production, employment and exports.
Small scale industries are the industrial units in which the investment in plant and
machinery does not exceed Rs.10 million. About 3.1 million such units, employing 17.2
million persons account for a share of 36 per cent of India‘s exports and 40 per cent of
industrial manufacture. In addition, SIDBI‘s assistance flows to the transport, health care
and tourism sectors and also to the professional and self-employed persons setting up
small-sized professional ventures. Mr. Rajendra Mohan Malla is the present chairman
and managing director of the SIDBI.

3. The Industrial Development Bank of India (IDBI)

IDBI was established on July 1, 1964, by an act of the Parliament as a wholly owned
subsidiary of the Reserve Bank of India, to catalyze the development of a diversified and
efficient industrial structure in the country, in tune with national priorities. In 1976, the
ownership was transferred from the RBI to the Government of India. The current
Government holding in IDBI is about 53%. IDBI is currently the tenth largest
development bank in the world. It financed some well-known institutes in India like, the
National Stock Exchange of India (NSE), the National Securities Depository Services
Ltd. (NSDL), and the Stock Holding Corporation of India (SHCIL).
To meet the emerging challenges and to keep up with reforms in the financial sector,
IDBI converted into a banking company in 2004, to undertake an entire gamut of banking
activities. Mr. Yogesh Agarwal is the present Chairman and Managing Director of the
IDBI bank.

4. The National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development (NABARD)

NABARD was established on 12th July 1982 to implement the National Bank for
Agriculture and Rural Development Act 1981. It replaced the Agricultural Credit
Department (ACD) and the Rural Planning and Credit Cell (RPCC) of the Reserve Bank
of India, and the Agricultural Refinance and Development Corporation (ARDC).

The following functions are performed by NABARD

i. Serves as an apex financing agency for the institutions providing investment and production credit for
promoting the various developmental activities in rural areas.
ii. Takes measures towards institution building for improving absorptive capacity of the credit delivery syste
including monitoring, formulation of rehabilitation schemes, restructuring of credit institutions, training o
personnel, etc.
iii. Co-ordinates the rural financing activities of all institutions engaged in developmental work at the field le
and maintains liaison with the Government of India, State Governments, the Reserve Bank of India (RBI)
other national level institutions concerned with policy formulation.
iv. Undertakes monitoring and evaluation of projects refinanced by it.

Shri Umesh Chandra Sarangi is the present chairman of NABARD.

ECONOMIC LIBERALISATION (1991)

The economic liberalisation of 1991 was initiated by the then Indian Prime Minister, Mr.
P. V. Narasimha Rao and his Finance Minister, Mr. Manmohan Singh in response to a
balance-of-payments crisis being faced by the country. The new economic framework
adopted by the government did away with the Licence Raj (investment, industrial and
import licensing) system and ended many public monopolies. The policy aimed at
allowing foreign direct investment (FDI) in many sectors of the economy. Even though
the foreign direct investment ceiling was removed by the government in 1991, it was only
in 1996 that foreign investors started showing confidence in the Indian economy and
large sectors saw the inflow of foreign capital.

Since then, the overall direction of liberalisation has remained the same, irrespective of
the ruling party, although no party has yet tried to take on powerful lobbies such as the
trade unions and farmers, or contentious issues such as reforming labour laws and
reducing agricultural subsidies.

IMPORTANT SECTORS OF INDIAN ECONOMY

1. AGRICULTURE
i) Contribution to GDP
Agriculture forms the backbone of Indian economy. it contributes approx. 26 percent of Gross Domest
Product. It was 55.4 percent in 1950-51.
Though the agriculture in national income has come down, even now agriculture contributes a major sh
the national income in India. Further, the share of agriculture in manufacturing and services sector is
increasing.
ii) Source of Employment
Agriculture provides employment to around 65 percent of the total work-force of the country.
iii) Source of Industrial Development
Agriculture has been the source of supply of raw material to our leading industries.
Many of our small and cottage industries like handloom, weaving, oil crushing, rice husking, etc. depe
agriculture.

Green Revolution
Indian Green Revolution is associated with the use of HYVS (High Yielding Variety
Seeds). Chemical fertilizers and new technology led to a sharp rise in agricultural
production during the middle of 1960.

The term Green Revolution was given by Americal Scientist, Dr. William Gande.

During the middle of sixties, Indian agriculture scientists developed a number of new
high yielding varieties of wheat by processing wheat seeds imported from Mexico. A
similar improvement in variety of rice was also observed.

The credit of this goes not only to Nobel Laureate Dr. Norman Borlaug. But also to Dr.
M.S. Swaminathan. Dr. M.S. Swaminathan is also known as the father of the Green
Revolution in India.

Second Green Revolution

Of all the plans, the sixth five-year plan was hailed as a great success on the agriculture
front. As against the expected annual growth of 3.8 percent for agriculture, the actual
growth rate was 4.3 percent. The production of food grains in 1983-84 was 152 million
tones and was hailed by the Government as the Second Green Revolution.

While the first Green Revolution from 1967-68 arose from the introduction of HYVS of
Mexican wheat and rice, the second Green Revolution from 1983-84 was said to be for
the extension in supplies of inputs and services to farmers, agricultural extension and
better management.

While the first Green Revolution was confirmed mainly to Punjab, Haryana, and Western
Uttar Pradesh, the second Revolution has spread to the entire North India.

Other Revolutions

Revolution Area
Yellow Revolution Oil Seeds
White Revolution Milk
Blue Revolution Fish
Pink Revolution Shrimp
Grey Revolution Egg
Golden Revolution Horticulture

IMPORTANT INDUSTRIES OF INDIA

1. LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES

i) Iron and Steel Industries:
Ist Steel Industry at Kulti near Jhari, West Bengal
Ist large scale steel plant - TISCO at Jamshedpur in 1907 followed by IISCO at Bumpur in 1919. Both
belonged to private sector.
The first public sector unit was ‗Vishveshvaraya Iron and Steel Works‘ at Bhadrawati

Public Sector Steel Plants

Location Assistance
1. Rourkela (Orissa) Germany
2. Bhilai (Madhya Pradesh) Russian Govt.
3. Durgapur (West Bengal) Britain Govt.
4. Bokaro (Jharkhand) Russian Govt.
5. Burnpur (West Bengal) Acquired by Private sector in 1976
6. Vishakhapatnam (Andhra Pradesh) Russian Govt.
7. Salem (Tamilnadu)
8. Vijai Nagar (Karnataka)
9. Bhadrawati (Karnataka)
Nationalization of Vishveshvaraya Iron and Steel Ltd.
(Owned by Central and State Government)

All these are managed by SAIL. (At present all important steels except TISCO, are under
Public Sector).
Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL) was established in 1974 and was made
responsible for the development of the steel Industry.
Bhilai, Durgapur and Rourkela were established during the Second Five Year Plan.
Bokaro was established during the Third while the steel plants at Salem, Vijay Nagar, and
Vishakhapatnam were established in the Fourth Five Year Plant.
Presently India is the 8th largest steel producing country in the world.

ii) Jute Industry :

Jute industry is an important industry for a country like India, because not only does it
earn foreign Exchange but also provides substantial employment opportunities in
agriculture and industrial sectors.
Its first modernized industrial unit was established at Reshra in West Bengal in 1855.
There are at present 73 jute mills in India, out of which West Bengal has 59 mills, Bihar 3
mills, Uttar Pradesh 3 mills, Andhra Pradesh 4 mills and Assam, Tripura, Orissa and
Madhya Pradesh one each.
The Jute Industry in the Country is traditionally export oriented. India ranks number one
in raw jute and jute goods production and number two in export of jute goods in the
world.

iii) Cotton and Textile Industry :

Oldest industry of India, and employs largest number of workers.
It is the largest organized and broad-based industry which accounts for about 4 percent of
GDP, 20 percent of manufacturing value added and one-third of total export earnings.
The first Indian modernized cotton cloth mill was established in 1818 at Fort Gloaster
near Kolkata but this mill was not successful. The second mill named ‗Bombay Spinning
and Weaving Co.‘ was established in 1854 at Bombay by K.G.N. Daber.

iv) Sugar Industry :

Sugar Industry is the second largest industry after cotton textile industry among
agriculture based Industries in the country.
There are more than 500 installed sugar factories in the country. This industry provides
not only employment to a substantial number of persons but also holds the potential of
developing other industries related to its by-products.
India is now the largest producer and consumer of sugar in the world. Maharashtra
contributes over one-third of the total sugar output, followed closely by Uttar Pradesh,
Tamil Nadu and Karnataka are the other important producers of sugar.

v) Fertilizer Industry :
India is the third largest producer of nitrogeneous fertilizers in the world.
There are at present, 57 fertilizer units manufacturing a wide range of nitrogeneous and
complex fertilizers, including 29 units producing urea and 9 units producing ammonium
sulphate as a by-product.

vi) Paper Industry :

The first mechanized paper mill was set-up in 1812 at Serampur in West Bengal.
The Paper Industry in India is ranked among the 15 top global paper industries.

vii) Silk Industry :

India is the second largest (first being China) country in the world in producing natural
silk. At present, India produces about 16 percent silk of the world.
India enjoys the distinction of being the only country producing all the five known
commercial varieties of silk, viz. Mulberry, Troical rassal, Oak Tussar, Eri and Muga.

viii) Petroleum and Natural Gas :

First successful oil well was dug in India in 1889 at Digboi, Assam.
For exploration purpose, Oil and Natural Gas Commission (ONGC) was established in
1956 at Dehradun, Uttranchal.
The total oil reserves in India have been estimated to be about 13 crore tones. Domestic
production of oil in India is much less to meet the domestic demand. India currently
produces just over 32 million tones of crude oil against it annual demand of 105 million
tones meeting only 30.5 percent of demand from domestic resources.

Marketing and Distribution of Petroleum Products

a) Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. (BPCL): By acquisition of Burmah Shell in 1976.

b) Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd. (HPCL): Established in 1974 by acquiring the assets of US compan
ESSO Eastern. In 1976, Government acquired Caltex Oil Refining Ltd. and merged it with HPCL.
c) Gas Authority of India Ltd. (GAIL): Established in 1984 for handling post-exploration activities relating t
natural gas. The company was assigned the priority task of setting up the cross country HBJ (Hazira, Bijap
and Jagdishpur) pipeline. Presently GAIL is the largest company in India for marketing of natural gas.

NAVRATNAS

In 1997, the Government identified nine leading, well performing and high profit making
public enterprises as Navratnas (Nine Precious Jewels). Later, on the same year, two
more were added to the list.
They have been given special powers including freedom to form new joint ventures,
make new investments and authorized to raise money.

1. Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. (IOC)

2. Bharat Petroleum Corporation Ltd. (BPCL)
3. Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Ltd. (HPCL)
4. Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Ltd. (ONGC)
5. Indian Petrochemicals Corporation Ltd. (IPCL)
6. Steel Authority of India Ltd. (SAIL)
7. National Thermal Power Corporation Ltd. (NTPC)
8. Bharat Heavy Electronics Ltd. (BHEL)
9. Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd. (VSNL)
10. Mahangar Telephone Nigam Ltd. (MTNL)
11. Gas Authority of India Ltd. (GAIL)

Two of these Navratnas, IPCL and VSNL, have been privatized.

INSURANCE
Insurance has been an important part of the Indian financial system. Until recently,
insurance services were provided by the public sector, i.e. life insurance by the Life
Insurance Corporation of India and general insurance by the General Insurance
Corporation and its four Subsidaries. This insurance industry was opened to the Private
sector in August 2000. After the opening, 12 new companies have entered life segment
and 9 companies in the non life segment.

1. Life Insurance Corporation (LIC)

Established : Sept, 1956
Head Office : Mumbai
Zonal Offices : 7 (Mumbai, Kolkata, Delhi, Chennai, Kanpur, Hyderabad, Bhopal)
2. General Insurance Corporation (GIC)
Established : Jan 1, 1973
It has four subsidiary companies:
1.National Insurance Company Ltd., Kolkatta
2.The New India Assurance Co. Ltd., Mumbai
3.The Oriental Fire and General Insurance Co.Ltd., New Delhi
4.United India Fire and General Insurance Co. Ltd., Chennai.

STOCK EXCHANGES

Stock exchange or share market plays a dominant role in mobilizing resources for
corporate sector. It is a market for dealing in shares, debentures and financial securities.
In the stock exchange, shares and debentures are bought and sold for investment as well
as for speculative purposes. There are 24 stock exchanges in the country.

CENSUS-2001
Total Population : 1,02,70,15,247
Males : 531,277,078
Females : 495,738,169
Population Growth : 21.34%
Males : 20.93%
Females : 21.70%
Average Yearly Growth Rate : 1.93%
Density of population : 324
Sex Ratio : 933
Literacy Rate : 65.38
Males : 75.85
Females : 54.16
Life Expectancy : 62 years
Child Population : 15.42%

TOP STATES IN IMPORTANT PARAMETERS

MAXIMUM POPULATION
Uttar Pradesh : 16.6 crore
Maharashtra : 9.7 crore
Bihar : 8.3 crore
West Bengal : 8.0 crore
Andhra Pradesh : 7.6 crore

MINIMUM POPULATION
Sikkim : 5.4 lakh
Mizoram : 8.9 lakh
Arunachal Pradesh : 10.9 lakh
Goa : 13.4 lakh
Nagaland : 19.8 lakh

MAXIMUM DECADAL GROWTH

RATE
Nagaland : 64.41
Sikkim : 32.98
Manipur : 30.02
Jammu and Kashmir : 29.04
Meghalaya : 29.94

MAXIMUM POPULATION DENSITY

West Bengal : 904
Bihar : 880
Kerala : 819
Uttar Pradesh : 689
Punjab : 482

MINIMUM POPULATION DENSITY

Arunachal Pradesh : 13
Mizoram : 42
Sikkim : 76
Jammu and Kashmir : 99
Meghalaya : 103

MAXIMUM SEX RATIO

Kerala : 1058
Chhatisgarh : 990
Tamilandu : 986
Andhra Pradesh : 978
Manipur : 978

MINIMUM SEX RATIO

Haryana : 861
Punjab : 874
Sikkim : 875
Uttar Pradesh : 898
Jammu and Kashmir : 900

MAXIMUM LITERACY RATE

Kerala : 90.92
Mizoram : 88.49
Goa : 82.32
Maharashtra : 77.27
Himachal Pradesh : 77.13

MINIMUM LITERACY RATE

Bihar : 47.53
Jharkhand : 54.13
Jammu and Kashmir : 54.74
Uttar Pradesh : 57.36
MAXIMUM FEMALE LITERACY
RATE
Kerala : 87.86
Mizoram : 86.13
Goa : 75.51
Himachal Pradesh : 68.08
Maharashtra : 67.57

MINIMUM FEMALE LITERACY

RATE
Bihar : 33.57
Jharkhand : 39.38
Jammu and Kashmir : 41.82
Uttar Pradesh : 42.98
Arunachal Pradesh : 44.24

MAXIMUM URBAN POPULATION

(%)
Goa : 49.77
Mizoram : 49.5
Tamilnadu : 43.86
Maharashtra : 42.4
Gujarat : 37.35

MINIMUM URBAN POPULATION(%)

Himachal Pradesh : 9.79
Bihar : 10.47
Sikkim : 11.1
Assam : 12.72
Orissa : 14.97

IMPORTANT PARAMETERS OF UNION TERRITORIES

TOTAL POPULATION
Delhi : 1.3 crore
Pondicherry : 9.7 lakh
Chandigarh : 9.0 lakh
Andaman and Nicobar : 3.5 lakh
Dadra and Nagar Haveli : 2.2 lakh
Lakshadweep : 0.6 lakh
POPULATION DENSITY
Delhi : 9294
Chandigarh : 7903
Pondicherry : 2029
Lakshadwep : 1894
Daman and Diu : 1411
Dadar and Nagar Haveli : 449
Andaman and Nicobar : 43

SEX RATIO
Pondicherry : 1001
Daman and Diu : 989
Lakshadweep : 947
Andaman and Nicobar : 846
Delhi : 821
Dadar and Nagar Haveli : 811
Chandigarh : 773

LITERACY RATE
Lakshadweep : 87.52
Delhi : 81.82
Chandigarh : 81.76
Pondicherry : 81.49
Andaman and Nicobar : 81.18
Daman and Diu : 81.09
Dadar and Nagar Haveli : 60.03

BASIC COMPUTER TERMINOLOGY

A Computer is an electronic device for automatically carrying out a program of

instructions. It is a powerful general-purpose machine which can be programmed to do a
wide variety of computations.

There are three basic main steps to carry out any particular computation:

• INPUT- The user feeds in, or inputs, his program and data (the data is the information which the program
process to produce the desired results of the computations.)
• PROCESS/EXECUTION- The computer carries out, or executes the program of instructions.
• OUTPUT- The results of the computation are fed back, or output, to the user.

The tasks that a computer performs can be divided into three categories:

• Arithmetic Operations (addition, subtraction, multiplication and division)

• Comparison operations (determining whether a given value is greater than, equal to, or less than another v
• Storage and retrieval operations (saving a program on any of the disks for further use)

ANATOMY OF A COMPUTER SYSTEM

HARDWARE
The hardware consists of the actual physical components of a computer. The three basic
components of a computer system, which are essentially the same regardless of the type
of system, are: a central processing unit, a primary storage unit and peripheral devices.

The Central Processing Unit (CPU), rightly called the ―brain‖ of the computer is
composed of: the control unit and arithmetic/logic unit. The control unit controls the
activities of the CPU. It does not process or store the data, but instructs the various parts
of the computer in performing these tasks. This unit interprets the instructions given by
the user and sends out signals to circuits within the CPU to execute these instructions.
The control unit also keeps track of all the programs that have already been executed and
the ones which remain to be executed. Finally it collects the output and sends it to the
output device, like monitor screen or a printer.
The arithmetic/logic unit performs only the mathematical computations like addition,
subtraction, multiplication or division and logical operations. A logical operation is
performed by instructing the computer to make a comparison and then to take an action
based on the result of that comparison.

The Primary Storage

Types of Computer Memory:

Based on the different needs, the memory in computers is classified into two types:

Primary Memory & Secondary Memory

Primary Memory (also referred to as main memory, primary storage or internal storage)
The Primary memory is very important to the immediate processing needs of the
computer, which means that when the computer is first switched on, there is an
immediate requirement of memory, which is supplied by the primary memory. This unit
temporarily holds program instruction, data and the intermediate and final results of
processing. It consists of various storage locations, each having a unique address and
holding a small amount of information. The address allocated to each storage locations
allows the computer to locate items that have been stored in the computer‘s memory.
This type of memory is of two types:

• Random Access Memory or RAM

• Read Only Memory or ROM

RAM - This is the additional memory which is inside the CPU. RAM is called the
Temporary Memory of the computer because the data, information or program that is
present in the memory either gets overwritten by new data or information gets erased
when the computer is switched off.

ROM - The ROM contains programs that are permanently coded by the CPU. The ROM
is called so, i.e read only because it cannot be written on by the CPU. Unlike RAM,
ROM does not allow anything to be written on it.

Secondary Memory (also called external storage/external memory/storage

device/magnetic storage device) is so called because it is found outside the CPU box. The
common examples of secondary storage devices are floppy disks, compact disk and hard
disk.

The Peripheral Devices

These devices are input devices, output devices, and secondary storage devices. The
programs and data that are entered into a computer to be processed are called input. The
word data refers to unorganized facts. When this data is processed to some meaningful
form, it is called information.

Input devices
These devices are used to enter data into the computer so that it can be processed. Some
examples of input devices are a terminal keyboard, a mouse, a graphics tablet, and a light
pen.

Output Devices
The device that gives the processed data or information to us is called the output device.
Depending on the requirement of the user, the result is displayed on the monitor or a
printer.

• Monitor: All the data entered from the keyboard, first appears on the small TV called monitor. It is called s
because it allows the user of the computer to keep a check on the things that are being typed. Another very
important use of this monitor is that after the processing has been completed by the computer the result is
obtained and is flashed on the monitor, allowing the user to see the information. Monitors can be Monochro
(having a dark background) or Coloured (can display text and pictures in all colours)
Printers: The data that has been processed in the computer can be printed on the paper by means of a print
• They are classified on the basis of how they work. If the printer creates an impression of the typed letter on
paper, it is called an impact printer, otherwise it is known as non-impact printer.

Displaying output on the screen gives the user the result in a convenient readable form;
this output is referred to as soft copy. Printing the results on paper is a way of
permanently saving the information which can even be used at a later time. This output is
called hard copy.

The Secondary storage devices allow programs, data and processing results to be saved
on a storage media (such as magnetic tape, floppy diskettes). If it is required to process
these items, they can be transferred back into the primary storage unit of the computer.
Although it takes more time to access items in secondary storage devices than in main
memory, but the main advantage of secondary storage devices over primary ones is that
they are less expensive and can store enormous quantities of data.

SOFTWARE
The computer needs written instructions to solve a problem, these instructions must be
written in a programming language. These programs and series of programs are referred
to as software. These programs are of two types- system programs and application
programs. The system programs direct the computer in its own internal operations while
the application programs are written to solve user‘s problems.

OPERATING SYSTEMS
Operating System is a set of software modules (Program) within a computer system that
governs the control of equipment resources such as processors, main memory, secondary
memory, I/O devices and files.

Some examples of operating system are DOS, WINDOWS, WINDOWS-XP, etc.

TYPES OF COMPUTERS
DIGITAL, ANALOG & HYBRID COMPUTERS
The automatic, digital computer was invented in 1833 by Charles Babbage (known as the
‗Father of Computers‘) A digital computer is so called because it uses a series of digits to
represent all types of information. The digits used are called binary digit (0 and 1) also
balled bits. In contrast to digital computers, analogue computers use the values of
continuously varying physical quantities to represent information. The desirable features
of analog and digital machines can be combined to create a Hybrid computing system,
which is partly digital and partly analog.

Programs
Refers to the set of instructions that have to be written for the computer so that it is able
to process the data to give the desired information. These programs are written by only
those Computer Professionals called programmers. These programmers have the required
knowledge of how to communicate with the computer. The tool that is used for writing
the set of instructions is called a computer language. Working a program is called
executing or running the program.

Types of Programs
The operating system contains several types of programs. These are:

1. Supervisor Program: (also called the monitor or executive) is the major component of the operating syste
coordinates the activities of all other parts of the operating system. This program schedules the order of inp
and output operations. It also sends messages to the computer operator if an error occurs or if the computer
requires additional direction.
2. Job Control Program: A job is a unit of work to be processed by the CPU. Job control commands are use
identify the beginning of a job, the specific program to be executed, the work to be done, and the input/out
devices required. The job control program translates the job control commands written by a programmmer
machine language.
3. Input/Output Management System: When a user-written program requests information to be transferred
or out of main memory, the input/output (I/O) management system oversees and coordinates the process. I
and output devices are assigned to specific programs and information is moved between the devices and
memory locations.
4. Language Translation Programs: A computer can only execute instructions that are in machine language
which consists of 0s and 1s. In order for the computer to use English-like programs such as those written in
Pascal, it must use a language translation program. This program translates the English-like program into
machine language. There are two types of language translation programs: interpreters and compilers. Com
on the other hand, is a program that translates high-level language into absolute code, or sometimes into
assembly language. The input to the compiler is a description of an algorithm or program in a problem-orie
language; its output (the object code) is an equivalent description of the algorithm in a machine-oriented
language (the source code).
5. Library Programs: Library programs are user-written or manufacturer-supplied programs and subprogram
that are frequently used in other programs. They perform commonly needed tasks. Library programs are st
in a system library and called into main memory when needed. They are then linked together with other
programs.
6. Utility Programs: Utility programs perform specialized functions. Utility programs or routines are pre-wr
programs to provide procedures commonly required by virtually all applications. For example, a utility pro
 can transfer data from a tape to a disk, to another tape, or to a printer.

Computer Languages
The languages that are used to communicate with the computer are called computer
languages. These computer languages have developed a great deal since they were first
used. Their evolution spans about four stages which are referred to as generations.

Each generation has it‘s own individual characteristic language.

• First Generation Language: This language used for computers consisted of zeroes and ones. All instructio
that had to be given consisted of zeroes and ones. This language was also called machine language (also ca
binary representation). This was used on computers of the first generation, which used vacuum tubes. Data
represented in binary form is stored in the computer as a series of ―on‖ and ―off‖ states of electronic device
representing binary digits (or bits)
• Second Generation Language: The chief characteristic of second generation language was assembly lang
(also referred to as low-level language). In this type of language the programmer uses symbolic names to sp
various machine operations; these symbolic names are called mnemonics. Mnemonics are nothing but easy
remember short-cuts to certain complex instructions. The use of these mnemonics makes assembly languag
programming easier than machine language programming. Another important improvement of Assemble
language over machine language is the use of names to represent storage locations, so that the programmer
longer has to know the address of the location in which a particular value is kept.
• Third Generation Language: The languages used in the third generation were very easy to learn and use o
computers. These language do not require the programmer to understand the technical details of internal
computer operations. As they were very close to the English languages so they were called high level langu
Example of such languages are Pascal, BASIC, COBOL, FORTRAN, C, C++, etc.
• Fourth Generation Language: These languages are used even today with most computers available. They
popular because they allow a lot of data to be collected, stored and used for extracting various types of
information. Such huge collections of data is called a database. Examples of these type of language are dBA
FoxPro, Oracle and Ingres.

VIRUS
The term ‗virus‘ is used to describe virtually any type of destructive software. Viruses do
not affect the hardware of the computer. The viruses can and ‗do‘ corrupt data and
programs. Computer Viruses are executable computer programs. Like biological viruses,
they find and attach themselves to a host. Most viruses stay active in memory until the
system is switched off. When we turn off the computer we remove the virus from
memory, but not from the file, files or disk it has affected. So, next time we use our
computer, the virus program is activated again and attaches itself to more programs.

Typer of Virus
Mainly, there are two main types of virus - Program Virus & Boot Virus
Program Virus must be written for a specific operating system. Boot Virus exploit the
inherent features of the computer (rather than operating system) to spread and activate.

Definitions
Virus: A virus is a type of program that can replicate itself by making (possibly
modified) copies of itself. The main criterion for classifying a piece of executable code as
a virus is that it spreads itself by means of ‗hosts‘. A virus can only spread from one
computer to another when its host is taken to the uninfected computer, for instance by a
user sending it over a network or carrying it on a removable medium. Additionally,
viruses can spread to other computers by infecting files on a network file system or a file
system that is accessed by another computer. Viruses are sometimes confused with
worms.

Worm: A worm, however, can spread itself to other computers without needing to be
transferred as part of a host. Many personal computers are now connected to the Internet
and to local-area networks, facilitating their spread. Today‘s viruses may also take
advantage of network services such as the World Wide Web, e-mail, and file sharing
systems to spread, blurring the line between viruses and worms.

Viruses can infect different types of hosts. The most common targets are executable files
that contain application software or parts of the operating system. Viruses have also
infected the executable boot sectors of floppy disks, script files of application programs,
and documents that can contain macro scripts. Additionally, viruses can infect files in
other ways than simply inserting a copy of their code into the code of the host program.
For example, a virus can overwrite its host with the virus code, or it can use a trick to
ensure that the virus program is executed when the user wants to execute the
(unmodified) host program. Viruses have existed for many different operating systems,
including MSDOS, Amiga OS, Linux and even Mac OS; however, the vast majority of
viruses affect Microsoft Windows.

Spyware: In the field of computing, the term spyware refers to a broad category of
malicious software designed to intercept or take partial control of a computer‘s operation
without the informed consent of that machine‘s owner or legitimate user. While the term
taken literally suggests software that surreptitiously monitors the user, it has come to
refer more broadly to software that subverts the computer‘s operation for the benefit of a
third party.

Spyware differs from viruses and worms in that it does not usually self-replicate. Like
many recent viruses, however, spyware – by design – exploits infected computers for
commercial gain. Typical tactics furthering this goal include delivery of unsolicited pop-
up advertisements; theft of personal information (including financial information such as
credit card numbers); monitoring of Web-browsing activity for marketing purposes; or
routing of HTTP requests to advertising sites.

Adware: Adware or advertising-supported software is any software package which

automatically plays, displays, or downloads advertising material to a computer after the
software is installed on it or while the application is being used.

COMPUTER NETWORKING
Computer networking is the scientific and engineering discipline concerned with
communication between computer systems. Such networks involve at least two
computers seperated by a few inches (e.g. via Bluetooth) or thousands of miles (e.g. via
the Internet). Computer networking is sometimes considered a sub-discipline of
telecommunications.

History
Carrying instructions between calculation machines and early computers was done by
human users. In September, 1940 George Stibitz used a teletype machine to send
instructions for a problem set from his Model K at Dartmouth College in New Hampshire
to his Complex Number Calculator in New York and received results back by the same
means. Linking output systems like teletypes to computers was an interest at the
Advanced Research Projects Agency ARPA when, in 1962, J.C.R. Licklider was hired
and developed a working group he called the ―Intergalactic Network‖, a precursor to the
ARPANet. In 1964, researchers at Dartmouth developed a time sharing system for
distributed users of large computer systems. The same year, at MIT, a research group
supported by General Electric and Bell Labs used a computer (DEC‘s PDP-8) to route
and manage telephone connections. In 1968 Paul Baran proposed a network system
consisting of datagrams or packets that could be used in a packet switching network
between computer systems. In 1969 the University of California at Los Angeles, SRI (in
Stanford), University of California at Santa Barbara, and the University of Utah were
connected as the beginning of the ARPANet network using 50 kbit/s circuits.

Categorizing

Local area network

A local area network (LAN) is a computer network covering a small local area, like a
home, office, or small group of buildings such as a home, office, or college. Current
LANs are most likely to be based on switched Ethernet or Wi-Fi technology running at
from 10 to 10000 Mbit/s. The defining characteristics of LANs in contrast to WANs are:
a) much higher data rates, b) smaller geographic range - at most a few kilometers, and c)
they do not involve leased telecommunication lines. ―LAN‖ usually does not refer to data
running over local analog telephone lines, as on a private branch exchange (PBX).

Wide area network

A wide area network or WAN is a computer network covering a wide geographical
area, involving a vast array of computers. This is different from personal area networks
(PANs), metropolitan area networks (MANs) or local area networks (LANs) that are
usually limited to a room, building or campus. The most well-known example of a WAN
is the Internet.

WANs are used to connect local area networks (LANs) together, so that users and
computers in one location can communicate with users and computers in other locations.
Many WANs are built for one particular organization and are private. Others, built by
Internet Service Providers, provide connections from an organization‘s LAN to the
Internet. WANs are most often built using leased lines. At each end of the leased line, a
router connects to the LAN on one side and a hub within the WAN on the other.

Network protocols including TCP/IP deliver transport and addressing functions.

Protocols including Packet over SONET/SDH, MPLS, ATM and Frame relay are often
used by service providers to deliver the links that are used in WANs. X.25 was an
important early WAN protocol, and is often considered to be the ―grandfather‖ of Frame
Relay as many of the underlying protocols and functions of X.25 are still in use today
(with upgrades) by Frame Relay.

Benefits of Networks

• Exchanging Data
• Sharing system resources
• Creation of workgroups
• Centralized Management
• Security
• Access to more than one operating system
• Enhancement of the corporate structure

Components of Networks

• Server - A server runs the network operating system and offers network services to users at their individua
workstations. It offers services such as file, storage, security, resource management, user management.
The types of server are
1. File server
2. E-mail server or E-mail gateway
3. Database server
4. Fax server
5. Print server
6. Backup and archive server
• Workstations - When a computer is connected to a network, it becomes a node on the network and is calle
workstation or client. A workstation‘s job has been to execute program files retrieved from the network, a
server‘s job is to deliver those files to the workstation.
• NICs - Network Interface Cards provides interface between the server and workstations. Each computer att
to a network requires a network interface card (NIC) that supports a specific networking scheme. The type
NICs used usually decides the maximum data transfer rate
• Cabling - The network cabling system is the media used to connect the server and the workstations togethe
• Shared resources and peripherals - Shared resources and peripherals include storage devices attached to
server, optical disk drives, printers, plotters, modem and other equipment that can be used by everyone on t
network.

NTERNET

The Internet, or simply the Net, is the publicly accessible worldwide system of
interconnected computer networks that transmit data by packet switching using a
standardized Internet Protocol (IP). It is made up of thousands of smaller commercial,
academic, domestic, and government networks. It carries various information and
services, such as electronic mail, online chat, and the interlinked Web pages and other
documents of the World Wide Web.

Contrary to some common usage, the Internet and the World Wide Web are not
synonymous: the Internet is a collection of interconnected computer networks, linked by
copper wires, fiber-optic cables, wireless connections etc.; the Web is a collection of
interconnected documents, linked by hyperlinks and URLs, and is accessible using the
Internet.

Creation of the Internet

The USSR‘s launch of Sputnik spurred the U.S. to create the Defence Advanced
Research Projects Agency (DARPA) in February 1958 to regain a technological lead.
DARPA created the Information Processing Technology Office to further the research of
the Semi Automatic Ground Environment program, which had networked country-wide
radar systems together for the first time. J. C. R. Licklider was selected to head the IPTO,
and saw universal networking as a potential unifying human revolution. Licklider
recruited Lawrence Roberts to head a project to implement a network, and Roberts based
the technology on the work of Paul Baran who had written an exhaustive study for the
U.S. Air Force that recommended packet switching to make a network highly robust and
survivable. After much work, the first node went live at UCLA on October 29, 1969 on
what would be called the ARPANET, the ―eve‖ network of today‘s Internet. In December
of 1970, Charles A. Petrik contacted the U.S. Navy and suggested that a special
communications network, that the Department of Defence had built for use in the
possibility of a nuclear attack, could also be used during peace time. Petrik convinced the
military to connect the computers of the U.S. National Laboratories for scientific research
purposes, and to allow these labs to get data to other labs faster, and safer. The vast
majority of today‘s Internet uses version four of the IP protocol (i.e. IPv4), and although
IPv6 is standardised, it exists only as ―islands‖ of connectivity, and there are many ISPs
who don‘t have any IPv6 connectivity at all. The first TCP/IP wide area network was
operational by 1 January 1983 , when the United States‘ National Science Foundation
(NSF) constructed a university network backbone that would later become the NSFNet.
(This date is held by some to be technically that of the birth of the Internet.) It was then
followed by the opening of the network to commercial interests in 1995. Important
separate networks that offered gateways into, then later merged into the Internet include
Usenet, Bitnet and the various commercial and educational X.25 networks such as
Compuserve and JANET. The ability of TCP/IP to work over these pre-existing
communication networks allowed for a great ease of growth. Use of Internet as a phrase
to describe a single global TCP/IP network originated around this time.

The network gained a public face in the 1990s. In August 1991 CERN in Switzerland
publicized the new World Wide Web project, two years after Tim Berners-Lee had begun
creating HTML, HTTP and the first few web pages at CERN in Switzerland. In 1993 the
National Center for Supercomputing Applications at the University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign released the Mosaic web browser version 1.0, and by late 1994 there was
growing public interest in the previously academic/technical Internet. By 1996 the word
―Internet‖ was common public currency, but it referred almost entirely to the World Wide
Web.

Meanwhile, over the course of the decade, the Internet successfully accommodated the
majority of previously existing public computer networks (although some networks such
as FidoNet have remained separate). This growth is often attributed to the lack of central
administration, which allows organic growth of the network, as well as the non-
proprietary open nature of the Internet protocols, which encourages vendor
interoperability and prevents any one company from exerting too much control over the
network.

Today’s Internet
Apart from the complex physical connections that make up its infrastructure, the Internet
is held together by bi- or multi-lateral commercial contracts (for example peering
agreements) and by technical specifications or protocols that describe how to exchange
data over the network. Indeed, the Internet is essentially defined by its interconnections
and routing policies.
Internet protocols

In this context, there are three layers of protocols:

• at the lowest level is IP - the datagram which carries a block of data from one node to another
next comes TCP & UDP - the protocols by which one host exchanges data with another – the former makin
•
virtual circuit giving some level of guarantee of reliability, the latter being a best-effort connection-less tra
• on top comes the application protocol - the specific messages or data stream used by the
• application running on the hosts to talk to each other.

Unlike older communications systems, the Internet protocol suite was deliberately
designed to be independent of the underlying physical medium. Any communications
network, wired or wireless, that can carry two-way digital data can carry Internet traffic.
Thus, Internet packets flow through wired networks like copper wire, coaxial cable, and
fibre optic; and through wireless networks like Wi-Fi.

Together, all these networks, sharing the same high-level protocols, form the Internet.
The Internet protocols originate from discussions within the Internet Engineering Task
Force (IETF) and its working groups, which are open to public participation and review.
These committees produce documents that are known as Request for Comments
documents (RFCs). Some RFCs are raised to the status of Internet Standard by the IETF
process.

Some of the popular services on the Internet that make use of these protocols are e-mail,
Usenet newsgroups, file sharing, Instant Messenger, the World Wide Web, Gopher,
session access, WAIS, finger, IRC, MUDs, and MUSHs. Of these, e-mail and the World
Wide Web are clearly the most used, and many other services are built upon them, such
as mailing lists and blogs. The Internet makes it possible to provide real-time services
such as Internet radio and webcasts that can be accessed from anywhere in the world.

World Wide Web

The World Wide Web (―WWW‖ or simply the ―‘Web‖) is a global information space
which people can read-from and write-to via a large number of different Internet-
connected devices. For example, computers, Personal Digital Assistants, cellular phones,
telephone kiosks, etc. The World Wide Web is also available (sometimes only partially)
through digital television services, exposing content onto television screens.

THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION

Salient Feature

1. The Constituent Assembly was formed by the order of The Cabinet

Mission in 1946.
2. Sachida Prasad Sinha was the temporary President of the Constituent
Assembly.
3. Dr. Rajendra Prasad was the permanent President of the Constituent
Assembly.
4. Dr. B.R. Ambedker was the chairman of the Drafting Committee.
5. B.N. Rao was the legal advisor of the Constituent Assembly.
6. The Constituent Assembly took 2 years 11 months and 18 days to prepare
the largest written constitution in the World.
7. Rs. 64 lakhs were spent on the making of the Constitution.
8. The original Constitution consisted of 22 parts, 395 articles but at present
it has 22 parts, 444 articles and 12 schedules.
9. It was adopted by the Government of India on the 26th of November,
1949.
10. It was enforced by the Government of India on the 26th of January, 1950.

Structure of the Indian Constitution

The constitution of India consists of :

1. The Preamble
2.. Parts I to XXII, covering over 449 Articles
3. Schedules 1 – 12
4. An Appendix

Fundamental Rights
1. Part III (Articles 12 - 35) of the Constitution deals with Fundamental
Rights.
2. Originally, seven Fundamental Rights were listed, but after the 44th
Amendment, only six Fundamental Rights exist. These are
a. Right to Equality (14 - 18)
b. Right to freedom of speech (19)
c. Right against Exploitation (23-24)
d. Right to freedom of Religion (25-28)
e. Culture and Educational Right (29-30)
f. Right to Constitutional Remedies (32-33)
3. Right to Property used to be a Fundamental Right but after the 44th
Amendment it became a legal right.

Fundamental Duties

Article (51-A) included in the Constitution in the 42nd Amendment, lays

down 11 Fundamental Duties that citizens have towards the state. These are:
a) To abide by the Constitution, show respect to the National Flag and the
National Anthem.
b) To follow the noble ideas of the freedom struggle.
c) To protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.
d) To defend one‘s country.
e) To promote common brotherhood and establish dignity of women.
f) To preserve our heritage and culture.
g) To protect the natural environment.
h) To develop a scientific temper.
i) To safeguard public property.
j) To strive for excellence in all spheres of activity.
k) Every citizen who is a parent or guardian to provide opportunities for
education to his child or as the case may be ward between the age of 6 &
14 years.

Union Executive

• Part V (Articles 52-78) describe the functioning of the president, Vice

president and the parliament.
• The president is elected by the member of an electoral college consisting of
the elected members of both House of Parliament and the elected members of
the Legislative Assemblies of the States and the Union Territory of Delhi and
Puducherry.
• Article 55 describes how President is elected. The election is held in
accordance with the system of proportional representation through secret
ballot.
• Every elected member of the Legislative Assembly of a State shall have as
many votes as there are multiply of 1000 in the quotient obtained by dividing
the pupulation of the State by the total number of the elected members of
Assembly.
• The term of the president is 5 years (Article 56 but can serve for any number
of terms).
• The qualifications of the president are laid down in Article 58. To be eligible,
a person must be:
a) a citizen of India,
b) has minimum age of thirty-five years,
c) is qualified for election as a member of the Lok Sabha
• A person is not eligible for election as President if he holds any office of
profit under
a) central government
b) state government
c) any local or other authority.
• The monthly salary of the president is Rs. 1,00,000 per month.
• There is no limit as to how many times a person can become President.
• Article 61 lays down the procedure for impeachment of the President.
• Article 63-68 lays down the procedure for the Vice-President of India. The
Vice-president is ex-officio chairman of the council of states (Rajaya Sabha)
and shall not hold any other office of profit.
• If the president is temporarily unable to discharge his duties, the vice-
president discharge his functions.
• The procedure of election of the Vice-president is laid down in Article 66 and
is similar to that of the president. The Vice-president is elected by the
members of electoral college consisting of the members of both House of
Parliament in accordance with the system of proportional representation. The
basic qualifications are the same as that of the president.
• The term of office of Vice-president is five years.
• Any disputes in connection with the election of a president or Vice-president
are to be decided by the Supreme Court. (Article 71)
• The president has a power to grant pardons, reprieves, respires of remissions
of punishment of commute the sentence of any person convicted of any
offence (Article 72).
• Under Article 74, the Council of ministers with the prime minister as the
head, is to aid and advice the president who shall, in the exercise of his
functions, act in accordance with such advice.
• Article 76 - the appointment of Attorney General of India, who gives advice
to the government of India upon legal matters.
• Article 77 says that all executives action of the government of India is to be
taken in the name of the president. In this regard, it is the duty of the prime
 minister to inform the president about the decision of the Council of
Ministers (Article 78), and to furnish information relating of the Union as the
president may call for.

Kinds of Bills

i Ordinary Bill - An ordinary bill can be introduced in either of the Houses

and can be passed by a simple majority in both the Houses. In case of a
deadlock a joint sitting of both the houses is possible.
ii Money Bill (Article 110) – A money bill is concerned with taxation and
government spending. It can be introduced only in the Lok Sabha after
prior recommendation of the President. Speaker of the Lok Sabha is the
deciding authority whether the introduced bill is a Money bill or not.
iii Financial Bill - A bill which is related with revenue and expenditure of
the government is a financial bill.
iv Constitutional Amendment Bill (Article 368) - This bill can be
introduced in either of the Houses of the Parliament. It can be passed only
by a special majority.

For more information visit the following websites:

indiacode.nic.in/coiweb/welcome.html

en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Constitution_of_India

india.gov.in/govt/constitutions_india.php

The Indian Political System

INDIAN LEGISLATURE

India is the second largest democracy in the world. The Indian legislature is bicameral i.e.
the Indian Parliament is made up of the Lower House – Lok Sabha, and the Upper House
– Rajya Sabha and President.
INDIAN JUDICIARY

Salient Features

1. The Constitution contains provisions related to the Union Judiciary in Articles 124–127.
2. Supreme Court is the apex court of India. Supreme Court has 26 judges including the Chief Justice. The sa
the Chief Justice is Rs.33000 per month and each judge gets Rs. 30000 per month. The retirement age of th
judges of the Supreme Court is 65 years.
3. High Courts are at the top of hiearchy in the State Judicial System. Presently there are 21 High Courts in th
country. The retirement age of the judges of a High Court is 62 years.

States and Union Territories

• Article 3 authorises the Parliament, by a majority vote, to establish or eliminate State and Union Territories
• India has 28 States and 7 Union Territories.
• Article 370 provides special status to Jammu and Kashmir in the Consititution.
• Article 256 and 257 require States to comply with the governor, who is appointed by the President.
• The eligibility for appointment as Governor is that he is a citizen of India and has completed the age of thir
years and he should not hold any other office of profit.
• The Governor of a state has the power to grant pardons, reprieves or remissions of punishment or to remit o
compute the sentence of any person relating to a matter to which the executive power of the State extends.
• The term of the governor is five years unless dismissed by the president or resignation.
• In 6 of India‘s 28 state (Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Karnataka, Maharastra, Jammu & Kashmir, Andhra Pradesh)
legislative council serves as the upper houses of a bicameral legislature.
• Where there are two houses of the Legislature of a State, one is known as the Legislative Council and the o
the Legilative Assembly, and where there is only one House, it is known as the Legislative Assembly.
• There is a Council of Ministers with the Chief Minister as the head to aid and advice the Governor in the ex
of his functions.
• The Legislative Assembly of each state shall consist of not more than five hundred, and not less than sixty
members chosen by direct election. (except Sikkim)
• The Central government distributes taxes and grants-in-aid to States through the decision of the Finance
Commission, stipulated in Article 275. The president constitutes the Finance Commission at the expiry of 5
• The central Government also distributes grants to States through the development plans prepared by the Pl
Commission.
• Union Territories are administered by the President through the administrator who is appointed by Presiden
President may appoint the Goveror of a state as the administrator of an adjoining Union Territory.

CAG

• The powers and duties of the Comptroller and Auditor General of India (CAG) are described in Articles 14
150. He has three main functions: (1) to audit government‘s expenditure; (2) to see that the financial rules a
obeyed; and (3) to see the sanction of expenditure.
• Under Article 151, reports of the CAG relating to the Union are submitted to the President, those relating to
states are submitted to the Governor. These are to be a placed before Parliament and State Legislature respe

Elections

• Under Article 327, Parliament is vested with the Supreme power to legislate on all matters relating to electi
including election State legislatures. The States have also been vested with certain limited powers of legisla
with respect to elections, Under Article 328. But such legislation should not be in conflict with any parlime
• One of the outstanding features of the Consitution is adult suffrage. Every person who is not less than 18 ye
the age has the right to vote in the election to the House of the People and the State Legislative Party. The o
grounds for disqualifications are: () non residence (ii) unsoundness of mind, (iii) crime, and (iv) corrupt or i
practice, Article 325 says that no person will be ineligible for inclusion in, or to claim to be included in spec
electoral roll on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex.
• Article 324 provides that the superintendence, direction and control of election in India to be vested in and
Election Commission. According to the 19th Amendment, the provisions of constituting election tribunals h
been abolished. Election petitions are now heard by the High Court in appeals. Article 339, however, bars
interference by courts in electoral matters. State election commission conducts election of corporations,
municipalities and other local bodies.

THE ELECTION COMMISSION OF INDIA

The Election Commission of India is an autonomous constitutional body created to

conduct free and fair elections for the representative bodies in India. It was established on
January 25, 1950.

The Constitution of India has vested in the Election Commission of India the
superintendence, direction and control of the entire process for the conduct of elections
for the Parliament and the Legislature of every State and for the offices of the President
and the Vice-President of India.The law which governs all the elections in India as
mentioned above is the Representation of People Act, 1950.

The Commission presently consists of a Chief Election Commissioner and two Election
Commissioners. Originally, however, the Commission had just one Chief Commissioner.
Two Commissioners were appointed for the first time on October 16, 1989 but their
tenure lasted only till January 1, 1990.
On October 1, 1993, two additional Election Commissioners were appointed. The
commission has followed the multi-member structure since then, with decisions taken by
a majority vote.

The Election Commission has a Secretariat at New Delhi consisting of about 300
officials.

INDIAN DEFENCE

The President of India is the Supreme Commander of the armed forces. It is on his behalf
that the Defence Minister looks after all the matters concerning the Defence Services.
The Defence Minister is responsible to the Parliament for all matters concerning the
Defence. However, the responsibility of national defence rests with the Cabinet of
Ministers. The three services of Defence i.e. Army, Navy and Air Force, function under
their respective Chief of Staff.

Army
Indian Army is responsible for the defence and security of India‘s territorial area. The
Army is organised into five operational commmands – Northern, Eastern, Western,
Central and Southern and one Training Command – each headed by a Commander-in-
Chief of the rank of Lieutenant General. The Army, with its headquarter at New Delhi,
consists of a number of services such as armoured corps, regiment of artillery, engineer
corps, infantry, army services corps, army medical corps, intelligence corps, etc. The
Chief of the Army is of the designation General and is answerable to the Defence
Minister.

Navy
The Indian Navy is responsible for the defence and security of the Indian water. The
Navy is organised into three operational commands – Western, Eastern, and Southern –
headquartered at Mumbai, Vishakhapatnam, and Cochin respectively. The Western and
the Eastern commands have under them operational fleets like warships, submarines,
aircrafts and other support ships. The Southern Naval Command is responsible for all the
training activities of the Navy. The designation of The Chief of the Navy is Admiral and
he is answerable to the Defence Minister.

Air Force
The Indian Air Force is responsible for the defence and security of the Indian airspace.
The fourth largest Air Force in the World, it is organised into five operational commands
– Western Command, South-Western Command, Central Air Command, Eastern Air
Command, and Southern Air Command and two functional commands - a Maintainance
and a Training command. It is headquartered at New Delhi. The designation of The Chief
of the Air Force is Air Chief Marshall and he is answerable to the Defence Minister

First in Indian Politics

1. First President of India – Dr. Rajendra Prasad.

2. First Vice-President of India – Dr. S. Radhakrishnan.
3. First Muslim President of India – Dr. Zakir Hussain.
4. First Sikh President of India – Giani Jail Singh.
5. First Prime Minister of India – Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru
6. First Woman Prime Minister of India – Mrs. Indira Gandhi.
7. First Speaker of the Lok Sabha – G.V. Mavlankar.
8. First Chief Justice of India – Justice H.L. Kania.
9. First Chairman of the Rajaya Sabha – Dr. S. Radhakrishnan.
10. First Woman Governor of a State – Mrs. Sarojini Naidu.
11. First Woman Chief Minister – Mrs. Sucheta Kripalani.
12. First Woman Central Minister – Rajkumari Amrit Kaur.
13. First Woman Speaker of Lok Sabha – Mrs. Shanno Devi.
14. First Woman IAS Officer – Anna George.
15. First Woman IPS Officer – Kiran Bedi.
16. First Woman Advocate – Carnelia Sorabji.
17. First Woman Judge – Anna Chandi.
18. First Woman Judge of High Court – Anna Chandi.
19. First Woman Judge of Supreme Court – M. Fathima Beevi.
20. First Woman Judge of Supreme Court – M. Fathima Beevi.
21. First Chairman of Planning Commission – Pt. Jawahar Lal Nehru.
22. First Chairman of Finance Commission – K.C. Niyogi.
23. First Acting Prime Minister of India – Guljari Lal Nanda.
24. First Deputy Speaker of Lok Sabha – M. Ananthasayanam Ayyangar.
25. First recognised leader of opposition in Lok Sabha – Y.V. Chavan.
26. First recognised leader of opposition in Rajya Sabha – Lokpati
Tripathi.
27. First Lok Sabha Election – 1952
28. First State where Panchayati Raj was implemented (in the whole state) –
Rajasthan.
29. First Chief Election Commissioner of India – Sukumar Sen.
30. First Woman Chief Election Commissioner (acting) of India – Smt. V.S.
Rama Devi

Legal Awareness

HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE (from 1942 to 1947)

l The Quit India Resolution 1942:- emphasized on ending the British rule in
India This movement was suppressed by the government. This continued till
1944.
l Sri Rajagopalachari along with Mahatma Gandhi wanted the Muslim
League to endorse the Indian demand for independence and cooperate with
the Congress in the formation of a provincial interim government, and
began negotiations with Lord Wavell. Mr.Jinnah refused to accept.
l The Wavell Plan 1945 And The Simla Conference: - both the Wavell plan
and the Simla conference were a failure, because the congress did not
accept Mr.Jinnah demand of Pakistan. The Governor General was not
prepared to have an interim settlement without the cooperation and consent
of the Muslim League.
l The Cabinet Mission Plan 1946 For United India: - The Cripps mission in
March 1942 had proposed that, immediately after the cessation of hostilities
steps shall be taken to set up in India a Constitution making body to frame a
new Constitution for India. The British cabinet mission consisting of Lord
Patrick Lawrence and Secretary Of State A.V. Alexander and Sir Stafford
Cripps came to Delhi on March 24 1946.
l The cabinet suggested its formula on May 16 1946 to resolve the issue As
the political parties, the Muslim League and the congress did not come to
any mutual understanding and the congress ruled out the idea of Pakistan.
l The mission recommended that there should be a union of India.
l To frame a Constitution, the cabinet mission suggested that a constituent
assembly be formed consisting of 389 members. Provincial representatives
were to be sent in the proportion of 1:10, 00,000.
l However the Muslim league resolved that the proceedings of the constituent
assembly was ultra vires and demanded its dissolution.
l December 9 1946 the constituent assembly first met. The Muslim league
members did not attend.
l Lord Mountbatten‘s plan of 1947 for transfer of power:-
i) The partition of India,
After Bengal and Punjab had decided that they wanted their
ii) respective provinces to be partioned; Sindh and the N.W.F.
provinces decided to join Pakistan.
l Indian Independence: - the Indian Independence Bill was passed by the
Parliament on the July 18, 1947.
l Indian Independence Act, 1947 ended the British Raj in India and the
partition of India into India and Pakistan.
l Our national flag, the tricolor was adopted on the July 22, 1947
l August 15, 1947, Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru was sworn in as the first Prime
minister of independent India.
l Our first President was Dr. Rajendra Prasad
l The Constituent Assembly appointed the drafting committee on August 29
1947 under the chairmanship of Dr. Ambedkar.
l The Draft Constitution was ready by October and the ‗Draft Constitution of
 India was published in February 1948.
l The constituent assembly read the draft clause by clause from November 15
1948 to October 17 1949.
l The third reading started from November 14 1949 and finished it on
November 26 1949. On this date the Constitution received the signature of
the President Dr. Rajendra Prasad.
l Our draft Constitution of India when presented to the President of the
constituent assembly. It contained 315 Articles and 8 Schedules.
l The date of commencement of the Constitution was 26th January 1950. It
contained 395 Articles and 8 Schedules.
l The State Emblem which has three lions, a horse a bull and a charka was
taken from Ashoka‘s Pillar in Sarnath, it was adopted on 26th January 1950
and has the words Satyameva Jayayte let Truth alone prevail.
l The National Anthem composed by Rabindranath Tagore was adopted on
24th January 1950.
l India as Part of the Commonwealth:-India did not sever all ties with the
British Commonwealth. India joined the Commonwealth without any
allegiance to the British crown.
l It was this decision of India to join the Commonwealth, that the association
of these independent nations it was called the ‗Commonwealth of Nations‘.
This historic decision took place in London on April 27th 1949. Pandit
Jawaharlal Nehru said ―it is an agreement by free will, to be terminated by
free will‖.
l This historic decision took place in London on April 27th 1949.
Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru said ―it is an agreement by free will, to be
l
terminated by free will‖.

WRITTEN CONSTITUTION

l The Constitutional laws of the country contain the legal and the non legal
norms. Legal norms are those which are enforceable in the courts of law
and non legal norms are generally practices and conventions of the
Constitution which are not enforceable.
l Ours being a written Constitution is in the form of a Constitutional
document whereas England does not have a written Constitution the
Sovereignty the Parliament is based upon traditions.
l A written Constitution contains the supreme law of the land on the source
of the Constitutional law in the country. Every organ in the country must
adhere to it otherwise it will be declared unconstitutional.
l Though we have often heard that the Indian Parliament is Sovereign, it is
sovereign to the extent that India is a sovereign nation and not under any
external influence. Therefore the Parliament which functions under the
written Constitution has to adhere to the rules stated under it and cannot
 have unbridled powers.
l Our Constitution being a federal Constitution has a few characteristics
attached to it, they are:-
i) Distribution of powers
ii) Supremacy of the Constitution
iii) Written Constitution
iv) Rigidity
v) Authority of the Courts

PREAMBLE

l The Preamble literally means preface, preliminary statement or

intorduction states that India is a Sovereign, Socialist, Democratic
Republic.
l ‗Sovereign‘ denotes that our country is not subject to any external
authority.
l Socialist‘ herein does not mean that it adheres to any ideas of Socialism but
means that it will have Private enterprise as well as State ownership. What
we were trying was a mixed economy.
l ‗Secular, means that the Constitution ensures equal freedom for all
religions.
l ‗Democratic‘ signifies that India has a Parliamentary form of government
wherein the government is responsible to an elected legislature.
l ‗Republic‘ means where the Head of the State is an elected functionary.
l According to the Preamble it is the people who have imposed this
Constitution upon themselves and will conduct their government through
elected representatives.
l The terms ‗Socialist‘ And ‗Secular‘ were added by the 42nd Amendment.
l The Preamble envisages being a Social Welfare State as stated by the
Directive Principles of State Policy
l In Aruna Roy v. Union of India 2002 SC, it was held that the Preamble was
part of the basic structure of the Constitution. The essence of ‗secularism
‗is non discrimination of people by the State on the basis of religious
differences.

THE JUDICIARY

l It is very important to have an independent and impartial Judiciary. Our

Constitution has done everything to make the Supreme Courts and the
various High Courts independent of the Executive.
l The High Court is a Court Of Appeal and can also enforce the Fundamental
Rights. The Supreme Court, the High Court and the lower courts constitute
 a single judiciary having jurisdiction over all cases arising under any law
whether enacted by the Parliament or the State Legislature.
l The judiciary scrutinizes Governmental action in order to assess whether it
confirms with the Constitution or not. It also scrutinizes the administrative
action.
l Judicial review is based on the assumption that the Constitution is the
supreme law of the land and that all government organs and governmental
actions must confirm with the Constitution.
l The State shall not make any law that takes away the Fundamental Rights
of the people.

CITIZENSHIP

l A person who is born in the territory of India Citizenship Act – 1955; either
whose parents are born in India; or who has been ordinarily a resident in the
territory of India for not less than five years immediately preceding such
commencement, shall be a citizen of India.
l Articles 5 to 11 of the Constitution lay down as to who are citizens of India
at the commencement of the Constitution.
l Article 5 deals with the Domicile of a person. But however the term
‗domicile‘ has not been defined in the Constitution. ‗Domicile‘ means
permanent home.
l The Article draws a difference between ‗Domicile‘ and ‗Residence‘. Its
domicile and not residence that makes a person an Indian citizen.
‗Domicile‘ and five years ‗Residence‘ is sufficient to make a person a
citizen of India.
l India has neither State citizenship, nor dual citizenship. There is single
citizenship in India.(2003– Citizenship Ammendant Act that further
ammends the Citizenship Act, 155, 2 provides for overseas Indian
citizenship or Dual citizenship

POLITICAL AND CIVIL RIGHTS

FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS

l Concept of Fundamental Rights: -

i) The fundamental rights were supposed to be basic, natural and in
alienable rights of the man. Where there are rights there are certain
limitations. With time it became the most important thing to protect the
rights and liberties of the people to be protected from governmental
action.
ii) The fundamental rights in India has its roots in the preamble which the
people of India have given to themselves and apart from guaranteeing
all that, it also safeguards the interests of the minorities and tries to keep
 away discrimination, guaranteeing religious freedom and protecting
other cultural rights.
l Fundamental Rights In India
i) The framers of the constitution have tried to strike a balance between the
rights of the people and the society and the courts have also had a tough
time interpreting them.
ii) Though it was said earlier that the fundamental rights were mutually
exclusive but now the courts have held that some of the rights are not
mutually exclusive.
l Justiciability Of Fundamental Rights
i) Article 13 makes the fundamental rights justiciable. It is because of this
Article that the fundamental rights cannot be infringed by the
government.

RIGHT TO EQUALITY ARTICLE 14 to 18

l Right to equality will encompass :

i) Equality before law-Article 14
ii) Prohibition on the grounds of religion ,race, caste, sex or place-Article
15
iii) Equal opportunity in matters of employment-Article 16
iv) Abolition of titles-Article 18
l Right to equality Article 14:-
i) According to the Article all persons who are in the similar
circumstances are to be treated alike in respect to both privileges
conferred and the liabilities imposed. It however does not forbid
different treatment of unequals. All persons are not equal in all respects
and they cannot be treated at par with every body. Thus, would only
result in unequal treatment (e.g. the reservation we have for the various
classes of people is one such example of giving different treatment for
unequal).
ii) Right to equality has been recognised as the Basic Structure of the
Constitution held in Indra Swahney v. Union of India A.I.R. 2000
ii) Article14 does not allow classification of persons into groups that are
treated differently but does not forbid differentiation on the grounds of
reasonable classification.
iv) According to the new approach of Article14; Article 14 strikes at the
arbitrariness of the state action and ensures fairness and equality of
State action. The principle of reasonableness is an essential element of
equality. Any arbitrary or those actions which are unreasonable are as
such discriminatory.
v) In Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan, A.I.R. 1997 Article14 was invoked to
prohibit sexual harassment of women in their workplace on grounds of
 violation of the right to gender equality.
l Probation of discrimination on grounds of religion, race, caste sex or place
of birth-Article15
i) The State may provide special provisions in favour of women and
children.
ii) Indra Swahney v. Union of India the court held that other that in
extraordinary cases reservation should not exceed 50%. Caste should
not be the yardstick for social or economic backwardness (SEBC.
Socially and educationally backward classes) within the SEBC further
classification between backward and more backward is however
permissible.
l Equal opportunity in matters of Employment-Article 16
i) Right to Equality is guaranteed by Article14, Article 16 gives Equality
of Opportunity in matters relating to appointment or employment in
offices under the State.
l Abolition of titles-Article 18
i) Untouchability is abolished and its practice in any form is punishable by
law.
l Abolition of titles-Article 18
i) No titles other than military and academic shall be conferred by the
state. Conferring honors on the people, like Bharat Ratna, Padma
Vibhushan, and Padma Bhushan are not to be treated as a title.

RIGHT TO FREEDOM –Article19

l Freedom of speech Article 19(1)(a);

l Freedom to assemble peacefully Article19(1)(b);
l Freedom to form associations or unions Article19(1)(c)
l Freedom to move freely throughout the territory of India Article 19(1)(d);
l To reside and settle in any part of the country Article 19(1)(e);
l To acquire, hold and dispose off property Article 19(1)(f) (this freedom
was omitted by the 44th Amendment Act 1978)
l To practice any profession, or carry on any occupation, trade or business
Article 19(1) (g).
l These freedoms are available only to citizens. These freedoms guaranteed
under Article 19 are basic freedoms which all persons should enjoy, but
these freedoms do not come without certain restrictions.
l From clause (2) to clause (6) of Article 19 the state has the right to impose
certain reasonable restrictions so that the interests of the public, security of
the state, public order e.t.c are protected for general welfare of the people.
l These freedoms are restricted in matters related to the security of state,
defamation, public order, decency or morality, contempt of court,
 incitement to an offence, sovereignty and integrity of India.
l The freedom to assembly is restricted so as to maintain public order.
l The freedom to form associations does not mean several people getting
together or voluntarily forming an association but not at the cost of the
sovereignty and integrity of India, public order or morality.
l Wherein restrictions have been made on the freedom of movement it has to
be reasonable in the interests of the general public or for the protection of
the interests of the schedule tribes.
l The freedom to trade and occupation should not jeopardize the public order
or public health, economic welfare of the community.

PROTECTION IN RESPECT OF CONVICTION OF OFFENSES ARTICLE 20

Article 20 gives protection to persons with respect to conviction for offences.

l Expost facto laws Article 20(1)

i) Ex-post laws are those laws which nullified and punished acts which
were lawful when done. Article20 (1) prohibits all convictions or
subjections to penalties after the Constitution, in respect of an ex- post
facto law. It means that no one can be punished for any action which
was not declared a crime when such an action was done.
l Double Jeopardy Article 20(2)
i) Under Article20 (2) no person shall be prosecuted or punished for the
same offence more than once. under the Indian Constitution in order to
bring a person within the ambit of this Article it has to be shown that he
was prosecuted before the court and punished by it for the same offence
for which he is prosecuted again. There is no Constitutional bar to a
second prosecution and punishment for the same unless the accused has
been punished in the first instance.
l Self IncriminationArticle20(3)
i) Under Article 20(3) no person shall be compelled to be a witness
against himself by a person accused of an offence.
ii) To be a witness herein would mean to give oral or written statements
against oneself in or out of the court out of compulsion.
iii) The prohibition is only on the person being compelled to give evidence
against oneself. This however does not apply to those cases where the
accused gives evidence without threat, or inducement.

PROTECTION OF LIFE AND LIBERTY ARTICLE 21

Article 21 gives the fundamental right to life and liberty in accordance to

l
procedure established by law.
For sometime the courts were of the view that right to life does not include
l
right to livelihood. Under Article39 (a) men and women equally have the
 right to adequate means of livelihood. The courts now have clearly held
that right to life would include right to livelihood because no person can
live without the means of living or livelihood.
‗Procedure established by law‘ in Article 21 would mean; not mean a law
which has only a semblance of law even if it is arbitrary and unreasonable.
l It would now mean that the procedure must satisfy certain requisites like
being fair and reasonable .the procedure must not be arbitrary, unfair, and
unreasonable.
l Some of the areas which shows the widening horizon of Article21 are:-
Bandua Mukti Morcha v. Union of India A.I.R.1984 the court held that
the bonded laborers were to be released and rehabilitated as it was
i)
against the principles enunciated by Article21 and also the Directive
Principles of State Policy.
In Hussain v. State of Kerala 2000 SC and Rudal Shah v. State of Bihar
ii)
recognised the Right to Compensation for the violation of Article21.

PROTECTION AGAINST ARREST AND DETENTION ARTICLE 22

l Fundamental rights can be suspended for the period the emergency is

proclaimed but the rights under Article20 and 21 cannot be suspended even
then.
l Today progressive judicial interpretation of Article 21 has lead it to greater
heights in terms of protecting a person‘s life and liberty. The ‗procedure
established by law‘ could deprive a person of his right to life and liberty
under Article 21. The procedure must answer to the test of reasonableness.
Article 21 is the procedural Magna Carta protective of right to life and
liberty and article 22 draws its strength from it.
l Article 22 confers a few rights on the person who is arrested
i) Shall not be detained without being informed of the grounds of arrest.
Right to consult a lawyer. The right to consult a lawyer is not lost if he
ii)
is released on bail.
iii) To be produced before a magistrate within 24 hours of his arrest.
l Cannot be detained for a period exceeding 24 hours without the authority of
the court.
All these are instances of punitive detention where in a person is
i)
detained for the wrong caused by him.
In case of preventive detention the object of this is to curtail a person‘s
ii)
liberty so that h is prevented from doing anything injurious.
Preventive detention is used for the purposes like defence, foreign
iii)
affairs, or the security of India.

RIGHT AGAINST EXPLOITATION

l Prohibition of Traffic in Human Beings and Forced Labour Article 24.
i) There were socio economic problems that were growing out of the
control which was mainly due to poverty. Lack of education and
economic conditions so bad that people were willing to work for any
amount of money.
ii) According to this article no person can be forced to work without
payment, and ‗traffic in human beings‘ means to buy and sell human
beings like property, other forms of forced labour which includes
bonded labour, and also includes immoral traffic of women.
iii) Bandua Mukti Morcha v. Union of India A.I.R.1984 the Supreme Court
held that it was the fundamental right of every human being to live with
human dignity and free from exploitation.
l Prohibition Of Employment Of Children In Factories Article 24
i) Most of the India‘s poor have many children and because the families
feel that the family can be supported by the extra income that the child
will bring in, child labour is more of an economic problem than any
thing else.
ii) This article has been able to achieve only partial prohibition as there are
millions of children in our country who are toiling their childhood away
without any one even listening to their plight.
iii) M.C. Mehta v. State of T.N. it was seen that child labour was wide
spread. In this case the directions were given by the Supreme Court in
the context of employing children in the cracker and match factories of
Sivakasi.
iv) In Bandua Mukti Morcha v. Union of India, A.I.R. 1997 SC this case
was concerning the children being employed in the carpet weaving
industry in U.P. The Supreme Court reiterated the direction of the
earlier case and prohibited the employment of children below the age of
14 making arrangements for their education by creating a fund and
providing employment to the parents or able bodied adults in the
family.

RIGHT TO FREEDOM OF RELIGION ART 25 TO ART 28

l Religion is an integral part in our lives and India being a country where
many religions are followed it has been called a Secular state and the
people do have a certain amount of religious tolerance but not enough to
shun communal violence which is rampant. Religious tolerance is one and
being fanatic is an other. We should try to maintain the secular feature of
our constitution.
l Our constitution guarantees to every person not merely to the citizens
freedom to profess, practice but also to carry out religious obligations and
propagate religion.
l The state however has the authority to step in when it has to maintain
 public order, morality, curtail practices which are not the integral part of
the religion, conversion by fraud.
l No Religion states that prayers have to be done with the help of loud
speakers or beating of drums. It was held by the Supreme Court that such
practice should not adversely affect the rights of others including those who
are not disturbed by their activities. Not only was their liberty infringed
under Article 21 people also have their rights under Article19 (1) (a)
wherein they need not be subjected to sounds they do not like.

CULTURAL AND EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS ARTICLE 29 TO ARTICLE 31

l Article 29 protects the interest of minorities: - this article provides the

minorities the guarantee to conserve their culture, language and their script.
The state shall in no manner restrict this right.
l Article 30 gives the minorities to establish and administer educational
institutions: - The state shall not discriminate against these institutions
while granting aid. Article states that when the institution is granted aid by
the state then no citizen shall be denied admission on basis of religion, race,
caste, language. The minority institution may however reserve up to 50%
of the seats of the members of its community. Wherein the institution is
receiving no aid then they are free in matters of admission.

RIGHT TO CONSTITUTIONAL REMEDIES

l Under Article 32 the right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate

proceedings for the enforcement of rights conferred by way of Fundamental
Rights is guaranteed.
l This Right is remedial in nature. Since we have all the Fundamental Rights
conferred to us by the Constitution, we have the remedy under Article 32
when it is infringed. This right under Article 32 cannot be taken away or
abridged by an Act of the legislature unless the Constitution itself is
amended.
l Enforcement of fundamental rights
i) Article 32 is applicable only if there is an infringement of a fundamental
right. Cases where there has been no specific violation of fundamental
right also petitions under Article 32 has been entertained.
ii) Under Article 32 the petitioner can challenge not only the validity of the
law but can also question executive action.
iii) The petition has an alternative under article 226, but that does not mean
that the court will not grant relief under Article 32. The Supreme Court
insists that when an alternative remedy is available then that remedy
should be availed as extraordinary remedies should not be availed when
ordinary remedy is available.
l Who can apply
 i) When ever there has been an infringement of a fundamental right the
person aggrieved by such infraction can file a petition.
ii) When it is a writ of habeas corpus then any person, a relative or a friend
can file a petition on behalf of the person who has been detained.
iii) In case of public interest litigations any member of the public having
sufficient interest can file a petition for the persons against whom a
legal injury has been caused by a violation of the fundamental rights are
incapable of doing so as they are under poverty or socially or
economically disadvantaged. Today petitions are filed by public spirited
persons who take up issues like pavement dwellers, bonded labourers,
child labour, and child prostitution. The court has also acted on basis of
news paper reports, letters written to the court. The court has to be very
careful as there are numerous people who will fritter ways the valuable
time of the court with frivolous litigation.
l Various writs
i) Habeas corpus: -This writ used to secure a person who has been
unlawfully detained without a legal justification.
l Though function of this writ is to release a person unlawfully arrested
or detained, the Supreme Court has widened its scope by giving relief
to prisoners who are subjected to inhuman and cruel treatment in the
prison. The court permits the use of this writ for protecting the various
personal liberties that have been granted to persons who are arrested
and prisoners under the various laws and the constitution.
ii) Mandamus: - mandamus is used to enforce the performance of public
duties by public authorities which are imposed by law.
l Mandamus is issued when the government denies jurisdiction when it
very well has the jurisdiction under law.
l The main function of this writ is to keep the public authorities within
their limits of jurisdiction while carrying out their public functions.
This writ can be issued to administrative bodies, legislative, judicial
as well as quasi judicial bodies.
l A discriminatory administrative decision can be squashed by a writ of
mandamus
iii) Certiorari: - The function of certiorari is to squash a decision already
made by the lower subordinate court or a tribunal. And so it is issued
when the body in question has deposed off the matter and rendered the
decision.
l The function of certiorari is supervisory. This writ is issued when the
authority is acting under an invalid law.
iv) Quo warranto: - This writ is used to control executive action in the
areas of making appointments to public offices under relevant statutory
provisions judicially.
l This writ protects the citizens from the holder of a public office when
 he is not entitled to it. This writ requires the holder of a particular
public office to show under what authority he is holding that
particular office. If it is found that he is not entitled to that office then
the court will restrain him from holding that office and declare that
office vacant.
v) Prohibition: - both prohibition and certiorari are remedies for the
judicial control of quasi judicial bodies and administrative decisions
affecting the rights.
l Prohibition is issued when the matter has not been disposed of but
being considered by the body concerned. The function of prohibition
is to prohibit the body concerned from proceeding with the matter
further.

Res judicata

l Wherein a matter has been resolved under Article 32 between two parties
the same matter between the same parties cannot come up under the same
Article.
l This principle will be applicable even when the High Court has been
moved under Article 226 and a fresh petition has been filed under Article
32.
l The writ of Habeas corpus is an exception to this rule. Res judicata is not
applicable for this writ. A writ of Habeas Corpus has been rejected by the
High Court a petition can be filed under Article 32 under the same writ.

DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES OF STATE POLICY

NATURE

l Articles 38 to 51 deals with the Directive Principles of State Policy. This

concept was borrowed from the Irish Constitution. The directive principles
lay down certain socio-economic goals which the government of India
seeks to achieve.
l These directives are not enforceable in the court of law. The reason behind
the non-justiciability of the principles is that they impose positive
obligations on the government.
l Then why have them? It was more to have an awakened public opinion.
l When directive principles override the fundamental rights, the courts have
held that it is the fundamental rights that will prevail. The fundamental
rights are justiciable wherein the directive principles are not. The laws
made to implement directive principles cannot take away the fundamental
rights.
l If the Parliament in its capacity of an amending body amends the
Constitution, by which a fundamental right is taken away or is abridged the
court cannot declare the Constitutional amendment as wrong.
l Both the directive principles and the fundamental rights have to coexist
harmoniously. There has to be a harmonious construction between the
directive principles and the fundamental rights.

DIRECTIVE PRINCIPLES- WHAT IT SEEKS TO ACHIEVE

l The directive principle seeks to create certain obligations upon the

government and at the same time gives certain rights to its citizens.
l The obligation it imposes upon the State:-
i) Directs the State to strive for social, political, and economic equality
Article 38(1)
ii) To minimize inequality of income Article 38(2)
iii) To direct its policy towards controlling material resources Article 39
(b) and concentration of wealth in the hands of few Article 39(c).this
affects the entire economic system of our nation.
iv) To enable the citizens to have village panchayats Article 40.
v) Welfare of the workers .and to promote cottage industries on
individual or cooperative basis in rural areas Article 42, 43.
vi) To strive for a uniform civil code Article 44.
vii) Provision of free and compulsory education for children Article 45.
viii) Educational and economic interests for the weaker sections of the
people Article 46.
ix) To regard as its primary duty to improve public health and raise
nutritional levels and standard of living Article 47.
x) To organize agriculture and animal husbandry Article 48.
xi) To protect and improve environment safeguard wildlife and forests of
the country Article48A.
xii) Places of historical interest to be protected Article 49.
xiii) Independence of judiciary from executive Article 50.
xiv) To promote international peace and security and harmonious relations
between countries. To abide by treaties and international law Article
51.
l The rights that the directive principles give its citizens. Though these are
non-justiciable rights there are statutes which implement these provisions.
i) Right to means of livelihood Article 39(a)
ii) Equal work for men and women Article 39(d)
iii) Health of the workers Article 39(e)
iv) Protection against exploitation and moral and material abandonment
 Article 39(f)
v) To get free legal aid Article 39 A
vi) To have humane conditions of work and maternity leave Article 42.
vii) Participation of workers in the management Article 43A.
viii) Compulsory and free education for children Article 45. This directive
just does not mean primary education but education till the age of 14
years.

FUNDAMENTAL DUTIES

l Article 51A contains ten Fundamental Duties which were brought in by the
i) To abide by the Constitution . Respect the national flag and anthem.
ii) To cherish and follow the noble ideas which inspired our national
struggle for freedom
iii) To uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.
iv) To defend the country and render national service when called upon to
do so.
v) To promote harmony and the spirit of common brother hood amongst
all the people of India transcending religious, linguistic, and regional
diversities; to renounce practices derogatory to dignity of women.
vi) To value the rich heritage of our composite culture.
vii) To protect and improve the natural environment including forests,
lakes rivers and wildlife, and to have compassion for living creatures.
viii) To develop scientific temper, humanism and spirit of enquiry and
reform.
ix) To safeguard public property and to abjure violence
x) To strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collective
activity so that nation constantly rises to higher levels of endeavor and
achievement.

Indian Legislative Structure

CENTRAL GOVERNMENT-THE PARLIAMENT

CONSTITUTION OF PARLIAMENT

l The Indian Parliament is bicameral i.e., having two houses. It follows a ‗Parliamentary system‘. It consists
‗House of the People‘ or the Lok sabha and the ‗Council of States‘ which is the upper house or as we know
Rajya Sabha.
l The Parliament is constituted by the two houses and the President. These three organs are important for the
process of legislation by the Parliament.
l It is the Parliament that tries to maintain a balance between the executive actions and the legislations, as it
Parliamentary system. It is also responsible for the legislations, taxes, and revenue and expenditure of the p
 money.
COMPOSITION OF THE RAJYA SABHA AND LOK SABHA:-

l Rajya Sabha

i) The Council of States is a permanent body.

ii) The Vice-President is the ex-officio chair man of the Rajya Sabha.
iii) The representatives of the State in the Rajya sabha are elected by the elected members of the State Legisla
Assembly.
iv) There are some members who are elected and some who are nominated.
v) There is no difference between them except that the nominated members of the Rajya sabha do not partici
in the election of the President of India.

l Membership

i) The maximum strength of the Rajya sabha has been fixed at 250 members.
ii) 238 members are elected representatives of the States and Union Territories.
iii) 12 members are nominated by the President, who have special or practical knowledge of subjects like lite
science, art, social sciences.

l Duration

i) 1/3rd of the members retire at the end of the second year.

ii) The Rajya sabha is not subjected to dissolution as it is a continuing body.
iii) The members continue for a duration of 6 years.

l Qualification

i) Should be a citizen of India.

ii) Should not be less than 30 years of age
iii) Should possess other qualifications that Parliament may by law prescribe.

l Disqualification

i) Corrupt practices during elections

ii) Conviction for an offence leading to imprisonment for more than two or more years.
iii) Should not hold office of profit under the government.
iv) A person cannot be a member for both the houses of the Parliament.

l LOK SABHA
i) The members of the Lok sabha are directly elected by the people.
ii) The Speaker is the Chief Officer of the Lok sabha.
iii) The Speaker and the Deputy Speaker are chosen by the house amongst the members itself.

l Membership

i) Not more than 530 members are representatives of the state.

ii) Not more than 20 representatives of the union territories.
iii) Not more than 2 members belonging to the Anglo-Indian community.

l Duration

i) The Lok sabha is not a continuing body.

ii) Elections may be held to constitute new Lok sabha before that is done the existing Lok sabha is dissolved
iii) The house shall continue for a period of 5 years.
iv) It can be dissolved earlier by the President. The life of the Lok sabha can be extended when there is a
proclaimed emergency.

l Qualification

i) A citizen of India
ii) Not less than 25 years of age.

l Disqualification

i) Must not be of unsound mind.

ii) Should not be discharged or insolvent.
iii) Voluntarily acquired the citizenship or acknowledges the allegiance to another country.
iv) If should not hold an office of profit.

EXECUTIVE FUNCTIONS OF THE CENTRE

WORKING OF EXECUTIVE
The Union Executive consists of the President, Prime minister, and the Council Of
Ministers. Though the Constitution gives a lot of functions to the President he actually
does not do so without the consultation of the ministers, so effectively it is the Prime
minister and the Council of Ministers that constitute the Executive.

PRESIDENT

l Qualifications For Election As The President-Article58

i) Should be a citizen of India
ii) Should have completed 35 years of age
 iii) Should be qualified for election as a member of the House Of The People
iv) Should not hold any office of profit under the Central Government or any of the State Governments.
l Manner In Which The President Is Elected- Article55
i) The President of India is not directly elected by the people but by indirect election.
ii) President is elected by an electoral college which consists of the elected members of both the Houses
Parliament and the State Legislative Assemblies.
iii) Election is done in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of a single
transferable vote by secret ballot.
l Tenure Of The President
i) 5 years from the time he enters upon his office.
ii) Even after the term expires he continues as President till his successor takes over.
iii) The President may resign by giving in writing addressed to the Vice-President
iv) In the event of the death, resignation or removal of the President the Vice-President shall act as the Pre
until a new President is elected.
l Salary
i) The salary of the President is Rs.50,000 per month.
l Re-election as President
i) The Constitution lays no restrictions on the reelection of the same person to the office of the President.
ii) He may be elected many numbers of terms.
iii) Dr. Rajendra Prasad the first President of India was elected twice from 26th January 1950 to 1962.
l Powers Of The President
i) Executive powers:-
l Initiation of legislation, maintaining order, promoting social and economic welfare, public health, welf
industrial workers, education transport. The executive power vested in the President has to be exercise
accordance with the Constitution.
ii) Administrative powers:-
l Appoints the Prime Minister, the Ministers of the Union, Attorney-General, Chief-Justice, the Commis
to investigate the conditions of Backward Classes, the Judges of the Supreme Court, the Chief Election
Commissioner, Election Commissioner, Chairman and Members of the Union Public Service, the Fina
Commission. In case of the proclamation of an emergency, the President can suspend the enforcement
fundamental rights.
iii) Legislative powers
l Every Bill in order to become a law, has to have the accent of the President. S/he can refuse to give acc
and send it back for reconsideration, issue ordinances during the recess of the Parliament and can disso
the Parliament and convene joint sessions. His/her accent is also required for the amendment of the
Constitution.
iv) Powers dealing with defence:-
l S/he is the supreme commander of the forces.
l This military power is exercised in accordance with the Constitution.
l The exercise of the supreme military power can be regulated by an Act of Parliament.
 v) Judicial powers:-
l Can grant pardons, reprieves (temporary suspension of a punishment fixed by law), remit punishments
(reduce the amount of punishments without changing the punishment), and give respites (postpone the
execution of a punishment to the future), and commutation (changing the punishment).
vi) The President is the head of the state. S/he receives international dignitaries and also represents India
internationally.
vii) The present President of India is Smt. Pratibha Patil.

VICE-PRESIDENT

l The Vice-President is the ex-officio Chairman of the Rajya Sabha.

If the office of the President falls vacant In the event of death, resignation or removal of the President the V
l
President shall act as the President until a new President is elected.
l Elected:-
The Vice- President acts as the president when the president is unable to carry out his duties due to illne
i)
absence.
Vice-President is elected by an electoral college which consists of the elected members of both the Hou
ii) Parliament; Election is done in accordance with the system of proportional representation by means of a
single transferable vote by secret ballot.
l Qualification:-
i) A citizen of India.
ii) 35 years of age.
iii) Cannot be a member of the Parliament and the State Legislature.
iv) Should be qualified to be elected as a member of the Rajya Sabha.
l Tenure:-
i) 5 years from the date he enters upon his office.
ii) He may resign his office by writing to the President.
iii) He may also be removed by a resolution by members of the Rajya Sabha and agreed to by the Lok sabh

PRIME MINISTER

l Since it is a parliamentary form of government the Prime minister have a very important role to play.
l He is the leader of the majority party in the Lok Sabha and also of the Council Of Ministers.
l The Prime Minister is the link between the President and the Ministers. He appoints a minister and can als
compel the resignation of the minister.
l The entire functioning of the parliament depends upon the Prime Minister.
l The President may be the Head of State but practically it seems that the Prime Minister is the Head of Stat
l When ever the Prime Minister resigns the entire council of ministers also resign.
l The Constitution states that the Prime Minister is the head of the Council of Ministers.

COUNCIL OF MINISTERS
l The total number of the ministers including the Prime Minister in the Council of Ministers should not excee
15% of the total number of members in the House of People. The ministers hold office at the pleasure of th
President.
l The Council of Ministers has ‗collective responsibility‘ towards the house of people. Where in the whole m
will be treated like a single entity on matters relating to policies as far as being answerable to the parliamen
President shall act in accordance to the aid and advice given by the council of ministers but the President ca
always ask the Council of Ministers to reconsider such advice.
If a minister within the period of 6 months is not a member of either house of the Parliament ceases to be a
l
minister.

ATTORNEY GENERAL OF INDIA –Article 76

A person qualified to be appointed as the judge of the Supreme Court shall be appointed as the Attorney G
l
of India.
l Holds office at the pleasure of the President.
l Functions of the Attorney General
i) To give advice to the Government of India on legal matters.
ii) Perform such duties assigned to him by the President.
iii) Discharge functions conferred to him by the Constitution.

SUPREME COURT

It is the protector of fundamental rights of the people in exercise of its original as well as
appellate jurisdiction
It is the ultimate authority to interpret the provisions of the Constitution.
It is the final court of appeal in all matters, constitutional, civil, criminal, etc
It is the sole tribunal to decide matters regarding Centre State relationship and inter -State
disputes.

l FIRST WOMAN JUDGE OF SUPREME COURT M FATIMA BEEVI

(1989)
l FIRST LAWYER:- CORNELIA SORABJEE (1924)

COMPOSITION

l Number of Judges:-
i) Article124 of the Constitution of India provides for the Chief Justice of India.
ii) The total number of judges 25. The age of retirement is 65.
In S.C. Advocates on Board v. Union of India, A.I.R. 1994 SC The court held that the number of judge
iii) should commensurate to the amount of work otherwise the judiciary cannot perform its Constitutional
obligations.
l Appointment of Judges:-
 i) The Judge of the Supreme Court is appointed by the President of India.
ii) The Judge of the Supreme Court is appointed by the President of India.
iii) The judges of the Supreme Court hold office at the pleasure of the President.
The President should consult the Chief Justice of India in the appointment of a Judge other than the Ch
iv)
Justice of India.
v) The Constitution does not give any procedure for the appointment of the Chief Justice.
It is the senior most Judge of the Supreme Court who is appointed as the Chief Justice. On two occasio
vi) rule was flouted, first when Justice A. N. Ray was appointed and when he retired Justice Khanna was
superceded and Justice Beg was appointed.
The Supreme Court has since held that as a matter of rule only the senior most Judge shall be appointe
vii)
the Chief Justice of India.
viii) Hon‘ble Mr. Justice Hiralal J. Kania was the first Chief Justice of India from 26th Jan., 1950 - 6th Nov
ix) The present Chief Justice is
l Qualification of a Supreme Court Judge Article124(3)
i) Must be a citizen of India
ii) Five years as the Judge of the High court in India
iii) Advocate of ten years standing
iv) Or in the opinion of the President an eminent jurist
l Removal
i) A Judge of the Supreme Court can be removed by an order of the President
ii) The Presidents power to remove is exercisable only after an address to each House of Parliament.
The removal is a Parliamentary procedure and no subject to judicial intervention unless it has resulted
iii) removal of the Judge wherein the finding has to be supported by the Inquiry Committee and also subje
the judicial review.
The process of removal of a Judge under Article124 (4) was invoked only once against Justice Ramasw
iv) in 1991 but turned out in favour of the judge despite support for removal by the committee and the me
bar, and the Parliamentarians.
l Salary
The salary of the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court Rs 33,000 and other Judges of the supreme court
i)
30,000

JURISDICTION OF POWERS

l The Constitution of India grants the Supreme Court three types of Jurisdiction. They are Original Appellate
Advisory Jurisdiction.
l Original Jurisdiction
i) Under Article131 the original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court extends to any dispute between the Ce
and the State.
ii) The Supreme Court is not a court of original jurisdiction in all matters between parties.
iii) The Supreme Court has original jurisdiction under Article32 regarding the enforcement of Fundamenta
Rights, it is empowered to issue directions, orders or writs.
l Appellate jurisdiction
Articles 132 to 136 deal with Appellate Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court in Constitutional, Civil and
i)
Criminal cases.
ii) It deals with appeals involving interpretation of the statutes and also regarding civil matters
iii) Article134 empowers the Supreme Court to hear appeals from any judgment, final order or sentence in
criminal proceeding. It is a court of criminal appeal over the High Courts and creates a right of second
l Advisory jurisdiction
i) The Supreme Court has advisory jurisdiction in matters which may specifically be referred to it by the
President of India under Article143 of the Constitution.

POWER TO REVIEW

l Under Article137 the Supreme Court can review its own judgments, subject to the
provisions of any law made by Parliament or any rules made by the Supreme Court under
Article145.

PUBLIC INTEREST LITIGATION

l The Supreme Court as started looking into matters in which the interest of public at large is involved.
The court can be moved by any individual or group, by either filing a writ petition or by addressing a lette
l
the Chief Justice of India.
l This concept is called the ‗Public Interest Litigation‘
This concept is unique to the Supreme Court of India as no other court in the world excises this extraordin
l
jurisdiction.

PROVISION FOR LEGAL AID

l If a person belonging to the poor section of the society or the schedule caste or tribe, is a victim to a natur
calamity, who is a woman or a child or a mentally ill or otherwise a disabled person or an industrial workm
entitled to get free legal aid from the Supreme Court Legal Aid Committee.

HIGH COURTS
COMPOSITION OF HIGH COURT

l The High Courts

i) The High Court is the Head of the State‘s judicial administration.
There are eighteen High Courts in the country and three of these High Courts have jurisdiction for mor
ii)
one State. Like the Bombay High Court, the Gauhati High Court, and Calcutta High Court.
There are eighteen High Courts in the country and three of these High Courts have jurisdiction for mor
iii)
one State. Like the Bombay High Court, the Gauhati High Court, and Calcutta High Court.
Among the Union Territories only Delhi has a High Court .The others come under the different State H
iv)
Courts.
 The Ranchi High Court (Jharkand), the Nanital High Court (Uttaranchal) and the Bilaspur High Court
v)
(Chattisgrah) are High Courts which were establishd in 2000.
l The Chief Justice And The Judges
i) Each High Court comprises of a Chief Justice and other judges as the President may appoint.
The Chief Justice of the High Court is appointed by the President in consultation with the Chief Justice
ii)
India and the Governor of the State.
iii) THE FIRST WOMAN CHIEF JUSTICE OF A HIGH COURT LEILA SETH (1991)
iv) The Chief Justice can also be from another State.
v) They hold office until the age of 62 years and are removable in the same manner as the Supreme Court
To be legible for appointment as judge one must be a citizen of India and have held judicial office in In
vi)
for ten years or must have practiced as an Advocate of a High Court for a similar period.
vii) The salary of the Chief Justice of the High Court is Rs 30,000 and the Judges it is Rs 26,000

JURISDICTION

The High Courts have Appellate Jurisdiction and is empower to supervise all courts under its appellate
l
jurisdiction.
l The High Courts of Calcutta, Bombay, and Madras and Andhra Pradesh continue to have admiralty jurisd

WRIT JURISDICTION

Article226 confers upon the High Courts of India to issue to any person or authority orders or writs for th
l
enforcement of the
l Fundamental Rights. Or any other legal right it can be exercised even against the Legislature.

STATE GOVERNMENT

l CONSTITUTION
i) The State legislature shall consist of the Governor,
ii) In the States of Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Maharastra, Karnataka and Uttar Pradesh the legislature is bica
where in the States have two houses. The Legislative Council (Vidhan Parishad) and the Legislative
Assembly (vidhan sabha).
iii) In all the other States there is only one House which is the Legislative Assembly,
The creation of, or the abolition of the Legislative Council shall not be considered the Amendment of th
iv)
Constitution.
l COMPOSITION
i) Legislative Council
The total number of members in the Legislative Council of a State shall not exceed 1/3 of the total nu
l of members in the Legislative Assembly of the State. But the total number of members shall not be le
than 40.
l The membership of the Legislative Council is not from territorial constituencies as in the Legislative
 Assemblies but by nomination.
ii) Legislative Assembly
l The members are elected directly by the people in the State.
l They are elected once in every five years.
l The minimum number members in the Legislative Assembly should be 60 and the maximum should b
No member shall be the member of the Council and the Assembly at the same time and no member c
l
the member of the Assembly and the Parliament.
l FUNCTION
i) Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly
l When there are two Houses then the Bill has to be passed by both the Houses.
When the assembly is dissolved and the Bill pending in the Legislative Council which has not been p
l
by the Legislative Assembly does not lapse.
l But if passed by the Assembly and not by the Council then it lapses.
A non- money Bill may become an act without the consent of the Legislative Council if the Legislativ
l Assembly passes the Bill and the Council fails to pass it within three months from the date the Bill w
before the Council, or if the Council makes certain amendments to which the Assembly does not agre
l A Money Bill shall not be introduced in the Legislative Council.
Whether the Assembly accepts or does not accept the recommendations of the Council, the Money B
l
shall be deemed to have been passed by both the Houses.
Like the Parliament both the Houses perform the function of discussing and debating public issues,
l
controlling the State Government, looking into policies.

FUNCTIONS OF THE GOVERNOR

l FIRST WOMAN GOVERNOR:-SAROJINI NAIDU (1947)

l Each State has a Governor. Sometimes two or more States may have a common Governor. He is formally
appointed by the President.
l The Governor is the Head of the State as well as the link between the Centre and the State so as to ensure a
smooth functioning of the Constitutional Machinery.

THE CHIEF MINISTER AND THE COUNCIL OF MINISTERS

l FIRST WOMAN CHIEF MINISTER:- SUCHETA KRIPLANI (1963)

The Governor appoints the Chief Minister. There is no specific qualification required to be the Chief Minis
l
State. He only has to be the leader of the majority party.
The Governor can dismiss the Ministers and dissolve the Legislative Assembly. Under Article163 the Mini
l have no right to advice the Governor in relation to the functions he has to carry on under Constitution to ex
his discretion.
He maintains peace and tranquility of the State, summoning, dissolving the State Legislative Assembly,
l superintendence and direction, and control of elections, appointment of members of the State Public Servic
Commission, and Advocate General of the State.
 By the Constitution (Ninety-first Amendment) act, 2003, Article164(1-A) the total number of the Ministers
l including the Chief Minister and the Council of Ministers should not exceed fifteen percent of the total num
the memberd of the Legislative Assembly.

THE UNITED NATIONS ORGANISATION (UNO)

The United Nation Organisation came into existence on 24th October 1945.The name
was devised by the then US President Franklin D. Roosevelt.

At present, there are 192 members in the UNO. Taiwan and Vatican City are not the
members. Vatican City is the permanent observer for the UN.

Headquarter- First Avenue at 46th Street, UN Plaza, New York City-10017.

Official Languages- English, Spanish, Arabic, Russian, French, and Chinese (Mandarin)

The Principal Organs of the UNO

The principal organs of the UNO are:

1. General Assembly - The General Assembly consists of representatives of the member nations. Each state
one vote, but may send 5 representatives. The assembly meets at least once in a year. Special sessions may
summoned by the Secretary General, on a request by the Security Council.
2. Security Council - It consists of 15 members, each of which has one vote.There are 5 permanent and 10 n
permanent members. The 5 permanent members are USA, Russia, UK, France and China. The 10 non
permanent members are elected by the General Assembly for a period of 2 years. The permanent members
the power to veto any decision.
3. The Secretariat - It is composed of the Secretary General, the Chief Administrative Officer of the organis
and an international staff appointed by him under the regulations of the General Assembly. However the
Secretary General, the High commissioner of Refugees and the Managing Director of funds is appointed b
General Assembly.
4. Trusteeship Council - The Charter of the UN provides for an international trusteeship system to safeguar
interests of the inhabitants of territories which are not yet fully self-governing and which may have been p
thereunder by individual trusteeship agreements.
5. International Court - The International Court of Justice was created by an international treaty, the statute
Court, which forms an integral part of the UN charter, and all the members are ipso facto parties to the sta
the court. There are 15 judges, appointed for a 9 year term. The expenses of the Court are borne by the UN
6. Economic and Social Council - It is responsible under the General Assembly for carrying out the functio
the UN with regard to international, social, cultural, educational, health and related matters. The Economic
Social council consists of 54 member States elected by a two-thirds majority of the General Assembly.

UN Secretary Generals

1. Trygve Lie (Norway) 1946-53

2. Dag Hammarskjold (Sweden) 1953-61
3. U Thant (Burma) 1961-71
4. Kurt Waldheim (Austria) 1972-81
5. Javier Perez De Gueller (Peru) 1982-91
6. Boutros Boutros Ghali (Egypt) 1992-96
7. Kofi Annan (Ghana) 1997-2007
8. Ban Ki Moon (South Korea) 2007- till date
Specific UN Agencies and their Headquarters
1. The United Nations Development Program (UNDP) - UNDP is the UN‗s global development network
advocating change and connecting countries to share knowledge and resources which helps build a better
countries across the globe. Presently it has offices in 166 member countries. UNDP is headquartered at N
York, US.
2. The United Nations Children‘s Fund (UNICEF) – UNICEF was initially set up in 1946 as an emergency
provide post-war relief to children in different countries. Today, as a children‘s fund, UNICEF concentra
activities on providing assistance to children and mothers in developing countries, aiming at improving th
quality of life. UNICEF is headquartered at New York, US.
3. The United Nations Educational and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO) – UNESCO was founded on 16
November 1945 to assist developing countries in their educational projects, to help the countries in scient
development and to build cultural understanding between the nations. UNESCO is headquartered at Paris
France.
4. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) – IMF is an international organisation having 184 member count
was established in 1945 to promote international monetary co-operation and exchange stability between n
which in turn would promote economic growth and increase employment opportunities. IMF also provide
temporary financial assistance to its member countries to ease their balance of payment. IMF is headquar
at Washington DC, US.
5. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD, commonly known as the World Ban
The ‗World Bank‘ was formed after the Bretton Woods conference in 1944, but begun operations in 1946
aims at providing financial and technical assistance to developing countries around the World. Presently W
Bank has 184 member countries and is headquartered at Washinton DC, US.
6. The World Trade Organisation (WTO) – WTO was formed as an international trade body to replace Gene
Agreement on Trade and Tariffs (GATT) in 1995. WTO is the only international body dealing with rules
trade between the countries to help producers of goods and services, exporters and importers conduct thei
business. It is headquartered at Geneva, Switzerland. Cape Verde has been the most recent member of the
since 23 July 2008.
For the entire list of members go to
http://www.wto.org/english/thewto_e/whatis_e/tif_e/org6_e.htm
7. The International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) – IAEA was set up in 1957. It is presently headquartere
Vienna, Austria.
8. The Food and Agriculture Organisation (FAO) – FAO was set up in 1945. It is presently headquartered a
Rome, Italy.
9. The World Health Organisation (WHO) – W.H.O was set up in 1946. It is presently headquartered at Gen
Switzerland.
10. The International Finance Corporation (IFC) – IFC is an affiliate of the World Bank, and was set up in 19
is headquartered at Washinton DC, US.
11. The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) – ITU was set up in 1932. It is headquartered at Gene
Switzerland.
12. The International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) – ICAO was set up in 1944. It is headquartered at
Montreal, Canada.
13. The Universal Postal Union (UPU) – UPU was set up in 1875. It is headquartered at Berne, Switzerland.
14. The International Labor Organisation (ILO) – ILO was set uo in 1919. It is headquartered at Geneva,
Switzerland.
15. The International Maritime Organisation (IMO) – IMO was set up in 1948. It is headquartere

INTERNATIONAL AGENCIES AND THEIR HEADQUARTERS

1. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) – It is headquartered at Manila,

Phillipines.
2. The Association of South East Asian Nations (ASEAN) – It is
headquartered at Jakarta, Indonesia.
3. The European Union (EU) – It is headquartered at Brussels, Belgium.
4. The INTERPOL – It is headquartered at Lyon, France
5. The North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) – It is headquartered at
Brussels, Belgium.
6. The Organisation of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) – It is
headquartered at Vienna, Austria.
7. The Organisation of Arab Petroleum Exporting Countries (OAPEC) – It is
headquartered at Kuwait.
8. The South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC) – It is
headquartered at Kathmandu, Nepal.
9. The Red Cross – It is headquartered at Geneva, Switzerland.

Commonly Used Sports Terminologies

Sport Terms associated with sports disciplines

Badminton Deuce, double fault, drop, let, love all, smash

Basketball Basket, blocking, dribbling, free throw, held ball, holding, jump ball, pivot
Billiards Bauik line, bolting, cannon, cue hazard, long jenny, scratch, screwback, short jenny, spot stroke
Boxing Babit punch, break, cut, defence, hook, jab lying on, knock, slam, upper cut, weight in, knockou
Chicane, dealer, dummy, finesse, grand slam, little slam, no trump, revoke, rubber, suit, tricks,
Bridge
vulnerable
Chess Bishop, castle, checkmate, gambit, king, knight, pawn, queen, rook, stalemate
Cricket Ashes, boundary, bowling, caught, chinaman, cover drive, crease, duck, follow on, googly, gully
trick, hit wicket, LBW, leg break, leg bye, maiden over, no ball, off break, on drive, over pitch,
popping crease, rubber, run out, sixer, silly point, square leg, straight drive, stumped, wicket
Football Corner kick, dribble, free kick, goal kick, hat-trick, off side, penalty kick, throw in, tripping
Golf Best ball, bogey, bunker, caddie, dormy, fairway, fourball, greed holes, links, niblic, par, put, ro
stymied, tee
Hockey Bully, corner, dribble, hat-trick, offside, roll-in, scoop, short corner, stick, striking circle, tie bre
Table
Deuce, drop, let, spin, smash
Tennis
Tennis Backhand stroke, crosscourt, deuce, double fault, fault, forehand, ground stroke, half volley, let,
smash, slice, volley
Volleyball Blocking, doubling, heave, love point, service, volley

IMPORTANT CUPS AND TROPHIES

i. Badminton – Thomas Cup, Uber Cup, and World Cup.

ii. Cricket – Ashes, Champions Trophy, C.K.Naidu Trophy, County Championships, Duleep Trophy, Gava
Border Trophy, ICC World Cup, Irani Trophy, Ranji Trophy, and Sheffield Shield Cup.
iii. Football – African Nations Cup, Asia Cup, Confederations Cup, Durand Cup, English Premier League,
Federation Cup, FIFA World Cup, German Bundeslga, Italian Serie A, Merdeka Cup, NFL Cup, Santosh
Trophy, Spanish LA Liga, and UEFA Cup.
iv. Golf – British Open, Ryder Cup, US Open, and Walker Cup.
Hockey – Agha Khan Cup, Champions Trophy, Dhyan Chand Trophy, Sultan Azlan Shah Trophy, and W
v.
Cup.
vi. Tennis – ATP Masters, Australian Open Championships, Champions Cup, Davis Cup, Federation Cup, F
Open Championships, US Open Championships, and Wimbeldon Championships.

Years & Venues of Major Sports

Olympic Games

Year Place
1896 Athens
1900 Paris
1904 St. Louis
1908 London
1912 Stockholm
1920 Antwerp
1924 Paris
1928 Amsterdam
1932 Los Angeles
1936 Berlin
 1948 London
1952 Helsinki
1956 Melbourne
1960 Rome
1964 Tokyo
1968 Mexico City
1972 Munich
1976 Montreal
1980 Moscow
1984 Los Angeles
1988 Seoul
1992 Barcelona
1996 Atlanta
2000 Sydney
2004 Athens
2008 Beijing
2012 London (scheduled)

Commonwealth Games

Year Venue
1930 Hamilton
1934 London
1938 Sydney
1950 Auckland
1954 Vancouver
1958 Cardiff
1962 Perth
1966 Jamaica
1970 Edinburgh
1974 Christchurch
1978 Edmonton
1982 Brisbane
1986 Edinburgh
1990 Auckland
1994 Victoria
1998 Kuala Lumpur
2002 Manchester
2006 Melbourne
2010 Delhi (scheduled)
Asian Games

Year Venue
1951 New Delhi
1954 Manila
1958 Tokyo
1962 Jakarta
1966 Bangkok
1970 Bangkok (originally had to be hosted by Seoul)
1974 Tehran
1978 Bangkok (originally had to be hosted by Karachi)
1982 New Delhi
1986 Seoul
1990 Beijing
1994 Hiroshima
1998 Bangkok
2002 Busan
2006 Doha
2010 Guangzhou (scheduled)

Cricket World Cup

Year Venue Winner Runner-up

1975 England West Indies Australia
1979 England West Indies England
1983 England India West Indies
1987 Indian Subcontinent Australia England
1992 Australia & New Zealand Pakistan England
1996 Indian Subcontinent Sri Lanka Australia
1999 England Australia Pakistan
South Africa,
2003 Australia India
Zimbabwe & Kenya
2007 West Indies Australia Sri Lanka
2011 Indian Subcontinent
Scheduled
2015 Australia & New Zealand

Hockey World Cup

Year Venue Winner Runner-up

1971 Barcelona, Spain Pakistan Spain
1973 Amstelveen, The Netherlands Netherlands India
 1975 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia India Pakistan
1978 Buenos Aires, Argentina Pakistan Netherlands
1982 Mumbai, India Pakistan West Germany
1986 London, England Australia England
1990 Lahore, Pakistan Netherlands Pakistan
1994 Sydney, Australia Pakistan Netherlands
1998 Utrecht, The Netherlands Netherlands Spain
2002 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Germany Australia
2006 Monchengladbach, Germany Germany Australia
2010 New Delhi, India Scheduled

Football World Cup

Year Venue Winner Runner-up

1974 West Germany West Germany Netherlands
1978 Argentina Argentina Netherlands
1982 Spain Italy West Germany
1986 Mexico Argentina West Germany
1990 Italy West Germany Argentina
1994 USA Brazil Italy
1998 France France Brazil
2002 South Korea & Japan Brazil Germany
2006 Germany Italy France
2010 South Africa
Scheduled
2014 South America

Tennis Grand Slams

Australian Open

Men’s Title Women’s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Serena Williams Dinara Safina
2009
(Spain) (Switzerland) (USA) (Russia)
Novak Djokovic Jo-Wilfried Tsonga Maria Sharapova Ana Ivanovic
2008
(Serbia) (France) (Russia) (Serbia)
Roger Federer Fernando Gonzalez Serena Williams Maria Sharapova
2007
(Switzerland) (Chile) (USA) (Russia)
Justine Henin-
Roger Federer Marcos Baghdatis Amelie Mauresmo
2006 Hardene
(Switzerland) (Cyprus) (France)
(Belgium)
 Marat Safin Lleyton Hewitt Serena Williams Lindsay Davenport
2005
(Russia) (Australia) (USA) (USA)
Roger Federer Marat Safin Justine Henin-Hardene Kim Clijsters
2004
(Switzerland) (Russia) (Belgium) (Belgium)

French Open

Men’s Title Women’s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Roger Federer Robin Soderling Svetlana Kuznetsova Dinara Safina
2009
(Switzerland) (Sweden) (Russia) (Russia)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Ana Ivanovic Dinara Safina
2008
(Spain) (Switzerland) (Serbia) (Russia)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Justine Henin-Hardene Ana Ivanovic
2007
(Spain) (Switzerland) (Belgium) (Serbia)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Justine Henin-Hardene Svetlana Kuznetsova
2006
(Spain) (Switzerland) (Belgium) (Russia)
Rafael Nadal Mariano Puerta Justine Henin-Hardene Mary Pierce
2005
(Spain) (Argentina) (Belgium) (France)

Wimbledon Open

Men’s Title Women’s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Serena Williams Venus Williams
2009
(Switzerland) (USA) (USA) (USA)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Venus Williams Serena Williams
2008
(Spain) (Switzerland) (USA) (USA)
Roger Federer Rafael Nadal Venus Williams Marion Bartoli
2007
(Switzerland) (Spain) (USA) (France)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Amelie Mauresmo Justine Henin-Hardene
2006
(Switzerland) (USA) (France) (Belgium)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Venus Williams Lindsay Davenport
2005
(Switzerland) (USA) (USA) (USA)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Maria Sharapova Serena Williams
2004
(Switzerland) (USA) (Russia) (USA)

U.S.Open

Men’s Title Women’s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
 Roger Federer Andy Murray Serena Williams Jelena Janković
2008
(Switzerland) (United Kingdom) (USA) (Serbia)
Roger Federer Novak Djokovic Justine Henin-Hardene Svetlona Kuznetsova
2007
(Switzerland) (Serbia) (Belgium) (Russia)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Maria Sharapova Justine Henin-Hardene
2006
(Switzerland) (USA) (Russia) (Belgium)
Roger Federer Andre Agassi Kim Clijsters Mary Pierce
2005
(Switzerland) (USA) (Belgium) (France)
Roger Federer Lleyton Hewitt Svetlona Kuznet sova Elena Dementieva
2004
(Switzerland) (Australia) (Russia) (Russia)

The Olympics

The oldest and the largest sporting event in the World, Olympics were first started in 776
BC in Greece. The games were first played in the ancient Greek kingdom of Elis to
honour Zeus, the Greek god of Sky and Thunder. But after the initial games in 776 BC,
they became an irregular feature and were restricted only to Greece. It was only after
1500 years, in 1892 that revival of games was undertaken by Baron Pierre de Coubretin.
In June, 1894 Baron and his associates decided to make the games a regular sporting
event and created the International Olympic Committee (IOC). Presently, the IOC is
headqutered at Laussane, Switzerland.

Olympic Symbol (five rings)

The Olympic Symbol comprises of five rings linked together to represent sporting
friendship amongst countries. The rings represent the five continents – Europe, Africa,
America, Asia and Australia.

Year Place
1896 Athens
1900 Paris
1904 St. Louis
1908 London
1912 Stockholm
1920 Antwerp
1924 Paris
1928 Amsterdam
1932 Los Angeles
1936 Berlin
1948 London
1952 Helsinki
1956 Melbourne
1960 Rome
 1964 Tokyo
1968 Mexico City
1972 Munich
1976 Montreal
1980 Moscow
1984 Los Angeles
1988 Seoul
1992 Barcelona
1996 Atlanta
2000 Sydney
2004 Athens
2008 Beijing
2012 London (scheduled)
Commonwealth Games

The Commonwealth Games are the second largest sporting event in the World after
Olympics. These games are held every four years between the years of the Olympic
Games. The games involve atheletes from Commonwealth Nations (majority erstwhile
colonies of the British). Started in 1930, the games were originally called the British
Empire Games. It was in 1978 that the present name of the Commonwelth Games was
adopted. The table below gives the details of the Commonwealth Games till date. The
games were not held from 1939 till 1949.

Year Venue
1930 Hamilton
1934 London
1938 Sydney
1950 Auckland
1954 Vancouver
1958 Cardiff
1962 Perth
1966 Jamaica
1970 Edinburgh
1974 Christchurch
1978 Edmonton
1982 Brisbane
1986 Edinburgh
1990 Auckland
1994 Victoria
1998 Kuala Lumpur
2002 Manchester
2006 Melbourne
 2010 Delhi (scheduled)
Asian Games

The Asian Games, also called the Asiad, is a sporting event on the lines of the Olympic
Games held every four years among atheletes from all over Asia. India played a leading
role in starting an event for the Asian nations. The motto of the Asian Games is ‗Ever
Onward‘. The table below gives the details of Asian Games till date.

Year Venue
1951 New Delhi
1954 Manila
1958 Tokyo
1962 Jakarta
1966 Bangkok
1970 Bangkok (originally had to be hosted by Seoul)
1974 Tehran
1978 Bangkok (originally had to be hosted by Karachi)
1982 New Delhi
1986 Seoul
1990 Beijing
1994 Hiroshima
1998 Bangkok
2002 Busan
2006 Doha
2010 Guangzhou (scheduled)
Cricket World Cup

The Cricket World Cup is a premier international championship for one day cricket in the
world. The event is organised once every four years by the sport‘s governing body, The
International Cricket Council (ICC) and is contested by all Test playing nations
(presently 10) plus the qualifying teams. The table below gives the details of the World
Cups held till date.

Year Venue Winner Runner-up

1975 England West Indies Australia
1979 England West Indies England
1983 England India West Indies
1987 Indian Subcontinent Australia England
1992 Australia & Pakistan England
New Zealand
1996 Indian Subcontinent Sri Lanka Australia
1999 England Australia Pakistan
 South Africa,
2003 Australia India
Zimbabwe & Kenya
2007 West Indies Australia Sri Lanka
2011 Indian Subcontinent
Scheduled
2015 Australia & New Zealand
Hockey World Cup

The Hockey World Cup is a premier international field hockey competition organised by
the International Hockey Federation (FIH) once every four years. The tournament was
started in 1971. The table below gives the details of each World Cup held till date.

Year Venue Winner Runner-up

1971 Barcelona, Spain Pakistan Spain
1973 Amstelveen, Netherlands India
The Netherlands
1975 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia India Pakistan
1978 Buenos Aires, Argentina Pakistan Netherlands
1982 Mumbai, India Pakistan West Germany
1986 London, England Australia England
1990 Lahore, Pakistan Netherlands Pakistan
1994 Sydney, Australia Pakistan Netherlands
1998 Utrecht, The Netherlands Netherlands Spain
2002 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Germany Australia
2006 Monchengladbach, Germany Germany Australia
2010 New Delhi, India Scheduled
Football World Cup

The Football/Soccer World Cup is an international football competition contested by the

national teams of the member nations of Federation Internationale de Football
Association (FIFA). The tournament started in 1930 and is held every four years, but
could not be held in 1942 and 1946 due to World War II. The table below gives details of
the last ten World Cups.

Year Venue Winner Runner-up

1974 West Germany West Germany Netherlands
1978 Argentina Argentina Netherlands
1982 Spain Italy West Germany
1986 Mexico Argentina West Germany
1990 Italy West Germany Argentina
1994 USA Brazil Italy
1998 France France Brazil
2002 South Korea & Japan Brazil Germany
2006 Germany Italy France
 2010 South Africa
Scheduled
2014 South America
Tennis Grand Slams

The tables below give the last five year championship winners for four major Tennis
Grand Slams viz Australian Open (held at Melbourne), French Open (held at Paris, also
called Roland Garros), Wimbledon (held at Wimbledon, near London) and U.S. Open
(held at Flushing Meadows, New York).

Australian Open

Men‘s Title Women‘s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Serena Williams Dinara Safina
2009
(Spain) (Switzerland) (USA) (Russia)
Novak Djokovic Jo-Wilfried Tsonga Maria Sharapova Ana Ivanovic
2008
(Serbia) (France) (Russia) (Serbia)
Roger Federer Fernando Gonzalez Serena Williams Maria Sharapova
2007
(Switzerland) (Chile) (USA) (Russia)
Justine Henin-
Roger Federer Marcos Baghdatis Amelie Mauresmo
2006 Hardene
(Switzerland) (Cyprus) (France)
(Belgium)
Marat Safin Lleyton Hewitt Serena Williams Lindsay Davenport
2005
(Russia) (Australia) (USA) (USA)
Roger Federer Marat Safin Justine Henin-Hardene Kim Clijsters
2004
(Switzerland) (Russia) (Belgium) (Belgium)

French Open

Men‘s Title Women‘s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Roger Federer Robin Soderling Svetlana Kuznetsova Dinara Safina
2009
(Switzerland) (Sweden) (Russia) (Russia)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Ana Ivanovic Dinara Safina
2008
(Spain) (Switzerland) (Serbia) (Russia)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Justine Henin-Hardene Ana Ivanovic
2007
(Spain) (Switzerland) (Belgium) (Serbia)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Justine Henin-Hardene Svetlana Kuznetsova
2006
(Spain) (Switzerland) (Belgium) (Russia)
Rafael Nadal Mariano Puerta Justine Henin-Hardene Mary Pierce
2005
(Spain) (Argentina) (Belgium) (France)
Wimbledon Open

Men‘s Title Women‘s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Serena Williams Venus Williams
2009
(Switzerland) (USA) (USA) (USA)
Rafael Nadal Roger Federer Venus Williams Serena Williams
2008
(Spain) (Switzerland) (USA) (USA)
Roger Federer Rafael Nadal Venus Williams Marion Bartoli
2007
(Switzerland) (Spain) (USA) (France)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Amelie Mauresmo Justine Henin-Hardene
2006
(Switzerland) (USA) (France) (Belgium)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Venus Williams Lindsay Davenport
2005
(Switzerland) (USA) (USA) (USA)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Maria Sharapova Serena Williams
2004
(Switzerland) (USA) (Russia) (USA)

U.S.Open

Men‘s Title Women‘s Title

Year
Winner Runner-up Winner Runner-up
Roger Federer Andy Murray Serena Williams Jelena Janković
2008
(Switzerland) (United Kingdom) (USA) (Serbia)
Roger Federer Novak Djokovic Justine Henin-Hardene Svetlona Kuznetsova
2007
(Switzerland) (Serbia) (Belgium) (Russia)
Roger Federer Andy Roddick Maria Sharapova Justine Henin-Hardene
2006
(Switzerland) (USA) (Russia) (Belgium)
Roger Federer Andre Agassi Kim Clijsters Mary Pierce
2005
(Switzerland) (USA) (Belgium) (France)
Roger Federer Lleyton Hewitt Svetlona Kuznet sova Elena Dementieva
2004
(Switzerland) (Australia) (Russia) (Russia)

THE SUPERLATIVES

THE HIGHEST, BIGGEST, LARGEST, LONGEST ETC. IN THE WORLD

King Khaled International Airport, Riyadh (Saudi

Airport Largest
Arabia)
Animal Tallest Giraffe (Average height 6.09m)

Largest & Heaviest Blue Whale (190 tonnes)

 Fastest Cheetah (Approximately 100 km/hr)
Bay With max. shore line Hudson Bay
With max. area Bay of Bengal

Over the Royal Gorge of the Arakansas river,

Bridge HighestSuspension bridge
Colorado, USA

LongestCross-sea bridge Donghai Bridge, China

Road & Rail Traffic Bridge Tsing Ma bridge linking HongKong to Lantau island

Building Highest Petronas Twin Towers, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia

Big Ship Suez Canal
Canal
Busiest Kiel Canal
Deepest Vicos Gorge (Greece)
Canyon
Largest Grand Canyon (Colarado River)

Church Largest Basilica of St. Peter (Vatican City)

Cinema House Largest Radio City Music Hall (New York)

Largest Population Mumbai
City
Largest Area Mount Isa, Queensland, Australia

Largest Asia (44.5 million sq km)

Continent
Smallest Australia (7.7 million sq km)

Coral Formation Largest The Great Barrier Reef (Australia)

Largest in Population China
Largest in Area Russia

Country With largest electorate India

Smallest in Area Vatican City
With most Land Frontiers China

Largest Grand Coulee Dam, Columbia River (USA)

Dam
Highest Rogunskaya dam across river Vakash, Tajakistan

Delta Largest Ganges Delta (Sundarban Delta )

 Desert Largest Sahara desert, Africa
Diamond Largest The Cullinan
Dome Largest Louisiana Superdome, USA
Epic Largest Mahabharata
Largest fresh water Plabeuk
Most abundant Bristle mouth
Fish
Most venomous Stone fish
Most electric Electric Eel
Longest Die Zweite Heimat (Germany)
Film
Most Oscars Ben Hur and Titanic (11 oscars each)
Fountain Tallest Fountain at Fountain Hills ( Arizona, US)
Most nutritive Avocado (Vitamin A,C,E and Proteins)
Fruit
Cucumber
Least nutritive
Gulf Largest Gulf of Mexico
With the most
Hotel MGM Grand Las Vegas (Nevada)
number of rooms
Island Biggest Greenland
Largest Caspian Sea
Lake Deepest Baikal Lake
Largest fresh water Lake Superior
Biggest US Library of Congress (Washinton DC)
Library
Biggest non statutory New York Public Library
Highest Peak Mt. Everest (8848 mts)
Mountain
Highest Range Himalayas, Asia
Museum Largest American museum of Natural History, New York
Ocean Largest and Deepest Pacific Ocean
Peninsula Largest Arabian
Park Largest National Park of Greenland
Coldest Antartica
Driest Calama, Chile
Places
Hottest Dallol, Ethiopia
Rainiest Mawsynram near Cherrapunji in Meghalaya
Biggest Jupiter
Brightest, hottest, and nearest
Venus
to the Earth
Planet
Farthest from Sun Neptune/Pluto (Unsolved)
Nearest to Sun Mercury
Most Satellites Uranus
Plateau Highest Tibetan Plateau
 Platform (rail) Longest Kharagpur, West Bengal
Largest Port of New York and New Jersey
Port
Busiest Rotterdam, Netherlands
Railway Line Longest Trans-Siberian Railway
Largest Grand Central Terminal, New York
Railway Station
Highest Condor, Bolivia
Hinduism
Religion Oldest
Largest Christianity
Rivers Largest Amazon (6750 km)
Highest Kang-ti-Suu
Road
Longest Pan American Highway (from Alaska to Brasilia)
Largest South China Sea
Sea
Largest (inland) Caspian Sea
Star Brightest Sirius A ( dog star)
Swimming course Longest recognized English Channel
Largest (radio) at US National Science Foundation
Telescope Largest (solar) at Kitt Peak National Observatory
Largest refractor at Yerkes Observatory
Temple Largest Angkor Wat, Cambodia
Tower Tallest Burj Dubai
Longest (Railway) Seikan Rail Tunnel (Japan)
Tunnel
Largest (Road) Laerdal Aurland, Norway
Wall Longest The Great Wall of China
Highest Angel Falls in Venezuela
Waterfall Widest Khone Falls in Loas
Largest Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe
Etoha Reserve, Namibia
Largest
Zoo Sandiago Zoo
Largest collection of animals Berlin Zoo